VMware ESX 3 Server

  • Version/Release: V1R2
  • Published: 2016-05-13
  • Expand All:
  • Severity:
  • Sort:
Compare

Select any two versions of this STIG to compare the individual requirements

View

Select any old version/release of this STIG to view the previous requirements

The VMware ESX 3 Server Security Technical Implementation Guide (STIG) is published as a tool to improve the security of Department of Defense (DoD) information systems. Comments or proposed revisions to this document should be sent via e-mail to the following address: disa.stig_spt@mail.mil.
b
The system must require authentication upon booting into single-user and maintenance modes.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-756 - SV-756r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN000020
Vuln IDs
  • V-756
Rule IDs
  • SV-756r2_rule
If the system does not require valid root authentication before it boots into single-user or maintenance mode, anyone who invokes single-user or maintenance mode is granted privileged access to all files on the system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-27961r1_chk

Check if the system requires a password when booted into single user mode. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24306r1_fix

Configure the system to require a password upon booting into single user mode.

b
Direct logins must not be permitted to shared, default, application, or utility accounts.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-760 - SV-760r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN000280
Vuln IDs
  • V-760
Rule IDs
  • SV-760r2_rule
Shared accounts (accounts where two or more people log in with the same user identification) do not provide identification and authentication. There is no way to provide for non-repudiation or individual accountability.System AdministratorIAIA-1
Checks: C-27975r1_chk

Use the last command to check for multiple accesses to an account from different workstations/IP addresses. If users log directly onto accounts, rather than using the su command from their own named account to access them, this is a finding (such as logging directly on to Oracle). Also, ask the SA or the IAO if shared accounts are logged into directly or if users log on to an individual account and switch user to the shared account.

Fix: F-24339r1_fix

Use the switch user (su) command from a named account login to access shared accounts. Maintain audit trails that identify the actual user of the account name. Document requirements and procedures for users/administrators to log into their own accounts first and then switch user (su) to the shared account.

b
All accounts on the system must have unique user or account names.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-761 - SV-761r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
GEN000300
Vuln IDs
  • V-761
Rule IDs
  • SV-761r2_rule
A unique user name is the first part of the identification and authentication process. If user names are not unique, there can be no accountability on the system for auditing purposes. Multiple accounts sharing the same name could result in the Denial-of-Service to one or both of the accounts or unauthorized access to files or privileges. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-27976r1_chk

Obtain a list of system accounts and check the list for any duplicate user names. If duplicates user names are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24342r1_fix

Change user account names, or delete accounts, so each account has a unique name.

b
All accounts must be assigned unique User Identification Numbers (UIDs).
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000764 - V-762 - SV-762r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000764
Version
GEN000320
Vuln IDs
  • V-762
Rule IDs
  • SV-762r2_rule
Accounts sharing a UID have full access to each others' files. This has the same effect as sharing a login. There is no way to assure identification, authentication, and accountability because the system sees them as the same user. If the duplicate UID is 0, this gives potential intruders another privileged account to attack.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-27981r1_chk

List any duplicate UIDs in /etc/passwd: # cut -d':' -f3 /etc/passwd | uniq -d This will show one copy of each duplicate UID.

Fix: F-24344r1_fix

Edit user accounts to provide unique UIDs for each account.

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, console login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-763 - SV-763r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000400
Vuln IDs
  • V-763
Rule IDs
  • SV-763r2_rule
Failure to display the login banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-28845r1_chk

Access the system console and make a logon attempt. Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details. " OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-25866r1_fix

Configure the system to display one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system) prior to any local login attempt. DoD Login Banners: You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details. OR I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

b
The system must disable accounts after three consecutive unsuccessful login attempts.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-000044 - V-766 - SV-766r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000044
Version
GEN000460
Vuln IDs
  • V-766
Rule IDs
  • SV-766r2_rule
Disabling accounts after a limited number of unsuccessful login attempts improves protection against password guessing attacks.System AdministratorECLO-1, ECLO-2
Checks: C-27998r1_chk

Attempt to log on with a valid user id and incorrect password three times. If the system does not lock the account, requiring an SA to unlock it, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24355r1_fix

Configure the system to lock accounts after three unsuccessful login attempts.

b
The delay between login prompts following a failed login attempt must be at least 4 seconds.
AC-7 - Medium - CCI-002238 - V-768 - SV-768r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-002238
Version
GEN000480
Vuln IDs
  • V-768
Rule IDs
  • SV-768r2_rule
Enforcing a delay between successive failed login attempts increases protection against automated password guessing attacks.System AdministratorECLO-1, ECLO-2
Checks: C-28005r1_chk

Attempt to log on to the system with an invalid user account name and an incorrect password. If the system does not pause for at least 4 seconds before displaying another logon prompt, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24359r1_fix

Configure the system to delay at least 4 seconds between login prompts following a failed login attempt.

b
The root user must not own the logon session for an application requiring a continuous display.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-769 - SV-769r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000520
Vuln IDs
  • V-769
Rule IDs
  • SV-769r2_rule
If an application is providing a continuous display and is running with root privileges, unauthorized users could interrupt the process and gain root access to the system.System AdministratorPESL-1
Checks: C-229r2_chk

If there is an application running on the system continuously in use (such as a network monitoring application), ask the SA what the name of the application is. Execute the following to determine which user owns the process(es) associated with the application. If the owner is root, this is a finding. # ps -ef | more

Fix: F-923r2_fix

Configure the system so the owner of a session requiring a continuous screen display, such as a network management display, is not root. Ensure the display is also located in a secure, controlled access area. Document and justify this requirement. Ensure the terminal and keyboard for the display (or workstation) are secure from all but authorized personnel by maintaining them in a secure area, in a locked cabinet where a swipe card, or other positive forms of identification, must be used to gain entry.

c
The system must not have accounts configured with blank or null passwords.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-770 - SV-770r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000560
Vuln IDs
  • V-770
Rule IDs
  • SV-770r2_rule
If an account is configured for password authentication but does not have an assigned password, it may be possible to log into the account without authentication. If the root user is configured without a password, the entire system may be compromised. For user accounts not using password authentication, the account must be configured with a password lock value instead of a blank or null value. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-28019r1_chk

Check the system's accounts for blank passwords. If any are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24370r2_fix

Remove, lock, or configure a password for any account with a blank password.

b
The root account must be the only account having an UID of 0.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-773 - SV-773r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000880
Vuln IDs
  • V-773
Rule IDs
  • SV-773r2_rule
If an account has an UID of 0, it has root authority. Multiple accounts with an UID of 0 afford more opportunity for potential intruders to guess a password for a privileged account.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28053r1_chk

Check the system for duplicate UID 0 assignments by listing all accounts assigned UID 0. Procedure: # grep ":0:" /etc/passwd | awk -F":" '{print$1":"$3":"}' | grep ":0:" If any accounts other than root are assigned UID 0, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24403r1_fix

Remove or change the UID of accounts other than root that have UID 0.

a
The root user's home directory must not be the root directory (/).
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-774 - SV-774r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000900
Vuln IDs
  • V-774
Rule IDs
  • SV-774r2_rule
Changing the root home directory to something other than / and assigning it a 0700 protection makes it more difficult for intruders to manipulate the system by reading the files that root places in its default directory. It also gives root the same discretionary access control for root's home directory as for the other plain user home directories.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-28062r1_chk

Determine if root is assigned a home directory other than / by listing its home directory. Procedure: # grep "^root" /etc/passwd | awk -F":" '{print $6}' If the root user home directory is /, this is a finding.

Fix: F-928r2_fix

The root home directory should be something other than / (such as /rootdir). Procedure: # mkdir /rootdir # chown root /rootdir # chgrp root /rootdir # chmod 700 /rootdir # cp -r /.??* /rootdir Edit the passwd file and change the root home directory to /rootdir. The cp -r /.??* command copies all files and subdirectories of file names beginning with "." into the new root directory, which preserves the previous root environment. The cp command must be executed from the / directory.

b
The root account's home directory (other than /) must have mode 0700.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-775 - SV-775r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000920
Vuln IDs
  • V-775
Rule IDs
  • SV-775r2_rule
Permissions greater than 0700 could allow unauthorized users access to the root home directory.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-28063r1_chk

Check the mode of the root home directory. Procedure: # grep "^root" /etc/passwd | awk -F":" '{print $6}' # ls -ld <root home directory> If the mode of the directory is not equal to 0700, this is a finding. If the home directory is /, this is not applicable.

Fix: F-929r2_fix

The root home directory will have permissions of 0700. Do not change the protections of the / directory. Use the following command to change protections for the root home directory. # chmod 0700 /rootdir.

b
The root account's executable search path must be the vendor default and must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-776 - SV-776r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000940
Vuln IDs
  • V-776
Rule IDs
  • SV-776r3_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Entries starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-236r5_chk

To view the root user's PATH, log in as the root user, and execute the following. # env | grep PATH This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/) or other than "$PATH", it is a relative path and this is a finding. If directories beyond those in the vendor's default root path are present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-930r2_fix

Edit the root user's local initialization files. Change any found PATH variable settings to the vendor's default path for the root user. Remove any empty path entries or references to relative paths.

b
The root account must not have world-writable directories in its executable search path.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-777 - SV-777r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000960
Vuln IDs
  • V-777
Rule IDs
  • SV-777r2_rule
If the root search path contains a world-writable directory, malicious software could be placed in the path by intruders and/or malicious users and inadvertently run by root with all of root's privileges. System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-28064r1_chk

Check for world-writable permissions on all directories in the root user's executable search path. Procedure: # ls -ld `echo $PATH | sed "s/:/ /g"` If any of the directories in the PATH variable are world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24415r1_fix

For each world-writable path in root's executable search path, perform one of the following. 1. Remove the world-writable permission on the directory. Procedure: # chmod o-w <path> 2. Remove the world-writable directory from the executable search path. Procedure: Identify and edit the initialization file referencing the world-writable directory and remove it from the PATH variable.

b
The system must prevent the root account from directly logging in except from the system console.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-778 - SV-778r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN000980
Vuln IDs
  • V-778
Rule IDs
  • SV-778r2_rule
Limiting the root account direct logins to only system consoles protects the root account from direct unauthorized access from a non-console device.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-28065r1_chk

Verify the system only allows root account logins from the system console.

Fix: F-24416r1_fix

Configure the system to only allow root logins from the system console.

b
Group Identifiers (GIDs) reserved for system accounts must not be assigned to non-system groups.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-780 - SV-780r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000360
Vuln IDs
  • V-780
Rule IDs
  • SV-780r2_rule
Reserved GIDs are typically used by system software packages. If non-system groups have GIDs in this range, they may conflict with system software, possibly leading to the group having permissions to modify system files.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-280r2_chk

# more /etc/passwd Confirm all accounts with a GID of 99 and below (499 and below for Linux) are used by a system account. If a GID reserved for system accounts, 0 - 99 (0 - 499 for Linux), is used by a non-system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-934r2_fix

Change the primary group GID numbers for non-system accounts with reserved primary group GIDs (those less or equal to 99 in general, or 499 for Linux).

a
All GIDs referenced in the /etc/passwd file must be defined in the /etc/group file.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-781 - SV-781r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000380
Vuln IDs
  • V-781
Rule IDs
  • SV-781r2_rule
If a user is assigned the GID of a group not existing on the system, and a group with that GID is subsequently created, the user may have unintended rights to that group.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-281r2_chk

List the primary group GIDs for all user accounts on the system. If these GIDs do not correspond to any groups defined on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-935r3_fix

Add a group to the system for each GID referenced without a corresponding group.

b
The system must have a host-based intrusion detection tool installed.
SI-4 - Medium - CCI-001259 - V-782 - SV-782r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001259
Version
GEN006480
Vuln IDs
  • V-782
Rule IDs
  • SV-782r2_rule
Without a host-based intrusion detection tool, there is no system-level defense when an intruder gains access to a system or network. Additionally, a host-based intrusion detection tool can provide methods to immediately lock out detected intrusion attempts.System AdministratorECID-1
Checks: C-285r3_chk

Ask the SA or IAO if a host-based intrusion detection application is loaded on the system. Determine if the application is loaded on the system. Procedure: # find / -name &lt;daemon name&gt; -print Determine if the application is active on the system. Procedure: # ps -ef | grep &lt;daemon name&gt; If no host-based intrusion detection system is installed on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-936r3_fix

Install a host-based intrusion detection tool.

b
System files and directories must not have uneven access permissions.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-784 - SV-784r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001140
Vuln IDs
  • V-784
Rule IDs
  • SV-784r2_rule
Discretionary access control is undermined if users, other than a file owner, have greater access permissions to system files and directories than the owner.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-289r2_chk

Check system directories for uneven file permissions. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/ucb /sbin /usr/sbin Uneven file permissions exist if the file owner has less permissions than the group or other user classes. If any of the files in the above listed directories contain uneven file permissions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24427r1_fix

Change the mode of files with uneven permissions so owners do not have less permission than group or world users.

b
All files and directories must have a valid owner.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-785 - SV-785r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001160
Vuln IDs
  • V-785
Rule IDs
  • SV-785r2_rule
Unowned files and directories may be unintentionally inherited if a user is assigned the same UID as the UID of the unowned files.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-290r2_chk

Check the system for files with no assigned owner. Procedure: # find / -nouser -print If any files have no assigned owner, this is a finding.

Fix: F-939r2_fix

All directories and files (executable and data) will have an identifiable owner and group name. Either trace files to an authorized user, change the file's owner to root, or delete them. Determine the legitimate owner of the files and use the chown command to set the owner and group to the correct value. If the legitimate owner cannot be determined, change the owner to root (but make sure none of the changed files remain executable because they could be Trojan horses or other malicious code). Examine the files to determine their origin and the reason for their lack of an owner/group.

b
All network services daemon files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-786 - SV-786r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001180
Vuln IDs
  • V-786
Rule IDs
  • SV-786r2_rule
Restricting permission on daemons will protect them from unauthorized modification and possible system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-291r2_chk

Check the mode of network services daemon files. If any have modes more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-940r2_fix

Change the mode of the network services daemon. # chmod 0755 <path>

b
System log files must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-787 - SV-787r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
GEN001260
Vuln IDs
  • V-787
Rule IDs
  • SV-787r2_rule
If the system log files are not protected, unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating its forensic value.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-292r2_chk

Check the mode of log files. Procedure: # ls -lL /var/log /var/log/syslog /var/adm If any of the log files have modes more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-941r2_fix

Change the mode of the system log file(s) to 0640 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 0640 /path/to/system-log-file NOTE: Do not confuse system log files with audit logs. Any subsystems that require less stringent permissions must be documented.

b
All skeleton files (typically those in /etc/skel) must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-788 - SV-788r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001800
Vuln IDs
  • V-788
Rule IDs
  • SV-788r2_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-293r2_chk

Check skeleton files permissions. # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-942r2_fix

Change the mode of skeleton files with incorrect mode. # chmod 0644 <skeleton file>

b
NIS/NIS+/yp files must be owned by root, sys, or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-789 - SV-789r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001320
Vuln IDs
  • V-789
Rule IDs
  • SV-789r2_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-294r2_chk

Check the ownership of NIS/NIS+/yp files. Consult vendor documentation to determine the location of these files on the system. Procedure (example): # ls -lL /path/to/file If such a file is not owned by root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-943r2_fix

Change the ownership of NIS/NIS+/yp files to root, sys, bin, or system. Consult vendor documentation to determine the location of the files. Procedure (example): # chown root <filename>

b
NIS/NIS+/yp files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-790 - SV-790r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001340
Vuln IDs
  • V-790
Rule IDs
  • SV-790r2_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8012r2_chk

Check the group ownership of the NIS/NIS+/yp files. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;NIS file&gt; If any such file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-944r2_fix

Change the group owner of the NIS files to root, sys, bin, other, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root <filename>

b
The NIS/NIS+/yp command files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-791 - SV-791r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001360
Vuln IDs
  • V-791
Rule IDs
  • SV-791r2_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. Unauthorized modification of these files could compromise these processes and the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8013r2_chk

Check the mode of the NIS/NIS+/yp files. Consult vendor documentation to determine the location of these files. Procedure (example): # ls -lL /path/to/file If any such file has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-945r2_fix

Change the mode of NIS/NIS+/yp files to 0755 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0755 <filename>

a
Manual page files must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-792 - SV-792r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001280
Vuln IDs
  • V-792
Rule IDs
  • SV-792r2_rule
If manual pages are compromised, misleading information could be inserted, causing actions that may compromise the system.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-295r2_chk

Check the mode of the manual page files. Procedure: # ls -lLR /usr/share/man /usr/share/info /usr/share/infopage If any of the manual page files have a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-946r2_fix

Change the mode of manual page files to 0644 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0644 <path>/<manpage>

b
Library files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-793 - SV-793r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001300
Vuln IDs
  • V-793
Rule IDs
  • SV-793r2_rule
Unauthorized access could destroy the integrity of the library files.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-296r2_chk

Check the mode of library files. Procedure: # ls -lLR /usr/lib /lib If any of the library files have a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-947r2_fix

Change the mode of library files to 0755 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0755 /path/to/library-file NOTE: Library files should have an extension of .a or .so, possibly followed by a version number.

b
All system command files must have mode 755 or less permissive.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-794 - SV-794r4_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001200
Vuln IDs
  • V-794
Rule IDs
  • SV-794r4_rule
Restricting permissions will protect system command files from unauthorized modification. System command files include files present in directories used by the operating system for storing default system executables and files present in directories included in the system's default executable search paths.Elevate to Severity Code I if any file listed is world-writable.System Administrator
Checks: C-298r6_chk

Check the permissions for files in /etc, /bin, /usr/bin, /usr/lbin, /usr/ucb, /sbin, and /usr/sbin. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/ucb /sbin /usr/sbin If any command file is listed and has a mode more permissive than 755, this is a finding. Note: Elevate to Severity Code I if any command file listed is world-writable.

Fix: F-948r3_fix

Change the mode for system command files to 755 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 755 <filename>

b
All system files, programs, and directories must be owned by a system account.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-795 - SV-795r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001220
Vuln IDs
  • V-795
Rule IDs
  • SV-795r2_rule
Restricting permissions will protect the files from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8014r2_chk

Check the ownership of system files, programs, and directories. Procedure: # ls -lLa /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/ucb /sbin /usr/sbin If any of the system files, programs, or directories are not owned by a system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-949r2_fix

Change the owner of system files, programs, and directories to a system account. Procedure: # chown root /some/system/file (A different system user may be used in place of root.)

b
System files, programs, and directories must be group-owned by a system group.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-796 - SV-796r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001240
Vuln IDs
  • V-796
Rule IDs
  • SV-796r2_rule
Restricting permissions will protect the files from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8015r2_chk

Check the group ownership of system files, programs, and directories. Procedure: # ls -lLa /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/ucb /sbin /usr/sbin If any system file, program, or directory is not group-owned by a system group, this is a finding.

Fix: F-950r2_fix

Change the group owner of system files to a system group. Procedure: # chgrp root /path/to/system/file (System groups other than root may be used.)

b
The /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-797 - SV-797r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001400
Vuln IDs
  • V-797
Rule IDs
  • SV-797r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-301r2_chk

Check the ownership of the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-951r2_fix

Change the ownership of the /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file. # chown root <file>

b
The /etc/passwd file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-798 - SV-798r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001380
Vuln IDs
  • V-798
Rule IDs
  • SV-798r2_rule
If the password file is writable by a group owner or the world, the risk of password file compromise is increased. The password file contains the list of accounts on the system and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8016r2_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/passwd If /etc/passwd has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-952r2_fix

Change the mode of the passwd file to 0644. Procedure: # chmod 0644 /etc/passwd Document all changes.

b
The /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file must have mode 0400.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-800 - SV-800r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001420
Vuln IDs
  • V-800
Rule IDs
  • SV-800r2_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-303r2_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/shadow file. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the /etc/shadow file has a mode more permissive than 0400, this is a finding.

Fix: F-954r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/shadow (or equivalent) file. # chmod <mode> <file>

b
The owner, group owner, mode, ACL, and location of files with the setuid bit set must be documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000368 - V-801 - SV-801r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000368
Version
GEN002380
Vuln IDs
  • V-801
Rule IDs
  • SV-801r2_rule
All files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the UID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setuid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes. Only default vendor-supplied executables should have the setuid bit set.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECPA-1
Checks: C-527r2_chk

Files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the user or group ID of the file. If an executable with setuid allows shell escapes, the user can operate on the system with the effective permission rights of the user or group owner. List all setuid files on the system. Procedure: # find / -perm -4000 -exec ls -l {} \; | more NOTE: Executing these commands may result in large listings of files; the output may be redirected to a file for easier analysis. Ask the SA or IAO if files with the setuid bit set have been documented. If any undocumented file has its setuid bit set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-955r2_fix

Document the files with the setuid bit set or unset the setuid bit on the executable.

b
The owner, group-owner, mode, ACL, and location of files with the setgid bit set must be documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000368 - V-802 - SV-802r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000368
Version
GEN002440
Vuln IDs
  • V-802
Rule IDs
  • SV-802r2_rule
All files with the setgid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the GID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setgid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECPA-1
Checks: C-8026r2_chk

Locate all setgid files on the system. Procedure: # find / -perm -2000 If the ownership, permissions, location, and ACLs of all files with the setgid bit set are not documented, this is a finding.

Fix: F-956r2_fix

All files with the setgid bit set will be documented in the system baseline and authorized by the Information Systems Security Officer. Locate all setgid files with the following command. find / -perm -2000 -exec ls -lLd {} \; Ensure setgid files are part of the operating system software, documented application software, documented utility software, or documented locally developed software. Ensure none are text files or shell programs.

b
The system must be checked weekly for unauthorized setuid files, as well as, unauthorized modification to authorized setuid files.
CM-3 - Medium - CCI-000318 - V-803 - SV-803r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002400
Vuln IDs
  • V-803
Rule IDs
  • SV-803r2_rule
Files with the setuid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the UID of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setuid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-528r2_chk

Determine if a weekly automated or manual process is used to generate a list of setuid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. If no such process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-957r2_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to generate a list of setuid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. To create a list of setuid files use the following command. # find / -perm -4000 > setuid-file-list

b
The system must be checked weekly for unauthorized setgid files, as well as, unauthorized modification to authorized setgid files.
CM-3 - Medium - CCI-000318 - V-804 - SV-804r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002460
Vuln IDs
  • V-804
Rule IDs
  • SV-804r2_rule
Files with the setgid bit set will allow anyone running these files to be temporarily assigned the group id of the file. While many system files depend on these attributes for proper operation, security problems can result if setgid is assigned to programs that allow reading and writing of files, or shell escapes.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-8027r2_chk

Determine if a weekly automated or manual process is used to generate a list of setgid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. If no such process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-958r2_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to generate a list of setgid files on the system and compare it with the prior list. To create a list of setgid files use the following command. # find / -perm -2000 > setgid-file-list

b
Removable media, remote file systems, and any file system that does not contain approved setuid files must be mounted with the "nosuid" option.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-805 - SV-805r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002420
Vuln IDs
  • V-805
Rule IDs
  • SV-805r2_rule
The "nosuid" mount option causes the system to not execute setuid files with owner privileges. This option must be used for mounting any file system that does not contain approved setuid files. Executing setuid files from untrusted file systems, or file systems that do not contain approved setuid files, increases the opportunity for unprivileged users to attain unauthorized administrative access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-529r2_chk

Check /etc/fstab and verify the "nosuid" mount option is used on file systems mounted from removable media, network shares, or any other file system that does not contain approved setuid or setgid files.

Fix: F-959r2_fix

Edit /etc/fstab and add the "nosuid" mount option to all file systems mounted from removable media or network shares, and any file system that does not contain approved setuid or setgid files.

a
The sticky bit must be set on all public directories.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-806 - SV-806r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002500
Vuln IDs
  • V-806
Rule IDs
  • SV-806r2_rule
Failing to set the sticky bit on the public directories allows unauthorized users to delete files in the directory structure. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-30901r1_chk

Verify all world-writable directories have the sticky bit set. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -002 ! -perm -1000 &gt; wwlist If the sticky bit is not set on a world-writable directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-960r2_fix

Set the sticky bit on all public directories. Procedure: # chmod 1777 /tmp (Replace /tmp with the public directory missing the sticky bit, if necessary.)

b
All public directories must be owned by root or an application account.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-807 - SV-807r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002520
Vuln IDs
  • V-807
Rule IDs
  • SV-807r2_rule
If a public directory has the sticky bit set and is not owned by a privileged UID, unauthorized users may be able to modify files created by others. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8028r2_chk

Check the ownership of all public directories. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -1002 -exec ls -ld {} \; If any public directory is not owned by root or an application user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-961r2_fix

Change the owner of public directories to root or an application account. Procedure: # chown root /tmp (Replace root with an application user and/or /tmp with another public directory as necessary.)

b
The system and user default umask must be 077.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-808 - SV-808r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002560
Vuln IDs
  • V-808
Rule IDs
  • SV-808r2_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask can be represented as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0. This requirement applies to the globally configured system defaults and the user defaults for each account on the system.trueIf the default umask is 000 or does not restrict the world-writable permission, this becomes a CAT I finding.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-550r2_chk

Check global initialization files for the configured umask value. Procedure: # grep umask /etc/* Check local initialization files for the configured umask value. Procedure: # grep umask /userhomedirectory/.* If the system and user default umask is not 077, this is a finding. NOTE: If the default umask is 000 or allows for the creation of world-writable files, this becomes a Severity Code I (CAT I) finding.

Fix: F-962r2_fix

Edit local and global initialization files that contain "umask" and change them to use 077 instead of the current value.

b
Auditing must be implemented.
AU-12 - Medium - CCI-000169 - V-811 - SV-811r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-12
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000169
Version
GEN002660
Vuln IDs
  • V-811
Rule IDs
  • SV-811r2_rule
Without auditing, individual system accesses cannot be tracked and malicious activity cannot be detected and traced back to an individual account.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-553r2_chk

Determine if auditing is enabled. If auditing is not enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-965r2_fix

Configure the system to implement auditing.

b
System audit logs must be owned by root.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-812 - SV-812r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
GEN002680
Vuln IDs
  • V-812
Rule IDs
  • SV-812r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of system audit log files to root provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-554r2_chk

Check the ownership of the audit log file(s). # ls -l &lt;audit log file&gt; If any audit log file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-966r2_fix

Change the ownership of the audit log file(s). Procedure: # chown root <audit log file>

b
System audit logs must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-813 - SV-813r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
GEN002700
Vuln IDs
  • V-813
Rule IDs
  • SV-813r2_rule
If a user can write to the audit logs, audit trails can be modified or destroyed and system intrusion may not be detected. System audit logs are those files generated from the audit system and do not include activity, error, or other log files created by application software.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-555r2_chk

Check the mode of the audit log file(s). # ls -l &lt;audit log file&gt; If any audit log file has a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-967r2_fix

Change the mode of the audit log directories/files. # chmod 0750 <audit directory> # chmod 0640 <audit file>

b
The audit system must be configured to audit failed attempts to access files and programs.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-814 - SV-814r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002720
Vuln IDs
  • V-814
Rule IDs
  • SV-814r2_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-556r2_chk

Check the audit configuration to determine if failed attempts to access files and programs are audited. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-968r2_fix

Configure the system to audit failed attempts to access files and programs.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit file deletions.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-815 - SV-815r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002740
Vuln IDs
  • V-815
Rule IDs
  • SV-815r2_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-557r2_chk

Check the system audit configuration. If the system is not configured to audit file and program deletion, this is a finding.

Fix: F-969r2_fix

Configure the system to audit file and program deletion.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit all administrative, privileged, and security actions.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-000347 - V-816 - SV-816r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000347
Version
GEN002760
Vuln IDs
  • V-816
Rule IDs
  • SV-816r2_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-558r2_chk

Check the system configuration to determine if all administrative, privileged, and security actions are audited. If any of these categories of events is not audited, this is a finding.

Fix: F-970r2_fix

Configure the system to audit all administrative, privileged, and security actions.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit login, logout, and session initiation.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-818 - SV-818r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002800
Vuln IDs
  • V-818
Rule IDs
  • SV-818r2_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-561r2_chk

Verify the system is configured to audit login, logout, and session initiation. If the system does not audit any of these events, this is a finding.

Fix: F-973r2_fix

Configure the system to audit login, logout, and session initiation.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-819 - SV-819r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002820
Vuln IDs
  • V-819
Rule IDs
  • SV-819r2_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-28433r1_chk

Verify the system is configured to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications. If the system does not audit any of these events, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24550r1_fix

Configure the system to audit all discretionary access control permission modifications.

b
The inetd.conf file, xinetd.conf file, and the xinetd.d directory must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-821 - SV-821r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003720
Vuln IDs
  • V-821
Rule IDs
  • SV-821r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-567r2_chk

Check the ownership of inetd.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/inetd.conf This is a finding if any of the above files or directories are not owned by root or bin.

Fix: F-975r2_fix

Change the ownership of the inetd.conf file to root or bin. Procedure: # chown root /etc/inetd.conf

b
The inetd.conf and xinetd.conf files must have mode 0440 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-822 - SV-822r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003740
Vuln IDs
  • V-822
Rule IDs
  • SV-822r2_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial of Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8029r2_chk

Check the mode of inetd.conf file. # ls -lL /etc/inetd.conf If the mode of the file(s) is more permissive than 0440, this is a finding.

Fix: F-976r2_fix

Change the mode of the inetd.conf file. # chmod 0440 /etc/inetd.conf

b
The services file must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-823 - SV-823r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003760
Vuln IDs
  • V-823
Rule IDs
  • SV-823r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28612r1_chk

Check the ownership of the services file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/services If the services file is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-977r2_fix

Change the ownership of the services file to root or bin. Procedure: # chown root /etc/services

b
The services file must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-824 - SV-824r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003780
Vuln IDs
  • V-824
Rule IDs
  • SV-824r2_rule
The services file is critical to the proper operation of network services and must be protected from unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in the failure of network services.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8030r2_chk

Check the mode of the services file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/services If the services file has a mode more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-978r2_fix

Change the mode of the services file to 0444 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 0444 /etc/services

a
Global initialization files must contain the mesg -n or mesg n commands.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-825 - SV-825r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001780
Vuln IDs
  • V-825
Rule IDs
  • SV-825r2_rule
If the mesg -n or mesg n command is not placed into the system profile, messaging can be used to cause a Denial-of-Service attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-603r3_chk

Check global initialization files for the presence of mesg -n or mesg n. Procedure: # grep "mesg" /etc/.login /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/environment /etc/security/environ If no global initialization files contain mesg -n or mesg n, this is a finding.

Fix: F-979r2_fix

Edit /etc/profile or another global initialization script and add the mesg -n command.

b
The hosts.lpd file (or equivalent) must not contain a "+" character.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-827 - SV-827r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003900
Vuln IDs
  • V-827
Rule IDs
  • SV-827r2_rule
Having the "+" character in the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file allows all hosts to use local system print resources.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-611r2_chk

Look for the presence of a print service configuration file. Procedure: # find /etc -name hosts.lpd -print # find /etc -name Systems -print # find /etc -name printers.conf If none of the files are found, this check is not applicable. Otherwise, examine the configuration file. Procedure: # more &lt;print service file&gt; Check for entries that contain a "+" or "_" character. If any are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-981r2_fix

Remove the "+" entries from the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file.

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must be owned by root, bin, sys, or lp.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-828 - SV-828r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003920
Vuln IDs
  • V-828
Rule IDs
  • SV-828r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of the hosts.lpd file to root, bin, sys, or lp provides the designated owner, and possible unauthorized users, with the potential to modify the hosts.lpd file. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-612r2_chk

Locate any print service configuration file on the system. Consult vendor documentation to verify the names and locations of print service configuration files on the system. Procedure: # find /etc -name hosts.lpd -print # find /etc -name Systems -print If no print service configuration file is found, this is not applicable. Check the ownership of the print service configuration file(s). Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;print service file&gt; If the owner of the file is not root, sys, bin, or lp, this is a finding.

Fix: F-982r2_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/hosts.lpd file (or equivalent, such as /etc/lp/Systems) to root, lp, or another privileged UID. Consult vendor documentation to determine the name and location of print service configuration files. Procedure: # chown root /etc/hosts.lpd

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-829 - SV-829r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003940
Vuln IDs
  • V-829
Rule IDs
  • SV-829r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file may permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8031r2_chk

Locate any print service configuration file on the system. Consult vendor documentation for the name and location of print service configuration files. Procedure: # find /etc -name hosts.lpd -print # find /etc -name Systems -print If no print service configuration file is found, this is not applicable. Check the mode of the print service configuration file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;print service file&gt; If the mode of the print service configuration file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-983r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/hosts.lpd file (or equivalent, such as /etc/lp/Systems) to 0644 or less permissive. Consult vendor documentation for the name and location of print service configuration files. Procedure: # chmod 0644 /etc/hosts.lpd

b
The alias file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-831 - SV-831r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004360
Vuln IDs
  • V-831
Rule IDs
  • SV-831r2_rule
If the alias file is not owned by root, an unauthorized user may modify the file to add aliases to run malicious code or redirect email.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-614r2_chk

Find the aliases file on the system. Procedure: # find / -name aliases -depth -print Check the ownership of the alias file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;alias location&gt; If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-985r2_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/mail/aliases file (or equivalent, such as /usr/lib/aliases) to root. Procedure: # chown root /etc/mail/aliases

b
The alias file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-832 - SV-832r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004380
Vuln IDs
  • V-832
Rule IDs
  • SV-832r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the aliases file may permit unauthorized modification. If the alias file is modified by an unauthorized user, they may modify the file to run malicious code or redirect email.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8032r2_chk

Find the aliases file on the system. Procedure: # find / -name aliases -depth -print Check the mode of the alias file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;alias location&gt; If the alias file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-986r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/mail/aliases file (or equivalent, such as /usr/lib/aliases) to 0644. Procedure: # chmod 0644 /etc/aliases

c
Files executed through a mail aliases file must be owned by root and must reside within a directory owned and writable only by root.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-833 - SV-833r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004400
Vuln IDs
  • V-833
Rule IDs
  • SV-833r2_rule
If a file executed through a mail aliases file is not owned and writable only by root, it may be subject to unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification of files executed through aliases may allow unauthorized users to attain root privileges.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-615r2_chk

Find the aliases file on the system. Procedure: # find / -name aliases -depth -print # more &lt; aliases file location &gt; Examine the aliases file for any directories or paths that may be utilized. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt; path &gt; Check if the file or parent directory is owned by root. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-987r2_fix

Edit the /etc/mail/aliases file (alternatively, /usr/lib/sendmail.cf). Locate the entries executing a program. They will appear similar to the following line. Aliasname: : /usr/local/bin/ls (or some other program name) Ensure root owns the programs and the directory(ies) they reside in by using the chown command to change owner to root. Procedure: # chown root filename

b
Files executed through a mail aliases file must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-834 - SV-834r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004420
Vuln IDs
  • V-834
Rule IDs
  • SV-834r2_rule
If a file executed through a mail alias file has permissions greater than 0755, it can be modified by an unauthorized user and may contain malicious code or instructions possibly compromising the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8033r2_chk

Find the aliases file on the system. Procedure: # find / -name aliases -depth -print Examine the aliases file for any directories or paths that may be utilized. Procedure: # more &lt;aliases file location&gt; Check the permissions for any paths referenced. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;path&gt; If any file referenced from the aliases file has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-988r2_fix

Use the chmod command to change the access permissions for files executed from the alias file. For example: # chmod 0755 < filename >

a
Sendmail logging must not be set to less than nine in the sendmail.cf file.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-835 - SV-835r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004440
Vuln IDs
  • V-835
Rule IDs
  • SV-835r2_rule
If Sendmail is not configured to log at level 9, system logs may not contain the information necessary for tracking unauthorized use of the Sendmail service.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-616r2_chk

Check if Sendmail logging is set to level 9. Procedure: # grep "O L" /etc/mail/sendmail.cf OR # grep LogLevel /etc/mail/sendmail.cf If logging is set to less than 9, this is a finding.

Fix: F-989r2_fix

Edit the sendmail.conf file, locate the "O L" or LogLevel entry and change it to 9.

b
The system syslog service must log informational and more severe SMTP service messages.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-836 - SV-836r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN004460
Vuln IDs
  • V-836
Rule IDs
  • SV-836r2_rule
If informational and more severe SMTP service messages are not logged, malicious activity on the system may go unnoticed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-617r2_chk

Check the syslog configuration file for mail.crit logging configuration. Procedure: # more /etc/syslog.conf Verify a line similar to one of the following lines is present in syslog.conf is configured so that critical mail log data is logged. (Critical log data may also be captured by a remote log host in accordance with GEN005460.) mail.crit /var/adm/messages *.crit /var/log/messages If syslog is not configured to log critical Sendmail messages, this is a finding.

Fix: F-990r2_fix

Edit the syslog.conf file and add a configuration line specifying an appropriate destination for mail.crit syslogs.

b
The SMTP service log file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-837 - SV-837r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004480
Vuln IDs
  • V-837
Rule IDs
  • SV-837r2_rule
If the SMTP service log file is not owned by root, then unauthorized personnel may modify or delete the file to hide a system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8034r2_chk

Locate any mail log files by checking the syslog configuration file. Procedure: # more /etc/syslog.conf Identify any log files configured for the mail service at any severity level, or those configured for all services. Check the ownership of these log files. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;file location&gt; If any mail log file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-991r2_fix

Change the ownership of the Sendmail log file. # chown root <sendmail log file>

b
The SMTP service log file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-838 - SV-838r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004500
Vuln IDs
  • V-838
Rule IDs
  • SV-838r2_rule
If the SMTP service log file is more permissive than 0644, unauthorized users may be allowed to change the log file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8035r2_chk

Check the mode of the SMTP service log file. Procedure: # more /etc/syslog.conf Check the configuration to determine which log files contain logs for mail.crit, mail.debug, or *.crit. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;file location&gt; If the log file permissions are greater than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-992r2_fix

Change the mode of the SMTP service log file. Procedure: # chmod 0644 <sendmail log file>

b
The ftpusers file must exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-840 - SV-840r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004880
Vuln IDs
  • V-840
Rule IDs
  • SV-840r2_rule
The ftpusers file contains a list of accounts not allowed to use FTP to transfer files. If this file does not exist, then unauthorized accounts can utilize FTP.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-707r2_chk

Check the system for an ftpusers file. If no ftpusers file appropriate for the system's FTP service exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-994r2_fix

Create an ftpusers file appropriate for the system's FTP service.

b
The ftpusers file must contain account names not allowed to use FTP.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-841 - SV-841r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004900
Vuln IDs
  • V-841
Rule IDs
  • SV-841r2_rule
The ftpusers file contains a list of accounts that are not allowed to use FTP to transfer files. If the file does not contain the names of all accounts not authorized to use FTP, then unauthorized use of FTP may take place.System Administrator
Checks: C-8063r2_chk

Check the contents of the ftpusers file. If the system has accounts not allowed to use FTP that are not listed in the ftpusers file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-995r2_fix

Add accounts not allowed to use FTP to the ftpusers file.

b
The ftpusers file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-842 - SV-842r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004920
Vuln IDs
  • V-842
Rule IDs
  • SV-842r2_rule
If the file ftpusers is not owned by root, an unauthorized user may modify the file to allow unauthorized accounts to use FTP.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-708r2_chk

Check the ownership of the ftpusers file. If the ftpusers file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-996r2_fix

Change the owner of the ftpusers file to root.

b
The ftpusers file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-843 - SV-843r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004940
Vuln IDs
  • V-843
Rule IDs
  • SV-843r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the ftpusers file could permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized FTP users or permit unauthorized users to access the FTP service.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8064r2_chk

Check the permissions of the ftpusers file. If the ftpusers file has a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-997r2_fix

Change the mode of the ftpusers file to 0640.

a
The FTP daemon must be configured for logging or verbose mode.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000130 - V-845 - SV-845r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000130
Version
GEN004980
Vuln IDs
  • V-845
Rule IDs
  • SV-845r2_rule
Verbose FTP logging allows the examination of events involving FTP account activity, including login/logout events and file transfers. Without this configuration, logs necessary for troubleshooting or analyzing security incidents will be incomplete.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-710r3_chk

Examine the FTP daemon service configuration. # grep ftpd /etc/inetd.conf, Check the line for ftpd and determine if the -l or -v options are present. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-999r2_fix

Edit the FTP daemon configuration in /etc/inetd.conf and add the "-l" or "-v" options (as appropriate) to enable verbose logging.

b
Anonymous FTP must not be active on the system unless authorized.
AC-22 - Medium - CCI-001475 - V-846 - SV-846r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-22
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001475
Version
GEN004820
Vuln IDs
  • V-846
Rule IDs
  • SV-846r2_rule
Due to the numerous vulnerabilities inherent in anonymous FTP, it is recommended that it not be used. If anonymous FTP must be used on a system, the requirement must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-711r2_chk

Attempt to log into this host with a user name of anonymous and a password of guest (also try the password of guest@mail.com). If the logon is successful, this is a finding. Procedure: # ftp localhost Name: anonymous 530 Guest login not allowed on this machine.

Fix: F-1000r2_fix

Configure the FTP service to not permit anonymous logins.

c
The TFTP daemon must operate in "secure mode" which provides access only to a single directory on the host file system.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-847 - SV-847r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005080
Vuln IDs
  • V-847
Rule IDs
  • SV-847r2_rule
Secure mode limits TFTP requests to a specific directory. If TFTP is not running in secure mode, it may be able to write to any file or directory and may seriously impair system integrity, confidentiality, and availability.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-713r2_chk

Determine if tftpd is running in secure mode. If tftpd is running and not using secure mode, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1001r2_fix

Configure tftpd to run in secure mode.

c
The TFTP daemon must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-848 - SV-848r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005100
Vuln IDs
  • V-848
Rule IDs
  • SV-848r2_rule
If TFTP runs with the setuid or setgid bit set, it may be able to write to any file or directory and may seriously impair system integrity, confidentiality, and availability.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-714r2_chk

Check the mode of the TFTP daemon. Procedure: # find / -name "*tftpd" -print # ls -lL &lt;file location&gt; If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1002r2_fix

Change the mode of the TFTP daemon. Procedure: # chmod 0755 <tftp server>

b
The TFTP daemon must be configured to vendor specifications, including a dedicated TFTP user account, a non-login shell, such as /bin/false, and a home directory owned by the TFTP user.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-849 - SV-849r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005120
Vuln IDs
  • V-849
Rule IDs
  • SV-849r2_rule
If TFTP has a valid shell, it increases the likelihood of someone logging to the TFTP account and compromising the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-715r2_chk

Check the /etc/passwd file to determine if TFTP is configured properly. Procedure: # grep tftp /etc/passwd If a TFTP user account does not exist and TFTP is active, this is a finding. Check the user shell for the TFTP user. If it is not /bin/false or equivalent, this is a finding. Check the home directory assigned to the TFTP user. If no home directory is set, or the directory specified is not dedicated to the use of the TFTP service, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1003r2_fix

Create a TFTP user account if none exists. Assign a non-login shell to the TFTP user account, such as /bin/false. Assign a home directory to the TFTP user account.

b
Any X Windows host must write .Xauthority files.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000297 - V-850 - SV-850r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000297
Version
GEN005160
Vuln IDs
  • V-850
Rule IDs
  • SV-850r2_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. If .Xauthority files are not used, it may be possible to obtain unauthorized access to the X Windows host.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-718r2_chk

Check for .Xauthority files being utilized by looking for such files in the home directory of a user that uses X. Procedure: # cd ~someuser # ls -la .Xauthority If the .Xauthority file does not exist, ask the SA if the user is using X Windows. If the user is utilizing X Windows and the .Xauthority file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1004r2_fix

Ensure the X Windows host is configured to write .Xauthority files into user home directories. Edit the Xaccess file. Ensure the line that writes the .Xauthority file is uncommented.

b
The Network Information System (NIS) protocol must not be used.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-867 - SV-867r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN006400
Vuln IDs
  • V-867
Rule IDs
  • SV-867r2_rule
Due to numerous security vulnerabilities existing within NIS, it must not be used. Possible alternative directory services are NIS+ and LDAP.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-851r2_chk

Perform the following to determine if NIS is active on the system. # ps -ef | egrep '(ypbind|ypserv)' If NIS is found active on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1021r2_fix

Disable the use of NIS. Possible replacements are NIS+ and LDAP.

a
All interactive users must be assigned a home directory in the /etc/passwd file.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-899 - SV-899r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001440
Vuln IDs
  • V-899
Rule IDs
  • SV-899r2_rule
If users do not have a valid home directory, there is no place for the storage and control of files they own.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-307r2_chk

Check all user accounts home directory assignments. If any user account does not have a home directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1053r3_fix

Assign a home directory to any user without one.

a
All interactive user home directories defined in the /etc/passwd file must exist.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-900 - SV-900r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001460
Vuln IDs
  • V-900
Rule IDs
  • SV-900r2_rule
If a user has a home directory defined that does not exist, the user may be given the / directory, by default, as the current working directory upon logon. This could create a denial of service because the user would not be able to perform useful tasks in this location.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-308r2_chk

Check all user accounts home directory assignments. If any user account does not have a home directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1054r2_fix

If a user has no home directory, determine why. If possible, delete accounts with no home directory. If the account is valid, then create the home directory using the appropriate system administration utility or manually create, i.e., mkdir <directory name>; copy the skeleton files into the directory; chown <user name> <directory name> for the new directory and the skeleton files. Document all changes.

b
All users' home directories must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-901 - SV-901r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001480
Vuln IDs
  • V-901
Rule IDs
  • SV-901r2_rule
Excessive permissions on home directories allow unauthorized access to user's files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8017r3_chk

Check the home directory mode of each user in /etc/passwd. Procedure: # cut -d : -f 6 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 ls -ld | more If a user's home directory's mode is more permissive than 0750, this is a finding. NOTE: Application directories are allowed and may need 0755 permissions (or greater) for correct operation.

Fix: F-1055r2_fix

Change the mode of users' home directories to 0750 or less permissive. Procedure (example): # chmod 0750 <home directory>

b
All interactive users' home directories must be owned by their respective users.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-902 - SV-902r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001500
Vuln IDs
  • V-902
Rule IDs
  • SV-902r2_rule
If users do not own their home directories, unauthorized users could access user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8018r2_chk

Check the ownership of each user's home directory listed in the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;user home directory&gt; If any user's home directory is not owned by the assigned user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1056r2_fix

Change the owner of a user's home directory to its assigned user. Procedure: # chown <user> <home directory>

b
All interactive users' home directories must be group-owned by the home directory owner's primary group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-903 - SV-903r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001520
Vuln IDs
  • V-903
Rule IDs
  • SV-903r2_rule
If the GID of the home directory is not the same as the GID of the user, this would allow unauthorized access to files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8019r3_chk

Check the group ownership for each user in the /etc/passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;user home directory&gt; If any user's home directory is not group-owned by the assigned user's primary group, this is a finding. Home directories for application accounts requiring different group ownership must be documented using site-defined procedures.

Fix: F-1057r3_fix

Change the group owner for user's home directories to the primary group of the assigned user. Procedure: # chgrp groupname directoryname (Replace examples with appropriate group and home directory.) Document all changes.

b
All local initialization files must be owned by the user or root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-904 - SV-904r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001860
Vuln IDs
  • V-904
Rule IDs
  • SV-904r3_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System Administrator
Checks: C-395r4_chk

NOTE: The following commands must be run in the BASH shell. Check the ownership of local initialization files. Procedure (using a shell that supports ~USER as USER's home directory): # cut -d : -f 1 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 -IUSER sh -c "ls -l ~USER/.[a-z]*" # cut -d : -f 1 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 -IUSER find ~USER/.dt ! -fstype nfs ! -user USER -exec ls -ld {} \; If local initialization files are not owned by the home directory's user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1058r3_fix

Change the ownership of the startup and login files in the user's directory to the user or root, as appropriate. Examine each user's home directory and verify all file names beginning with "." are owned by the owner of the directory or root. If they are not, use the chown command to change the owner to the user and research the reasons why the owners were not assigned as required. Procedure: # chown username .filename Document all changes.

b
All local initialization files must have mode 0740 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-905 - SV-905r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001880
Vuln IDs
  • V-905
Rule IDs
  • SV-905r2_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8020r2_chk

Check the modes of local initialization files. Procedure: # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.login # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.cshrc # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.logout # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.profile # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_profile # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bashrc # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.bash_logout # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.env # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dtprofile (permissions should be 0755) # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dispatch # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.emacs # ls -al /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.exrc # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.dt ! -fstype nfs \( -perm -0002 -o -perm -0020 \) -exec ls -ld {} \; (permissions not to be more permissive than 0755) If local initialization files are more permissive than 0740, the .dt directory or the .dtprofile file is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1059r3_fix

Ensure user startup files have permissions of 0740 or more restrictive. Examine each user's home directory and verify all file names beginning with "." have access permissions of 0740 or more restrictive. If they do not, use the chmod command to correct the vulnerability. Procedure: # chmod 0740 .filename NOTE: The period is part of the file name and is required.

b
All run control scripts must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-906 - SV-906r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001580
Vuln IDs
  • V-906
Rule IDs
  • SV-906r2_rule
If the startup files are writable by other users, the startup files could be modified to insert malicious commands.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8021r2_chk

Check the mode for all run control scripts. If any run control script has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1060r2_fix

Ensure all system startup files have mode 0755 or less permissive. Examine the rc files, and all files in the rc1.d (rc2.d, and so on) directories, and in the /etc/init.d directory to ensure they are not world-writable. If they are world-writable, use the chmod command to correct the vulnerability and to research why. Procedure: # chmod 755 startupfile

b
Run control scripts' executable search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-907 - SV-907r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001600
Vuln IDs
  • V-907
Rule IDs
  • SV-907r2_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-39526r2_chk

Verify run control scripts' library search paths. Procedure: # grep -r PATH /etc/rc* This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/) or other than "$PATH", it is a relative path and this is a finding.

Fix: F-1061r2_fix

Edit the run control script and remove the relative path entry from the executable search path variable.

c
Run control scripts must not execute world-writable programs or scripts.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-910 - SV-910r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001640
Vuln IDs
  • V-910
Rule IDs
  • SV-910r2_rule
World-writable files could be modified accidentally or maliciously to compromise system integrity.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-402r9_chk

Check the permissions on the files or scripts executed from system startup scripts to see if they are world-writable. Create a list of all potential run command level scripts. # ls -l /etc/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " " OR # ls -l /sbin/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " " Create a list of world writeable files. # find / -perm -002 -type f &gt;&gt; worldWriteableFileList Determine if any of the world writeable files in worldWriteableFileList are called from the run command level scripts. Note: Depending upon the number of scripts vs world writeable files, it may be easier to inspect the scripts manually. # more `ls -l /etc/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " "` OR # more `ls -l /sbin/init.d/* | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | cut -f 9,9 -d " "` If any system startup script executes any file or script that is world-writable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1064r2_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from programs or scripts executed by run control scripts. Procedure: # chmod o-w <program or script executed from run control script>

b
There must be no .netrc files on the system.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-913 - SV-913r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN002000
Vuln IDs
  • V-913
Rule IDs
  • SV-913r2_rule
Unencrypted passwords for remote FTP servers may be stored in .netrc files. Policy requires passwords be encrypted in storage and not used in access scripts.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-404r2_chk

Check the system for the existence of any .netrc files. Procedure: # find / -name .netrc If any .netrc file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1067r3_fix

Remove the .netrc file(s). Procedure: # rm .netrc

a
All files and directories contained in interactive user's home directories must be owned by the home directory's owner.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-914 - SV-914r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001540
Vuln IDs
  • V-914
Rule IDs
  • SV-914r2_rule
If users do not own the files in their directories, unauthorized users may be able to access them. Additionally, if files are not owned by the user, this could be an indication of system compromise.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-405r3_chk

For each user in the /etc/passwd file, check for the presence of files and directories within the user's home directory not owned by the home directory owner. Procedure: # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt; ! -fstype nfs ! -user &lt;username&gt; ! \( -name .login -o -name .cshrc -o -name .logout -o -name .profile -o -name .bash_profile -o -name .bashrc -o -name .env -o -name .dtprofile -o -name .dispatch -o -name .emacs -o -name .exrc \) -exec ls -ld {} \; If user's home directories contain files or directories not owned by the home directory owner, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1068r2_fix

Change the ownership of files and directories in user's home directories to the owner of the home directory. Procedure: # chown accountowner filename OR # find /<usershomedirectory> ! -fstype nfs ! -user <username> ! /( -name .login -o -name .cshrc -o -name .logout -o -name .profile -o -name .bash_profile -o -name .bashrc -o -name .env -o -name .dtprofile -o -name .dispatch -o -name .emacs -o -name .exrc \) -exec chown <username> {} \;

a
All files and directories contained in user's home directories must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-915 - SV-915r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001560
Vuln IDs
  • V-915
Rule IDs
  • SV-915r2_rule
Excessive permissions allow unauthorized access to user's files. trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECLP-1
Checks: C-431r3_chk

For each user in the /etc/passwd file, check for files and directories with a mode more permissive than 0750. Procedure: # find /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt; ! -fstype nfs ! \( -name .login -o -name .cshrc -o -name .logout -o -name .profile -o -name .bash_profile -o -name .bashrc -o -name .env -o -name .dtprofile -o -name .dispatch -o -name .emacs -o -name .exrc \) \( -perm -0001 -o -perm -0002 -o -perm -0004 -o -perm -0020 -o -perm -2000 -o -perm -4000 \) -exec ls -ld {} \; If user's home directories contain files or directories more permissive than 0750, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1069r2_fix

Change the mode of files and directories within user's home directories to 0750. Procedure: # chmod 0750 filename Document all changes.

b
The /etc/shells (or equivalent) file must exist.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-916 - SV-916r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002120
Vuln IDs
  • V-916
Rule IDs
  • SV-916r2_rule
The shells file (or equivalent) lists approved default shells. It helps provide layered defense to the security approach by ensuring users cannot change their default shell to an unauthorized shell that may not be secure.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-432r2_chk

Verify /etc/shells exists. # ls -l /etc/shells If the file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1070r2_fix

Create a /etc/shells file containing a list of valid system shells. Consult vendor documentation for an appropriate list of system shells. Procedure: # echo "/bin/bash" >> /etc/shells # echo "/bin/csh" >> /etc/shells (Repeat as necessary for other shells.)

b
All shells referenced in /etc/passwd must be listed in the /etc/shells file, except any shells specified for the purpose of preventing logins.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-917 - SV-917r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002140
Vuln IDs
  • V-917
Rule IDs
  • SV-917r2_rule
The shells file lists approved default shells. It helps provide layered defense to the security approach by ensuring users cannot change their default shell to an unauthorized shell that may not be secure.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-433r2_chk

Confirm the login shells referenced in the /etc/passwd file are listed in the /etc/shells file. Procedure: # more /etc/passwd # more /etc/shells The /usr/bin/false, /bin/false, /dev/null, /sbin/nologin, (and equivalents), and sdshell will be considered valid shells for use in the /etc/passwd file, but will not be listed in the /etc/shells file. If a shell referenced in /etc/passwd is not listed in the shells file, excluding the above mentioned shells, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1071r2_fix

Use the chsh utility or edit the /etc/passwd file and correct the error by changing the default shell of the account in error to an acceptable shell name contained in the /etc/shells file.

b
Accounts must be locked upon 35 days of inactivity.
AC-2 - Medium - CCI-000017 - V-918 - SV-918r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000017
Version
GEN000760
Vuln IDs
  • V-918
Rule IDs
  • SV-918r2_rule
On some systems, accounts with disabled passwords still allow access using rcp, remsh, or rlogin through equivalent remote hosts. All that is required is the remote host name and the user name match an entry in a hosts.equiv file and have a .rhosts file in the user directory. Using a shell called /bin/false or /dev/null (or an equivalent) will add a layered defense. Non-interactive accounts on the system, such as application accounts, may be documented exceptions. trueSystem AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-462r2_chk

Indications of inactive accounts are those without entries in the last log. Check the date in the last log to verify it is within the last 35 days. If an inactive account is not disabled via an entry in the password field in the /etc/passwd or /etc/shadow (or equivalent), check the /etc/passwd file to check if the account has a valid shell. If an inactive account is found that is not disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1072r2_fix

All inactive accounts will have /bin/false, /usr/bin/false, or /dev/null as the default shell in the /etc/passwd file and have the password disabled. Disable the inactive accounts. Examine the inactive accounts using the last command. Note the date of last login for each account. If any (other than system and application accounts) exceed 35 days, then disable them by placing a shell of /bin/false or /dev/null in the shell field of the passwd file entry for that account. An alternative, and preferable method, is to disable the account using SAM, SMIT, or ADMINTOOL.

b
All shell files must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-921 - SV-921r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002200
Vuln IDs
  • V-921
Rule IDs
  • SV-921r2_rule
If shell files are owned by users other than root or bin, they could be modified by intruders or malicious users to perform unauthorized actions.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8024r2_chk

Check the ownership of the system shells. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL If any shell is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1075r2_fix

Change the ownership of the shell with incorrect ownership. # chown root <shell>

c
All shell files must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-922 - SV-922r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002220
Vuln IDs
  • V-922
Rule IDs
  • SV-922r2_rule
Shells with world/group-write permissions give the ability to maliciously modify the shell to obtain unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8025r2_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the group ownership of each shell referenced. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If a shell has a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1076r3_fix

Change the mode of the shell. # chmod 0755 <shell>

a
The system must be checked for extraneous device files at least weekly.
CM-3 - Low - CCI-000318 - V-923 - SV-923r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000318
Version
GEN002260
Vuln IDs
  • V-923
Rule IDs
  • SV-923r2_rule
If an unauthorized device is allowed to exist on the system, there is the possibility the system may perform unauthorized operations.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-464r2_chk

Check the system for an automated job, or check with the SA, to determine if the system is checked for extraneous device files on a weekly basis. If no automated or manual process is in place, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1077r2_fix

Establish a weekly automated or manual process to create a list of device files on the system and determine if any files have been added, moved, or deleted since the last list was generated. Generate a list of device files. # find / -type b -o -type c > device-file-list

b
Device files and directories must only be writable by users with a system account or as configured by the vendor.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-924 - SV-924r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002280
Vuln IDs
  • V-924
Rule IDs
  • SV-924r2_rule
System device files in writable directories could be modified, removed, or used by an unprivileged user to control system hardware.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-465r2_chk

Find all device files existing anywhere on the system. Procedure: # find / -type b -print &gt; devicelist # find / -type c -print &gt;&gt; devicelist Check the permissions on the directories above subdirectories containing device files. If any of the device files or their parent directories is world-writable, excepting device files specifically intended to be world-writable, such as /dev/null, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1078r3_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from the device file(s). Procedure: # chmod o-w <device file> Document all changes.

b
Device files used for backup must only be readable and/or writable by root or the backup user.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-925 - SV-925r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002300
Vuln IDs
  • V-925
Rule IDs
  • SV-925r2_rule
System backups could be accidentally or maliciously overwritten and destroy the ability to recover the system if a compromise should occur. Unauthorized users could also copy system files.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-466r2_chk

Check the system for world-writable device files. Procedure: # find / -perm -2 -a \( -type b -o -type c \) -exec ls -ld {} \; If any device file(s) used for backup are writable by users other than root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1079r2_fix

Use the chmod command to remove the world-writable bit from the backup device files. Procedure: # chmod o-w backdevicefilename Document all changes.

b
Any NIS+ server must be operating at security level 2.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-926 - SV-926r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN006460
Vuln IDs
  • V-926
Rule IDs
  • SV-926r2_rule
If the NIS+ server is not operating in, at least, security level 2, there is no encryption and the system could be penetrated by intruders and/or malicious users.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-852r2_chk

If the system is not using NIS+, this is not applicable. Check the system to determine if NIS+ security level 2 is implemented. Procedure: # niscat cred.org_dir If the second column does not contain DES, the system is not using NIS+ security level 2, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-25778r1_fix

Configure the NIS+ server to use security level 2.

b
The NFS export configuration file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-928 - SV-928r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005740
Vuln IDs
  • V-928
Rule IDs
  • SV-928r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of the NFS export configuration file to root provides the designated owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-855r2_chk

Check the ownership of the NFS export configuration file. If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1082r2_fix

Change the ownership of the NFS export configuration file to root. # chown root <NFS export file>

a
The NFS export configuration file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-929 - SV-929r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005760
Vuln IDs
  • V-929
Rule IDs
  • SV-929r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the NFS export configuration file could allow unauthorized modification of the file, which could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized NFS exports and the creation of additional unauthorized exports.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2, ECLP-1
Checks: C-856r2_chk

Check the ownership of the NFS export configuration file. If the file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1083r2_fix

Change the mode of the NFS export configuration file to 0644. # chmod 0644 <NFS export file>

b
All NFS-exported system files and system directories must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-931 - SV-931r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005800
Vuln IDs
  • V-931
Rule IDs
  • SV-931r2_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or directories to root provides the designated owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System Administrator
Checks: C-862r2_chk

Check for NFS exported file systems. Procedure: # exportfs -v This will display all of the exported file systems. For each file system displayed, check the ownership. Procedure: # ls -lLa &lt;exported file system path&gt; If the files and directories are not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1085r2_fix

Change the ownership of exported file systems not owned by root. Procedure: # chown root <path>

b
The NFS anonymous UID and GID must be configured to values that have no permissions.
AC-14 - Medium - CCI-000062 - V-932 - SV-932r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-14
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000062
Version
GEN005820
Vuln IDs
  • V-932
Rule IDs
  • SV-932r2_rule
When an NFS server is configured to deny remote root access, a selected UID and GID are used to handle requests from the remote root user. The UID and GID should be chosen from the system to provide the appropriate level of non-privileged access.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-863r2_chk

Check if the anon option is set correctly for exported file systems. List exported file systems. # exportfs -v Each of the exported file systems should include an entry for the 'anon=' option set to -1 or an equivalent (60001, 60002, 65534, or 65535). If an appropriate 'anon=' setting is not present for an exported file system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1086r2_fix

Edit /etc/exports and set the anon=-1 option for exports without it. Re-export the file systems.

b
The NFS server must be configured to restrict file system access to local hosts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-933 - SV-933r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005840
Vuln IDs
  • V-933
Rule IDs
  • SV-933r2_rule
The NFS access option limits user access to the specified level. This assists in protecting exported file systems. If access is not restricted, unauthorized hosts may be able to access the system's NFS exports.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-864r2_chk

Check the permissions on exported NFS file systems. Procedure: # exportfs -v If the exported file systems do not contain the rw or ro options specifying a list of hosts or networks, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1087r2_fix

Edit /etc/exports and add ro and/or rw options (as appropriate) specifying a list of hosts or networks which are permitted access. Re-export the file systems.

b
The NFS server must not allow remote root access.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-935 - SV-935r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005880
Vuln IDs
  • V-935
Rule IDs
  • SV-935r2_rule
If the NFS server allows root access to local file systems from remote hosts, this access could be used to compromise the system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerInformation Assurance ManagerEBRP-1
Checks: C-867r2_chk

Determine if the NFS server is exporting with the root access option. Procedure: # exportfs -v | grep "root=" If an export with the root option is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1089r2_fix

Edit /etc/exports and remove the root= option for all exports. Re-export the file systems.

b
The nosuid option must be enabled on all NFS client mounts.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-936 - SV-936r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005900
Vuln IDs
  • V-936
Rule IDs
  • SV-936r2_rule
Enabling the nosuid mount option prevents the system from granting owner or group owner privileges to programs with the suid or sgid bit set. If the system does not restrict this access, users with unprivileged access to the local system may be able to acquire privileged access by executing suid or sgid files located on the mounted NFS file system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerInformation Assurance ManagerECPA-1
Checks: C-868r2_chk

Check the system for NFS mounts not using the nosuid option. Procedure: # mount -v | grep " type nfs " | grep -v nosuid If the mounted file systems do not have the nosuid option, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1090r2_fix

Edit /etc/fstab and add the "nosuid" option for all NFS file systems. Remount the NFS file systems to make the change take effect.

b
A system vulnerability tool must be run on the system monthly.
Medium - V-939 - SV-939r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
GEN006540
Vuln IDs
  • V-939
Rule IDs
  • SV-939r2_rule
A system vulnerability tool compares file and directory integrity to the baseline. It can alert the system administrator to unauthorized changes in files or directories. Unauthorized changes in files and directories can give a user unauthorized access to system resources.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerVIVM-1
Checks: C-886r2_chk

Perform the following to check for a security tool executing monthly: # crontab –l Check for the existence of a vulnerability assessment tool being scheduled and run monthly. If no entries exist in the crontab, ask the SA if a vulnerability tool is run monthly. In addition, if the tool is run monthly, ask to see any reports that may have been generated from the tool. If a tool is not run monthly then this a finding.

Fix: F-1093r2_fix

Add a monthly cronjob to run the system vulnerability tool.

b
The system's access control program must log each system access attempt.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-941 - SV-941r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN006600
Vuln IDs
  • V-941
Rule IDs
  • SV-941r2_rule
If access attempts are not logged, then multiple attempts to log on to the system by an unauthorized user may go undetected.System AdministratorECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-888r2_chk

Normally, TCPD logs to the mail facility in /etc/syslog.conf. Determine if syslog is configured to log events by TCPD. Procedure: # more /etc/syslog.conf Look for entries similar to the following: mail.debug /var/adm/maillog mail.none /var/adm/maillog mail.* /var/log/mail auth.info /var/log/messages The above entries would indicate mail alerts are being logged. If no entries for mail exist, then TCPD is not logging and this is a finding.

Fix: F-1095r2_fix

Configure the access restriction program to log every access attempt. Ensure the implementation instructions for TCP_WRAPPERS are followed, so system access attempts are logged into the system log files. If an alternate application is used, it must support this function.

b
Access to the cron utility must be controlled using the cron.allow and/or cron.deny file(s).
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-974 - SV-974r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002960
Vuln IDs
  • V-974
Rule IDs
  • SV-974r2_rule
The cron facility allows users to execute recurring jobs on a regular and unattended basis. The cron.allow file designates accounts that are allowed to enter and execute jobs using the cron facility. If neither cron.allow nor cron.deny exists, then any account may use the cron facility. This may open the facility up for abuse by system intruders and malicious users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-786r2_chk

Check for the existence of the cron.allow and cron.deny files. If neither file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1128r2_fix

Create a cron.allow and/or cron.deny file(s) with appropriate content in the appropriate directory for the system.

b
The cron.allow file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-975 - SV-975r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002980
Vuln IDs
  • V-975
Rule IDs
  • SV-975r2_rule
A cron.allow file that is readable and/or writable by other than root could allow potential intruders and malicious users to use the file contents to help discern information, such as who is allowed to execute cron programs, which could be harmful to overall system and network security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-787r2_chk

Check the mode of the cron.allow file. If the file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1129r2_fix

Change the mode of the cron.allow file to 0600.

b
Cron must not execute group-writable or world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-976 - SV-976r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003000
Vuln IDs
  • V-976
Rule IDs
  • SV-976r2_rule
If cron executes group-writable or world-writable programs, there is a possibility that unauthorized users could manipulate the programs with malicious intent. This could compromise system and network security.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-788r2_chk

List all cron jobs on the system. If any cron job executes a program with group-writable or world-writable permissions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1130r2_fix

Remove the world-writable and group-writable permissions from the cron program file(s) identified. # chmod go-w <cron program file>

b
Cron must not execute programs in, or subordinate to, world-writable directories.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-977 - SV-977r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003020
Vuln IDs
  • V-977
Rule IDs
  • SV-977r2_rule
If cron programs are located in or subordinate to world-writable directories, they become vulnerable to removal and replacement by malicious users or system intruders.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-789r2_chk

List all cron jobs on the system. If any cron job executes a program located in a world-writable directory, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1131r2_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from the cron program directories identified. Procedure: # chmod o-w <cron program directory>

b
Crontab files must have mode 0600 or less permissive, and files in cron script directories must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-978 - SV-978r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003080
Vuln IDs
  • V-978
Rule IDs
  • SV-978r2_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-790r2_chk

Check the modes of the crontab and cron job script files. If the mode is more permissive than 0600 for crontab files or 0700 for cron job script files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1132r2_fix

Change the modes of crontab files to 0600 and cron job script files to 0700.

b
Cron and crontab directories must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-979 - SV-979r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003100
Vuln IDs
  • V-979
Rule IDs
  • SV-979r2_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8072r2_chk

Check the mode of crontab directories. If any have a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1133r2_fix

Change the mode of crontab directories to 0755.

b
Cron and crontab directories must be owned by root or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-980 - SV-980r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003120
Vuln IDs
  • V-980
Rule IDs
  • SV-980r2_rule
Incorrect ownership of the cron or crontab directories could permit unauthorized users the ability to alter cron jobs and run automated jobs as privileged users. Failure to give ownership of cron or crontab directories to root or to bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8073r2_chk

Check the owner of the cron and crontab directories. If any cron or crontab directory is not owned by root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1134r2_fix

Change the owner of the cron and crontab directories to root or bin.

b
Cron and crontab directories must be group-owned by root, sys, bin or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-981 - SV-981r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003140
Vuln IDs
  • V-981
Rule IDs
  • SV-981r2_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. Failure to give group-ownership of cron or crontab directories to a system group provides the designated group and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8074r2_chk

Check the group owner of cron and crontab directories. If a cron or crontab directory is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1135r2_fix

Change the group owner of the cron and crontab directories to root, sys, bin, or cron.

b
The cron log file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-983 - SV-983r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003180
Vuln IDs
  • V-983
Rule IDs
  • SV-983r2_rule
Cron logs contain reports of scheduled system activities and must be protected from unauthorized access or manipulation.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-792r2_chk

Check the mode of the system cron log. If the mode is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1137r2_fix

Change the mode of the system cron log to 0600.

b
Access to the "at" utility must be controlled via the at.allow and/or at.deny file(s).
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-984 - SV-984r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003280
Vuln IDs
  • V-984
Rule IDs
  • SV-984r2_rule
The "at" facility selectively allows users to execute jobs at deferred times. It is usually used for one-time jobs. The at.allow file selectively allows access to the "at" facility. If there is no at.allow file, there is no ready documentation of who is allowed to submit "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-797r2_chk

Check for the existence of at.allow and at.deny files. If neither file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11346r2_fix

Create at.allow and/or at.deny files containing appropriate lists of users to be allowed or denied access to the "at" daemon.

b
The at.deny file must not be empty if it exists.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-985 - SV-985r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003300
Vuln IDs
  • V-985
Rule IDs
  • SV-985r2_rule
On some systems, if there is no at.allow file and there is an empty at.deny file, then the system assumes that everyone has permission to use the "at" facility. This could create an insecure setting in the case of malicious users or system intruders.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECLP-1
Checks: C-798r2_chk

Check the at.deny file. If the at.deny file exists and is empty, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1139r2_fix

Add appropriate users to the at.deny file, or remove the empty at.deny file if an at.allow file exists.

b
Default system accounts (with the exception of root) must not be listed in the at.allow file or must be included in the at.deny file if the at.allow file does not exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-986 - SV-986r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003320
Vuln IDs
  • V-986
Rule IDs
  • SV-986r2_rule
Default accounts, such as bin, sys, adm, uucp, daemon, and others, should never have access to the "at" facility. This would create a possible vulnerability open to intruders or malicious users.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-28539r1_chk

Check the contents of the at.allow file. If default accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, and others) are listed in the at.allow file, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1140r2_fix

Remove the default accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, and others) from the at.allow file.

b
The at.allow file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-987 - SV-987r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003340
Vuln IDs
  • V-987
Rule IDs
  • SV-987r2_rule
Permissions more permissive than 0600 (read, write, and execute for the owner) may allow unauthorized or malicious access to the at.allow and/or at.deny files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-800r2_chk

Check the mode of the at.allow file. If the at.allow file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1141r2_fix

Change the mode of the at.allow file to 0600.

b
The at daemon must not execute group-writable or world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-988 - SV-988r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003360
Vuln IDs
  • V-988
Rule IDs
  • SV-988r2_rule
If the at facility executes world-writable or group-writable programs, it is possible for the programs to be accidentally or maliciously changed or replaced without the owner's intent or knowledge. This would cause a system security breach.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-801r2_chk

List the "at" jobs on the system. Procedure: # ls -la /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs For each "at" job file, determine which programs are executed. Procedure: # more &lt;at job file&gt; Check each program executed by "at" for group- or world-writable permissions. Procedure: # ls -la &lt;at program file&gt; If "at" executes group- or world-writable programs, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1142r2_fix

Remove group-write and world-write permissions from files executed by "at" jobs. Procedure: # chmod go-w <file>

b
The "at" daemon must not execute programs in, or subordinate to, world-writable directories.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-989 - SV-989r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003380
Vuln IDs
  • V-989
Rule IDs
  • SV-989r2_rule
If "at" programs are located in, or subordinate, to world-writable directories, they become vulnerable to removal and replacement by malicious users or system intruders.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-802r2_chk

List any "at" jobs on the system. Procedure: # ls /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs For each "at" job, determine which programs are executed. Procedure: # more &lt;at job file&gt; Check the directory containing each program executed by "at" for world-writable permissions. Procedure: # ls -la &lt;at program file directory&gt; If "at" executes programs in world-writable directories, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1143r2_fix

Remove the world-writable permission from directories containing programs executed by "at". Procedure: # chmod o-w <at program directory>

c
SNMP communities, users, and passphrases must be changed from the default.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000178 - V-993 - SV-993r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000178
Version
GEN005300
Vuln IDs
  • V-993
Rule IDs
  • SV-993r2_rule
Whether active or not, default SNMP passwords, users, and passphrases must be changed to maintain security. If the service is running with the default authenticators, then anyone can gather data about the system and the network and use the information to potentially compromise the integrity of the system or network(s).System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-816r2_chk

Check the SNMP configuration for default passwords. Locate and examine the SNMP configuration. Procedure: # find / -name snmpd.conf -print # more snmpd.conf Identify any community names or user password configuration. If any community name or password is set to a default value, such as public, private, snmp-trap, password, or any value which does not meet DISA password requirements, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1147r2_fix

Change the default passwords. To change them, locate the snmpd.conf file and edit it. Locate the line system-group-read-community which has a default password of public and make the password something more random (less guessable). Make the same changes for the lines that read system-group-write-community, read-community, write-community, trap, and trap-community. Read the information in the file carefully. The trap is defining who to send traps to, for instance, by default. It is not a password, but the name of a host.

b
The snmpd.conf file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-994 - SV-994r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005320
Vuln IDs
  • V-994
Rule IDs
  • SV-994r2_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-817r2_chk

Check the mode of the SNMP daemon configuration file. Locate the SNMP daemon configuration file. Consult vendor documentation to verify the name and location of the file. Procedure: # find / -name snmpd.conf Check the mode of the SNMP daemon configuration file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;snmpd.conf&gt; If the snmpd.conf file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1148r2_fix

Change the mode of the SNMP daemon configuration file to 0600. Procedure: # chmod 0600 <snmpd.conf>

b
Management Information Base (MIB) files must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-995 - SV-995r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005340
Vuln IDs
  • V-995
Rule IDs
  • SV-995r2_rule
The ability to read the MIB file could impart special knowledge to an intruder or malicious user about the ability to extract compromising information about the system or network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-818r2_chk

Check the modes for all Management Information Base (MIB) files on the system. Procedure: # find / -name *.mib -print # ls -lL &lt;mib file&gt; If any file is returned that does not have mode 0640 or less permissive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1149r2_fix

Change the mode of MIB files to 0640. Procedure: # chmod 0640 <mib file>

b
Public directories must be the only world-writable directories and world-writable files must be located only in public directories.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-1010 - SV-1010r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002480
Vuln IDs
  • V-1010
Rule IDs
  • SV-1010r3_rule
World-writable files and directories make it easy for a malicious user to place potentially compromising files on the system. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System Administrator
Checks: C-467r3_chk

Check the system for world-writable files and directories. Procedure: # find / -perm -2 -a \( -type d -o -type f \) -exec ls -ld {} \; If any world-writable files or directories are located, except those required for proper system or application operation, such as /tmp and /dev/null, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1164r2_fix

Remove or change the mode for any world-writable file or directory on the system that is not required to be world-writable. Procedure: # chmod o-w <file/directory> Document all changes.

c
The system must be configured to only boot from the system boot device.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-1013 - SV-1013r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008600
Vuln IDs
  • V-1013
Rule IDs
  • SV-1013r2_rule
The ability to boot from removable media is the same as being able to boot into single user or maintenance mode without a password. This ability could allow a malicious user to boot the system and perform changes possibly compromising or damaging the system. It could also allow the system to be used for malicious purposes by a malicious anonymous user.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-1879r3_chk

Determine if the system is configured to boot from devices other than the system startup media. If so, this is a finding. In most cases, this will require access to the BIOS or system controller. The exact procedure will be hardware-dependent, and the SA should be consulted to identify the specific configuration. In the event the BIOS or system controller is not accessible without adversely impacting (e.g., restarting) the system, the SA may be interviewed to determine compliance with the requirement.

Fix: F-1167r2_fix

Configure the system to only boot from system startup media.

b
The ext3 filesystem type must be used for the primary Linux file system partitions.
Medium - V-1015 - SV-1015r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
GEN000000-LNX00240
Vuln IDs
  • V-1015
Rule IDs
  • SV-1015r2_rule
The ext3 type is most suitable for securing a Linux installation. It also offers the immutable and append only file attributes which are most useful in protecting system logs and other files. A file with the append only attribute may only be modified by appending data to the end of the file. The immutable attribute protects a file from being modified, deleted, or renamed. In addition, links may not be created to the file.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-8300r2_chk

Perform the following to check for ext3 filesystems: # more /etc/fstab If a local filesystem on a Linux platform is not using ext3, this is a finding. Note: the CD, floppy drives, proc, and, swap entries do not support ext3.

Fix: F-1169r2_fix

Use the ext3 filesystem type for Linux partitions.

b
The X server must have the correct options enabled.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-1021 - SV-1021r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-LNX00360
Vuln IDs
  • V-1021
Rule IDs
  • SV-1021r2_rule
Without the correct options enabled, the Xwindows system would be less secure and there would be no screen timeout.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2042r2_chk

X servers get started several ways, such as xdm, gdm or xinit. Perform: # ps –ef |grep X Output for example: /usr/X11R6/bin/X –nolisten –ctp –br vt7 –auth /var/lib/xdm/authdir/authfiles/A:0 Check the Xservers file to ensure the following options are enabled: -audit, -auth, and –s 15. Xserver files can found in: /etc/X11/xdm/Xservers /etc/opt/kde3/share/config/kdm/Xservers /etc/X11/gdm/Xservers

Fix: F-1175r2_fix

Enable the following options: -audit (at level 4), -auth and -s with 15 minutes as the timeout value.

b
An X server must have none of the following options enabled: -ac, -core (except for debugging purposes), or -nolock.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-1022 - SV-1022r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-LNX00380
Vuln IDs
  • V-1022
Rule IDs
  • SV-1022r2_rule
These options will detract from the security of the Xwindows system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8302r2_chk

X servers get started several ways, such as xdm, gdm or xinit. Perform: # ps –ef |grep X Output for example: /usr/X11R6/bin/X –nolisten –ctp –br vt7 –auth /var/lib/xdm/authdir/authfiles/A:0 The above example show xdm is controlling the Xserver. Check the Xservers file to ensure the following options are not enabled: -ac, -core, and -nolock . Xserver files can found in: /etc/X11/xdm/Xservers /etc/opt/kde3/share/config/kdm/Xservers /etc/X11/gdm/Xservers

Fix: F-1176r2_fix

Disable the following options: -ac, -core and -nolock.

b
The system must not run an Internet Network News (INN) server.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000381 - V-1023 - SV-1023r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000381
Version
GEN006240
Vuln IDs
  • V-1023
Rule IDs
  • SV-1023r2_rule
Internet Network News (INN) servers access Usenet newsfeeds and store newsgroup articles. INN servers use the Network News Transfer Protocol (NNTP) to transfer information from the Usenet to the server and from the server to authorized remote hosts. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-2043r2_chk

# ps -ef | egrep "innd|nntpd" If an INN server is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1177r2_fix

Disable the INN server.

b
The /etc/access.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1025 - SV-1025r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00400
Vuln IDs
  • V-1025
Rule IDs
  • SV-1025r2_rule
The /etc/access.conf file contains entries that restrict access from the system console by authorized System Administrators. If the file were owned by a user other than root, it could compromise the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28798r1_chk

Check access configuration ownership: # ls –lL /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf If any of these files exist and are not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1179r2_fix

Follow the correct configuration parameters for access configuration file. Use the chown command to configure it properly. For example: # chown root /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf

b
The Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT) must be restricted to the local host or require SSL.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-1026 - SV-1026r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006080
Vuln IDs
  • V-1026
Rule IDs
  • SV-1026r2_rule
SWAT is a tool used to configure Samba. As it modifies Samba configuration, which can impact system security, it must be protected from unauthorized access. SWAT authentication may involve the root password, which must be protected by encryption when traversing the network. Restricting access to the local host allows for the use of SSH TCP forwarding, if configured, or administration by a web browser on the local system.System AdministratorEBRP-1
Checks: C-2047r3_chk

Check the system for an enabled SWAT service. # grep -i swat /etc/inetd.conf If SWAT is found enabled, it must be utilized with SSL to ensure a secure connection between the client and the server. Ask the SA to identify the method used to provide SSL protection for the SWAT service. Verify (or ask the SA to demonstrate) this configuration is effective by accessing SWAT using an HTTPS connection from a web browser. If SWAT is found enabled and has no SSL protection, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1180r3_fix

Disable SWAT (e.g., remove the "swat" line from inetd.conf or equivalent, and restart the service) or configure SSL protection for the SWAT service.

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1027 - SV-1027r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006100
Vuln IDs
  • V-1027
Rule IDs
  • SV-1027r3_rule
The /etc/smb.conf file allows access to other machines on the network and grants permissions to certain users. If it is owned by another user, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System Administrator
Checks: C-28771r4_chk

Check the ownership of the smb.conf file. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf # ls -l /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If an smb.conf file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1181r4_fix

Change the ownership of the smb.conf file. Procedure: # chown root /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1028 - SV-1028r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006140
Vuln IDs
  • V-1028
Rule IDs
  • SV-1028r2_rule
If the smb.conf file has excessive permissions, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2048r2_chk

Check the mode of the smb.conf file. Procedure: # find / -name smb.conf # ls -lL &lt;smb.conf file&gt; If the smb.conf has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1182r2_fix

Change the mode of the smb.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 0644 smb.conf

b
The /etc/smbpasswd file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1029 - SV-1029r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006160
Vuln IDs
  • V-1029
Rule IDs
  • SV-1029r2_rule
If the smbpasswd file is not owned by root, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28774r1_chk

Check the ownership of the smbpasswd file. # find / -name smbpasswd # ls -l &lt;smbpasswd file&gt; If an smbpasswd file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1183r2_fix

Use the chown command to configure the smbpasswd file. # chown root /etc/smbpasswd

b
The smb.conf file must use the hosts option to restrict access to Samba.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1030 - SV-1030r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006220
Vuln IDs
  • V-1030
Rule IDs
  • SV-1030r3_rule
Samba increases the attack surface of the system and must be restricted to communicate only with systems requiring access.System Administrator
Checks: C-2052r4_chk

Examine the smb.conf file. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. # more /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If the hosts option is not present to restrict access to a list of authorized hosts and networks, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1184r4_fix

Edit the smb.conf file and set the hosts option to permit only authorized hosts to access Samba.

c
Root passwords must never be passed over a network in clear text form.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000197 - V-1046 - SV-1046r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000197
Version
GEN001100
Vuln IDs
  • V-1046
Rule IDs
  • SV-1046r2_rule
If a user accesses the root account (or any account) using an unencrypted connection, the password is passed over the network in clear text form and is subject to interception and misuse. This is true even if recommended procedures are followed by logging on to a named account and using the su command to access root.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-891r2_chk

Determine if root has logged in over an unencrypted network connection. First, determine if root has logged in over a network. Procedure: # last | grep "^root " | egrep -v "reboot|console" | more Next, determine if the SSH daemon is running. Procedure: # ps -ef |grep sshd If root has logged in over the network and SSHD is not running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1200r2_fix

Enable SSH on the system and use it for all remote connections used to attain root access.

b
The system must not permit root logins using remote access programs, such as SSH.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-1047 - SV-1047r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN001120
Vuln IDs
  • V-1047
Rule IDs
  • SV-1047r2_rule
Even though communications are encrypted, an additional layer of security may be gained by extending the policy of not logging directly on as root. In addition, logging in with a user-specific account preserves the audit trail.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-892r2_chk

Determine if the SSH daemon is configured to permit root logins. Procedure: # find / -name sshd_config -print # grep -v "^#" &lt;sshd_config path&gt; | grep -i permitrootlogin If the PermitRootLogin entry is not found or is not set to no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24426r1_fix

Edit the configuration file and set the PermitRootLogin option to no.

b
Audio devices must have mode 0660 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1048 - SV-1048r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002320
Vuln IDs
  • V-1048
Rule IDs
  • SV-1048r2_rule
Audio and video devices that are globally accessible have proven to be another security hazard. There is software that can activate system microphones and video devices connected to user workstations and/or X terminals. Once the microphone has been activated, it is possible to eavesdrop on otherwise private conversations without the victim being aware of it. This action effectively changes the user's microphone to a bugging device.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-893r2_chk

Check the mode of audio devices. If the mode of audio devices are more permissive than 0660, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24491r1_fix

Change the mode of audio devices. # chmod o-w <audio device>

b
Audio devices must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1049 - SV-1049r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002340
Vuln IDs
  • V-1049
Rule IDs
  • SV-1049r2_rule
Audio and video devices that are globally accessible have proven to be another security hazard. There is software that can activate system microphones and video devices connected to user workstations and/or X terminals. Once the microphone has been activated, it is possible to eavesdrop on otherwise private conversations without the victim being aware of it. This action effectively changes the user's microphone to a bugging device.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28270r1_chk

Check the owner of audio devices. If the owner of an audio device is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1203r2_fix

Change the owner of the audio device. # chown root <audio device>

b
The /etc/access.conf file must have a privileged group owner.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1054 - SV-1054r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00420
Vuln IDs
  • V-1054
Rule IDs
  • SV-1054r2_rule
Depending on the access restrictions of the /etc/access.conf file, if the group owner were not a privileged group, it could endanger system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28799r1_chk

Check access configuration group ownership: # ls -lL /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf If any of these files exist and are have a group-owner that is not a privileged user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1208r2_fix

Use the chgrp command to ensure the group owner is root, sys, or bin. For example: # chgrp root /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf

b
The /etc/access.conf file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1055 - SV-1055r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00440
Vuln IDs
  • V-1055
Rule IDs
  • SV-1055r2_rule
If the access permissions are more permissive than 0640, system security could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2045r2_chk

Check access configuration mode: # ls -lL /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf If any of these files exist and have a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1209r2_fix

Use the chmod command to set the permissions to 0640. For example: # chmod 0640 /etc/login.access /etc/security/access.conf /etc/access.conf

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1056 - SV-1056r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006120
Vuln IDs
  • V-1056
Rule IDs
  • SV-1056r2_rule
If the group owner of the smb.conf file is not root or a system group, the file may be maliciously modified and the Samba configuration could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28772r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the smb.conf file. Procedure: # find / -name /etc/samba/smb.conf # ls -l &lt;smb.conf file&gt; If an smb.conf file is not group-owned by root, bin, or sys, this is a finding

Fix: F-1210r2_fix

Change the group owner of the smb.conf file. Procedure: # chgrp root smb.conf

b
The /etc/smbpasswd file must be group-owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1058 - SV-1058r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006180
Vuln IDs
  • V-1058
Rule IDs
  • SV-1058r2_rule
If the smbpasswd file is not group-owned by root, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2051r2_chk

Check smbpasswd ownership. # find / -name smbpasswd # ls -lL &lt;smbpasswd file&gt; If smbpasswd is not group-owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1212r2_fix

Use the chgrp command to ensure the group owner of the smbpasswd file is root. # chgrp root /etc/smbpasswd.

b
The /etc/smbpasswd file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1059 - SV-1059r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006200
Vuln IDs
  • V-1059
Rule IDs
  • SV-1059r2_rule
If the smbpasswd file has a mode more permissive than 0600, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2053r2_chk

Check smbpasswd mode. Procedure: # find / -name smbpasswd # ls -lL &lt;smbpasswd file&gt; If smbpasswd has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1213r2_fix

Change the mode of the smbpasswd file to 0600. Procedure: # chmod 0600 smbpasswd

b
Audio devices must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-1061 - SV-1061r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002360
Vuln IDs
  • V-1061
Rule IDs
  • SV-1061r2_rule
Without privileged group owners, audio devices will be vulnerable to being used as eaves-dropping devices by malicious users or intruders to possibly listen to conversations containing sensitive information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28282r1_chk

Check the group owner of audio devices. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;audio device file&gt; If the group owner of an audio device is not root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1215r2_fix

Change the group owner of the audio device. Procedure: # chgrp system <audio device>

a
The root shell must be located in the / file system.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-1062 - SV-1062r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001080
Vuln IDs
  • V-1062
Rule IDs
  • SV-1062r2_rule
To ensure the root shell is available in repair and administrative modes, the root shell must be located in the / file system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-822r2_chk

Determine if /usr has a dedicated file system. Procedure: # grep /usr /etc/fstab If /usr is on a dedicated file system, check the location of root's default shell. Procedure: # grep "^root:" /etc/passwd | grep ":/usr" If the root shell is found to be on a /usr dedicated file system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1216r2_fix

Change the root account's shell to one present on the / file system. Procedure: Edit /etc/passwd and change the shell for the root account to one present on the / file system (such as /bin/sh, assuming /bin is not on a separate file system). If the system does not store shell configuration in the /etc/passwd file, consult vendor documentation for the correct procedure for the system.

b
Graphical desktop environments provided by the system must automatically lock after 15 minutes of inactivity and the system must require users to re-authenticate to unlock the environment.
AC-11 - Medium - CCI-000057 - V-4083 - SV-4083r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000057
Version
GEN000500
Vuln IDs
  • V-4083
Rule IDs
  • SV-4083r2_rule
If graphical desktop sessions do not lock the session after 15 minutes of inactivity, requiring re-authentication to resume operations, the system or individual data could be compromised by an alert intruder who could exploit the oversight. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices as well as to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems, including thin clients.System AdministratorPESL-1
Checks: C-8205r2_chk

Log into a graphical desktop environment provided by the system. Allow the session to remain idle for 15 minutes. If the desktop session is not automatically locked after 15 minutes, or does not require re-authentication to resume operations, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4016r2_fix

Consult vendor documentation to determine the settings required for the system to lock graphical desktop environments. Configure the system to lock graphical desktop environments after 15 minutes of inactivity and require re-authentication to resume operations.

b
The system must prohibit the reuse of passwords within five iterations.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000200 - V-4084 - SV-4084r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000200
Version
GEN000800
Vuln IDs
  • V-4084
Rule IDs
  • SV-4084r2_rule
If a user, or root, used the same password continuously or was allowed to change it back shortly after being forced to change it to something else, it would provide a potential intruder with the opportunity to keep guessing at one user's password until it was guessed correctly.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-1670r2_chk

Verify the system is configured to prohibit the reuse of passwords within five iterations.

Fix: F-4017r2_fix

Configure the system to prohibit the reuse of passwords within five iterations.

b
User start-up files must not execute world-writable programs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4087 - SV-4087r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001940
Vuln IDs
  • V-4087
Rule IDs
  • SV-4087r2_rule
If start-up files execute world-writable programs, especially in unprotected directories, they could be maliciously modified to become Trojans destroying user files or otherwise compromising the system at the user, or higher, level. If the system is compromised at the user level, it is much easier to eventually compromise the system at the root and network level.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-8206r2_chk

Check local initialization files for any executed world-writable programs or scripts. Procedure: # more /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.* # ls -al &lt;program or script&gt; If any local initialization file executes a world-writable program or script, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4020r2_fix

Remove the world-writable permission of files referenced by local initialization scripts, or remove the references to these files in the local initialization scripts.

a
User start-up files must not contain the mesg -y or mesg y command.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000032 - V-4088 - SV-4088r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN001960
Vuln IDs
  • V-4088
Rule IDs
  • SV-4088r2_rule
The mesg -y or mesg y command turns on terminal messaging. On systems that do not default to mesg -n, the system profile (or equivalent) provides it. If the user changes this setting, write access may be provided to the terminal screen which could disrupt processing or cause enough confusion to result in damage to sensitive files. Educate users about the danger of having terminal messaging set on.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8218r2_chk

# grep "mesg" /&lt;usershomedirectory&gt;/.* If local initialization files contain the mesg -y or mesg y command, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4021r2_fix

Edit the local initialization file(s) and remove the mesg -y command.

b
All system start-up files must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4089 - SV-4089r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001660
Vuln IDs
  • V-4089
Rule IDs
  • SV-4089r2_rule
System start-up files not owned by root could lead to system compromise by allowing malicious users or applications to modify them for unauthorized purposes. This could lead to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-1674r2_chk

Check the ownership of system run control scripts. If any are owned by a user other than root or bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4022r2_fix

Change the ownership of the run control script(s) with incorrect ownership. # chown root <run control script>

b
All system start-up files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4090 - SV-4090r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4090
Rule IDs
  • SV-4090r2_rule
If system start-up files do not have a group owner of root or a system group, the files may be modified by malicious users or intruders.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-1675r2_chk

Check the group ownership of system run control scripts. If any are group-owned by a user other than root, sys, bin, other, or the system default, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24459r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the run control script(s) with incorrect group ownership. Procedure: # chgrp root <run control script>

b
System start-up files must only execute programs owned by a privileged UID or an application.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4091 - SV-4091r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001700
Vuln IDs
  • V-4091
Rule IDs
  • SV-4091r2_rule
System start-up files that execute programs owned by other than root (or another privileged user) or an application indicates the system may have been compromised.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-28190r1_chk

Check the ownership of any files executed from system startup scripts. If any of these files are not owned by root, bin, sys, or other, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24458r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file executed from system startup scripts to root, bin, sys, or other. # chown root <executed file>

b
System BIOS or system controllers supporting password protection must have administrator accounts/passwords configured, and no others.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-4246 - SV-4246r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN008620
Vuln IDs
  • V-4246
Rule IDs
  • SV-4246r2_rule
A system's BIOS or system controller handles the initial startup of a system and its configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification. When the BIOS or system controller supports the creation of user accounts or passwords, such protections must be used and accounts/passwords only assigned to system administrators. Failure to protect BIOS or system controller settings could result in Denial-of-Service or compromise of the system resulting from unauthorized configuration changes.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2056r3_chk

On systems with a BIOS or system controller, verify a supervisor or administrator password is set. If a password is not set, this is a finding. If the BIOS or system controller supports user-level access in addition to supervisor/administrator access, determine if this access is enabled. If so, this is a finding. The exact procedure will be hardware-dependent, and the SA should be consulted to identify the specific configuration. In the event the BIOS or system controller is not accessible without adversely impacting (e.g., restarting) the system, the SA may be interviewed to determine compliance with the requirement.

Fix: F-4157r2_fix

Access the system's BIOS or system controller. Set a supervisor/administrator password if one has not been set. Disable a user-level password if one has been set.

c
The system must not use removable media as the boot loader.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4247 - SV-4247r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4247
Rule IDs
  • SV-4247r2_rule
Malicious users with removable boot media can gain access to a system configured to use removable media as the boot loader.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2057r2_chk

Ask the SA if the system uses removable media for the boot loader. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4158r2_fix

Configure the system to use a bootloader installed on fixed media.

c
For systems capable of using GRUB, the system must be configured with GRUB as the default boot loader unless another boot loader has been authorized, justified, and documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4248 - SV-4248r3_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008660
Vuln IDs
  • V-4248
Rule IDs
  • SV-4248r3_rule
GRUB is a versatile boot loader used by several platforms providing authentication for access to the system or boot loader.trueSystem Administrator
Checks: C-2058r3_chk

This check applies to the global zone only. Determine the type of zone that you are currently securing. # zonename If the command output is "global", this check applies. On systems that have a ZFS root, the active menu.lst file is typically located at /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst where "pool-name" is the mount point for the top-level dataset. On systems that have a UFS root, the active menu.lst file is typically located at /boot/grub/menu.lst. To locate the active GRUB menu, use the bootadm command with the list-menu option: # bootadm list-menu Determine if the system uses the GRUB boot loader. Procedure: # more /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst or # more /boot/grub/menu.lst If menu.lst does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4159r2_fix

Configure the system to use the GRUB bootloader.

c
The system boot loader must require authentication.
AC-3 - High - CCI-000213 - V-4249 - SV-4249r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN008700
Vuln IDs
  • V-4249
Rule IDs
  • SV-4249r3_rule
If the system's boot loader does not require authentication, users with console access to the system may be able to alter the system boot configuration or boot the system into single user or maintenance mode, which could result in Denial-of-Service or unauthorized privileged access to the system.System Administrator
Checks: C-2059r3_chk

This check applies to the global zone only. Determine the type of zone that you are currently securing. # zonename If the command output is "global", this check applies. On systems that have a ZFS root, the active menu.lst file is typically located at /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst where "pool-name" is the mount point for the top-level dataset. On systems that have a UFS root, the active menu.lst file is typically located at /boot/grub/menu.lst. To locate the active GRUB menu, use the bootadm command with the list-menu option: # bootadm list-menu Check the menu.lst file for the use of passwords. Procedure: # more /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst or # more /boot/grub/menu.lst Check for a password configuration line, such as the one below. password --md5 &lt;password-hash&gt; This line should be just below the line beginning with "timeout". Please note &lt;password-hash&gt; will be replaced by the actual MD5 encrypted password. If the password line is not in either of the files, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4160r3_fix

The GRUB console boot loader can be configured to use an MD5 encrypted password by adding password --md5 password-hash to the /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst or /boot/grub/menu.lst file. Use grub-md5-crypt to generate MD5 passwords from the command line.

b
The system's boot loader configuration file(s) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4250 - SV-4250r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008720
Vuln IDs
  • V-4250
Rule IDs
  • SV-4250r3_rule
File permissions greater than 0600 on boot loader configuration files could allow an unauthorized user to view or modify sensitive information pertaining to system boot instructions.System Administrator
Checks: C-2060r3_chk

This check applies to the global zone only. Determine the type of zone that you are currently securing. # zonename If the command output is "global", this check applies. Check the permission of the menu.lst file. On systems that have a ZFS root, the menu.lst file is typically located at /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst where "pool-name" is the mount point for the top-level dataset. On systems that have a UFS root, the menu.lst file is typically located at /boot/grub/menu.lst . Procedure: # ls -lL /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst or # ls -lL /boot/grub/menu.lst If menu.lst has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-25796r2_fix

Change the mode of the menu.lst file to 0600. # chmod 0600 /pool-name/boot/grub/menu.lst or # chmod 0600 /boot/grub/menu.lst

c
If LILO is the authorized boot loader for the system, a global password must be defined in /etc/lilo.conf.
High - V-4252 - SV-4252r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
GEN000000-LNX00180
Vuln IDs
  • V-4252
Rule IDs
  • SV-4252r2_rule
If LILO has been approved for use, it must be password protected to prevent malicious booting into single user mode and to prevent booting of an insecure operating system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-2076r2_chk

Check for the password to precede the first image stanza in /etc/lilo.conf: # more /etc/lilo.conf password=”” image=/boot/vmlinuz-2.4.20-6smp If a password is not found, then this is a finding.

Fix: F-4163r2_fix

Password protect LILO by including the password=password line to the global section of /etc/lilo.conf.

c
The /etc/lilo.conf file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
High - V-4253 - SV-4253r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
GEN000000-LNX00220
Vuln IDs
  • V-4253
Rule IDs
  • SV-4253r2_rule
File permissions greater than 0600 could allow a user to view or modify sensitive information pertaining to system boot instructions.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2077r2_chk

Check /etc/lilo.conf permissions: # ls –lL /etc/lilo.conf If /etc/lilo.conf has a mode more permissive than 0600, then this is a finding.

Fix: F-25798r1_fix

Change the mode of the lilo.conf file. # chmod 0600 /etc/lilo.conf

c
If the system boots from removable media, it must be stored in a safe or similarly secured container.
SC-32 - High - CCI-001208 - V-4255 - SV-4255r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN008680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4255
Rule IDs
  • SV-4255r2_rule
Storing the boot loader on removable media in an insecure location could allow a malicious user to modify the systems boot instructions or boot to an insecure operating system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerPESS-1
Checks: C-2079r2_chk

Ask the SA if the system boots from removable media. If so, ask if the boot media is stored in a secure container when not in use. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4166r2_fix

Store the system boot media in a secure container when not in use.

b
The system must not have the rpc.ugidd daemon enabled.
Medium - V-4262 - SV-4262r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
GEN000000-LNX00300
Vuln IDs
  • V-4262
Rule IDs
  • SV-4262r2_rule
The rpc.ugidd daemon could be used by a remote attacker to list all users on a specific system. Once the user IDs have been obtained, a system could be compromised through brute-force password hacking.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2086r2_chk

To check for the rpc.ugidd daemon perform: # chkconfig –list rpc.ugidd Or # ps –ef | grep –i ugidd If the daemon is running or installed this is a finding.

Fix: F-4173r2_fix

If the rpc.ugidd daemon is installed, disable it using the chkconfig utility.

c
The system must not have special privilege accounts, such as shutdown and halt.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4268 - SV-4268r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00320
Vuln IDs
  • V-4268
Rule IDs
  • SV-4268r2_rule
If special privilege accounts are compromised, the accounts could provide privileges to execute malicious commands on a system.System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-2089r2_chk

Perform the following to check for unnecessary privileged accounts: # more /etc/passwd Some examples of unnecessary privileged accounts include halt, shutdown, reboot and who.

Fix: F-4179r2_fix

Remove any special privilege accounts, such as shutdown and halt, from the /etc/passwd and /etc/shadow files.

b
The system must not have unnecessary accounts.
AC-2 - Medium - CCI-000012 - V-4269 - SV-4269r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000012
Version
GEN000290
Vuln IDs
  • V-4269
Rule IDs
  • SV-4269r2_rule
Accounts providing no operational purpose provide additional opportunities for system compromise. Unnecessary accounts include user accounts for individuals not requiring access to the system and application accounts for applications not installed on the system.System AdministratorIAAC-1
Checks: C-2090r2_chk

Check the system for unnecessary user accounts. Procedure: # more /etc/passwd Some examples of unnecessary accounts include games, news, gopher, ftp, and lp. If any unnecessary accounts are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4180r2_fix

 Remove all unnecessary accounts, such as games, from the /etc/passwd file before connecting a system to the network. Other accounts, such as news and gopher, associated with a service not in use should also be removed.

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4273 - SV-4273r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006260
Vuln IDs
  • V-4273
Rule IDs
  • SV-4273r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2092r2_chk

Check /etc/news/hosts.nntp permissions. # ls -lL /etc/news/hosts.nntp If /etc/news/hosts.nntp has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4184r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/news/hosts.nntp file to 0600. # chmod 0600 /etc/news/hosts.nntp

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4274 - SV-4274r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006280
Vuln IDs
  • V-4274
Rule IDs
  • SV-4274r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp.nolimit file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2093r2_chk

Check /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit permissions. # ls -lL /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit If /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4185r2_fix

Change the mode of /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit to 0600. # chmod 0600 /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit

b
The /etc/news/nnrp.access (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4275 - SV-4275r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006300
Vuln IDs
  • V-4275
Rule IDs
  • SV-4275r2_rule
Excessive permissions on the nnrp.access file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2094r2_chk

Check /etc/news/nnrp.access permissions. # ls -lL /etc/news/nnrp.access If /etc/news/nnrp.access has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4186r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/news/nnrp.access file to 0600. # chmod 0600 /etc/news/nnrp.access

b
The /etc/news/passwd.nntp file (or equivalent) must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4276 - SV-4276r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006320
Vuln IDs
  • V-4276
Rule IDs
  • SV-4276r2_rule
File permissions more permissive than 0600 for /etc/news/passwd.nntp may allow access to privileged information by system intruders or malicious users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2095r2_chk

Check /etc/news/passwd.nntp permissions. # ls -lL /etc/news/passwd.nntp If /etc/news/passwd.nntp has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4187r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/news/passwd.nntp file. # chmod 0600 /etc/news/passwd.nntp

b
Files in /etc/news must be owned by root or news.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4277 - SV-4277r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006340
Vuln IDs
  • V-4277
Rule IDs
  • SV-4277r2_rule
If critical system files are not owned by a privileged user, system integrity could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28776r1_chk

Check the ownership of the files in /etc/news. Procedure: # ls -al /etc/news If any files are not owned by root or news, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4188r2_fix

Change the ownership of the files in /etc/news to root or news. Procedure: # chown root /etc/news/*

b
The files in /etc/news must be group-owned by root or news.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4278 - SV-4278r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006360
Vuln IDs
  • V-4278
Rule IDs
  • SV-4278r2_rule
If critical system files do not have a privileged group owner, system integrity could be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2101r2_chk

Check /etc/news files group ownership. Procedure: # ls -al /etc/news If /etc/news files are not group-owned by root or news, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4189r2_fix

Change the group owner of the files in /etc/news to root or news. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/news/*

c
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use the SSHv2 protocol.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-4295 - SV-4295r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005500
Vuln IDs
  • V-4295
Rule IDs
  • SV-4295r2_rule
SSHv1 is not a DoD-approved protocol and has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH daemon could provide immediate root access to the system.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-1875r2_chk

Examine the sshd configuration file. cat /opt/ssh/etc/sshd_config | tr '\011' ' ' | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep -v '^#' | grep -i "Protocol" If Protocol 2,1 or Protocol 1 are defined on a line without a leading comment, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4206r2_fix

Edit the configuration file and modify the Protocol line. Protocol 2 Restart sshd: /sbin/init.d/secsh stop /sbin/init.d/secsh start

b
Remote consoles must be disabled or protected from unauthorized access.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000070 - V-4298 - SV-4298r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000070
Version
GEN001000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4298
Rule IDs
  • SV-4298r2_rule
The remote console feature provides an additional means of access to the system which could allow unauthorized access if not disabled or properly secured. With virtualization technologies, remote console access is essential as there is no physical console for virtual machines. Remote console access must be protected in the same manner as any other remote privileged access method.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8298r2_chk

Check the system for configured remote consoles. If any console port is connected to a terminal outside of a secured environment or to any aggregation device (KVM, serial concentrator), or virtualization system that does not protect the console at the level of a privileged resource in accordance with the appropriate STIGs for these devices, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4209r2_fix

Remove the configuration for remote consoles.

b
The system clock must be synchronized to an authoritative DoD time source.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-001492 - V-4301 - SV-4301r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001492
Version
GEN000240
Vuln IDs
  • V-4301
Rule IDs
  • SV-4301r2_rule
To assure the accuracy of the system clock, it must be synchronized with an authoritative time source within DoD. Many system functions, including time-based login and activity restrictions, automated reports, system logs, and audit records depend on an accurate system clock. If there is no confidence in the correctness of the system clock, time-based functions may not operate as intended and records may be of diminished value. Authoritative time sources include authorized time servers within the enclave that synchronize with upstream authoritative sources. Specific requirements for the upstream synchronization of Network Time Protocol (NTP) servers are covered in the Network Other Devices STIG. For systems located on isolated or closed networks, it is not necessary to synchronize with a global authoritative time source. If a global authoritative time source is not available to systems on an isolated network, a local authoritative time source must be established on this network and used by the systems connected to this network. This is necessary to provide the ability to correlate events and allow for the correct operation of time-dependent protocols between systems on the isolated network. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8293r2_chk

Check if NTP running: # ps -ef | egrep "xntpd|ntpd" Check if ntpdate scheduled to run: # grep ntpdate /var/spool/cron/crontabs/* If NTP is running or ntpdate is found: # more /etc/ntp/ntp.conf Confirm the servers and peers or multicast client (as applicable) are local or an authoritative U.S. DoD source. If a non-local/non-authoritative (U.S. DoD source) time-server is used, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4212r4_fix

Use a local authoritative time server synchronizing to an authorized DoD time source. Ensure all systems in the facility feed from one or more local time servers that feed from the authoritative time server.

b
The root file system must employ journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency.
CP-10 - Medium - CCI-000553 - V-4304 - SV-4304r2_rule
RMF Control
CP-10
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000553
Version
GEN003640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4304
Rule IDs
  • SV-4304r2_rule
File system journaling, or logging, can allow reconstruction of file system data after a system crash, thus, preserving the integrity of data that may have otherwise been lost. Journaling file systems typically do not require consistent checks upon booting after a crash, which can improve system availability. Some file systems employ other mechanisms to ensure consistency which also satisfy this requirement.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-8291r2_chk

Logging should be enabled for those types of files systems that do not turn on logging by default. Procedure: # mount JFS, VXFS, HFS, XFS, reiserfs, EXT3, and EXT4 all turn logging on by default and will not be a finding. The ZFS file system uses other mechanisms to provide for file system consistency, and will not be a finding. For other file systems types, if the root file system does not have the logging option, this is a finding. If the nolog option is set on the root file system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4215r2_fix

Implement file system journaling for the root file system, or use a file system using other mechanisms to ensure consistency. If the root file system supports journaling, enable it. If the file system does not support journaling or another mechanism to ensure consistency, a migration to a different file system will be necessary.

b
The system must not run Samba unless needed.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-4321 - SV-4321r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006060
Vuln IDs
  • V-4321
Rule IDs
  • SV-4321r2_rule
Samba is a tool used for the sharing of files and printers between Windows and UNIX operating systems. It provides access to sensitive files and, therefore, poses a security risk if compromised.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2132r2_chk

Check the system for a running Samba server. Procedure: # ps -ef |grep smbd If the Samba server is running, ask the SA if the Samba server is operationally required. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4232r2_fix

If there is no functional need for Samba and the daemon is running, disable the daemon by killing the process ID as noted from the output of ps -ef |grep smbd. The utility should also be removed or not installed if there is no functional requirement.

b
The /etc/sysctl.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4334 - SV-4334r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00480
Vuln IDs
  • V-4334
Rule IDs
  • SV-4334r2_rule
The sysctl.conf file specifies the values for kernel parameters to be set on boot. These settings can affect the system's security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28800r1_chk

Check /etc/sysctl.conf permissions: # ls -lL /etc/sysctl.conf If /etc/sysctl.conf is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4245r2_fix

Use the chown command to change the owner of /etc/sysctl.conf to root: # chown root /etc/sysctl.conf

b
The /etc/sysctl.conf file must be group-owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4335 - SV-4335r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00500
Vuln IDs
  • V-4335
Rule IDs
  • SV-4335r2_rule
The sysctl.conf file specifies the values for kernel parameters to be set on boot. These settings can affect the system's security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-28801r1_chk

Check /etc/sysctl.conf group ownership: # ls -lL /etc/sysctl.conf If /etc/sysctl.conf is not group-owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4246r2_fix

Use the chgrp command to change the group owner of /etc/sysctl.conf to root: # chgrp root /etc/sysctl.conf

b
The /etc/sysctl.conf file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4336 - SV-4336r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00520
Vuln IDs
  • V-4336
Rule IDs
  • SV-4336r2_rule
The sysctl.conf file specifies the values for kernel parameters to be set on boot. These settings can affect the system's security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-2141r2_chk

Check /etc/sysctl.conf permissions: # ls –lL /etc/sysctl.conf If /etc/sysctl.conf has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4247r2_fix

Use the chmod command to change the mode of the /etc/sysctl.conf file. # chmod 0600 /etc/sysctl.conf

c
The Linux NFS Server must not have the insecure file locking option.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4339 - SV-4339r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00560
Vuln IDs
  • V-4339
Rule IDs
  • SV-4339r2_rule
Insecure file locking could allow for sensitive data to be viewed or edited by an unauthorized user.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-2150r2_chk

Determine if an NFS server is running on the system by: # ps –ef |grep nfsd If an NFS server is running, confirm that it is not configured with the insecure_locks option by: # exportfs –v The example below would be a finding: /misc/export speedy.example.com(rw,insecure_locks)

Fix: F-4250r3_fix

Remove the "insecure_locks" option from all NFS exports on the system. Procedure: Edit /etc/exports and remove all instances of the insecure_locks option. Re-export the file systems to make the setting take effect. # exportfs -a

c
The x86 CTRL-ALT-DELETE key sequence must be disabled.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4342 - SV-4342r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000000-LNX00580
Vuln IDs
  • V-4342
Rule IDs
  • SV-4342r2_rule
Undesirable reboots can occur if the CTRL-ALT-DELETE key sequence is not disabled. Such reboots may cause a loss of data or loss of access to critical information.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-2223r2_chk

Verify that Linux systems have disabled the &lt;CTRL&gt;&lt;ALT&gt;&lt;DELETE&gt; key sequence by performing: # grep ctrlaltdel /etc/inittab If the line returned is not commented out then this is a finding.

Fix: F-4253r2_fix

Ensure that the CTRL-ALT-DELETE key sequence has been disabled. If necessary, comment out the following line in the /etc/inittab file: #ca::ctrlaltdel:/sbin/shutdown -t3 -r now

b
The Linux PAM system must not grant sole access to admin privileges to the first user who logs into the console.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4346 - SV-4346r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00600
Vuln IDs
  • V-4346
Rule IDs
  • SV-4346r2_rule
If an unauthorized user has been granted privileged access while logged in at the console, the security posture of a system could be greatly compromised. Additionally, such a situation could deny legitimate root access from another terminal.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-2225r2_chk

Ensure the pam_console.so module is not configured in any files in /etc/pam.d by: # cd /etc/pam.d # grep pam_console.so * Or # ls -la /etc/security/console.perms If either the pam_console.so entry or the file /etc/security/console.perms is found then this is a finding.

Fix: F-4257r3_fix

Configure PAM to not grant sole access of administrative privileges to the first user logged in at the console. Identify any instances of pam_console. # cd /etc/pam.d # grep pam_console.so * For any files containing an un-commented reference to pam_console.so, edit the file and remove or comment out the reference. Remove the console.perms file if it exists: # rm /etc/security/console.perms

b
Audit logs must be rotated daily.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4357 - SV-4357r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002860
Vuln IDs
  • V-4357
Rule IDs
  • SV-4357r2_rule
Rotate audit logs daily to preserve audit file system space and to conform to the DoD/DISA requirement. If it is not rotated daily and moved to another location, then there is more of a chance for the compromise of audit data by malicious users.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8278r2_chk

Check for any crontab entries that rotate audit logs. Procedure: # crontab -l If such a cron job is found, this is not a finding. Otherwise, query the SA. If there is a process automatically rotating audit logs, this is not a finding. If the SA manually rotates audit logs, this is still a finding, because if the SA is not there, it will not be accomplished. If the audit output is not archived daily, to tape or disk, this is a finding. This can be ascertained by looking at the audit log directory and, if more than one file is there, or if the file does not have today's date, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4268r2_fix

Configure a cron job or other automated process to rotate the audit logs on a daily basis.

b
The cron.deny file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4358 - SV-4358r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003200
Vuln IDs
  • V-4358
Rule IDs
  • SV-4358r2_rule
If file permissions for cron.deny are more permissive than 0600, sensitive information could be viewed or edited by unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8221r2_chk

Check the mode of the cron.deny file. If the cron.deny file is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11473r2_fix

Change the mode of the cron.deny file to 0600.

a
Cron programs must not set the umask to a value less restrictive than 077.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-4360 - SV-4360r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003220
Vuln IDs
  • V-4360
Rule IDs
  • SV-4360r2_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. A umask of 077 limits new files to a mode of 700 or less permissive. Although umask is often represented as a 4-digit octal number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0.trueIf a cron program sets the umask to 000 or does not restrict the world-writable permission, this becomes a CAT I finding.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-8222r2_chk

Check programs run from cron for umask settings. If any specify a umask more permissive than 077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4271r2_fix

Edit cron script files and modify the umask to 077.

b
The "at" directory must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4364 - SV-4364r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003400
Vuln IDs
  • V-4364
Rule IDs
  • SV-4364r2_rule
If the "at" directory has a mode more permissive than 0755, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or to edit files containing sensitive information within the "at" directory. Unauthorized modifications could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8245r2_chk

Check the mode of the "at" directory. Procedure: # ls -ld /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs /var/spool/at If the directory mode is more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4275r2_fix

Change the mode of the "at" directory to 0755. Procedure: # chmod 0755 < at directory >

b
The "at" directory must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4365 - SV-4365r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003420
Vuln IDs
  • V-4365
Rule IDs
  • SV-4365r2_rule
If the owner of the "at" directory is not root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit files containing sensitive information within the directory.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8246r2_chk

Check the ownership of the "at" directory. Procedure: # ls -ld /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs /var/spool/at If the directory is not owned by root, sys, bin, daemon, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4276r2_fix

Change the owner of the "at" directory to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chown root /var/spool/at (Replace root with another system group and/or /var/spool/at with a different "at" directory as necessary.)

b
"At" jobs must not set the umask to a value less restrictive than 077.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4366 - SV-4366r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003440
Vuln IDs
  • V-4366
Rule IDs
  • SV-4366r2_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask is often represented as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-8247r2_chk

Determine what "at" jobs exist on the system. Procedure: # ls /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs If there are no "at" jobs present, this is not applicable. Determine if any of the "at" jobs or any scripts referenced execute the umask command. Check for any umask setting more permissive than 077. # grep umask &lt;at job or referenced script&gt; If any "at" job or referenced script sets umask to a value more permissive than 077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4277r2_fix

Edit "at" jobs or referenced scripts to remove umask commands setting umask to a value less restrictive than 077.

b
The at.allow file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4367 - SV-4367r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003460
Vuln IDs
  • V-4367
Rule IDs
  • SV-4367r2_rule
If the owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8248r2_chk

Check the owner of the at.allow file. If the owner is not root, bin, or sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4278r2_fix

Change the owner of the at.allow file to root, bin, or sys.

b
The at.deny file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4368 - SV-4368r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003480
Vuln IDs
  • V-4368
Rule IDs
  • SV-4368r2_rule
If the owner of the at.deny file is not set to root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8249r2_chk

Check the ownership of the at.deny file. If the owner is not root, bin, or sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4279r2_fix

Change the owner of the at.deny file to root, bin, or sys.

b
The traceroute command owner must be root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4369 - SV-4369r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003960
Vuln IDs
  • V-4369
Rule IDs
  • SV-4369r2_rule
If the traceroute command owner has not been set to root, an unauthorized user could use this command to obtain knowledge of the network topology inside the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8250r2_chk

Determine traceroute command locations and ownership. Procedure: # find / -name traceroute -exec ls -lL {} \; If the traceroute command is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4280r2_fix

Change the owner of the traceroute command to root, bin, or sys. Example: # chown root <traceroute command>

b
The traceroute command must be group-owned by sys, bin, root, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4370 - SV-4370r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003980
Vuln IDs
  • V-4370
Rule IDs
  • SV-4370r2_rule
If the group owner of the traceroute command has not been set to a system group, unauthorized users could have access to the command and use it to gain information regarding a network's topology inside of the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information possibly leading to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8251r2_chk

Determine traceroute command locations and group ownership. Procedure: # find / -name traceroute -exec ls -lL {} \; If the traceroute command is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4281r2_fix

Change the group owner of the traceroute command to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root <traceroute command>

b
The traceroute file must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4371 - SV-4371r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4371
Rule IDs
  • SV-4371r2_rule
If the mode of the traceroute executable is more permissive than 0700, malicious code could be inserted by an attacker and triggered whenever the traceroute command is executed by authorized users. Additionally, if an unauthorized user is granted executable permissions to the traceroute command, it could be used to gain information about the network topology behind the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information that may lead to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8252r2_chk

Determine traceroute command locations and mode. # find / -name traceroute -exec ls -lL {} \; If the traceroute command has a mode more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4282r2_fix

Change the mode of the traceroute command. # chmod 0700 <traceroute command>

c
Administrative accounts must not run a web browser, except as needed for local service administration.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4382 - SV-4382r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004220
Vuln IDs
  • V-4382
Rule IDs
  • SV-4382r2_rule
If a web browser flaw is exploited while running as a privileged user, the entire system could be compromised. Specific exceptions for local service administration should be documented in site-defined policy. These exceptions may include HTTP(S)-based tools used for the administration of the local system, services, or attached devices. Examples of possible exceptions are HP’s System Management Homepage (SMH), the CUPS administrative interface, and Sun's StorageTek Common Array Manager (CAM) when these services are running on the local system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8266r2_chk

Look in the root account home directory for a .netscape or a .mozilla directory. If none exists, this is not a finding. If there is one, verify with the root users and the IAO what the intent of the browsing is. Some evidence may be obtained by using the browser to view cached pages under the .netscape directory.

Fix: F-4293r2_fix

Enforce policy requiring administrative accounts use web browsers only for local service administration.

a
The SMTP service's SMTP greeting must not provide version information.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4384 - SV-4384r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004560
Vuln IDs
  • V-4384
Rule IDs
  • SV-4384r2_rule
The version of the SMTP service can be used by attackers to plan an attack based on vulnerabilities present in the specific version.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8267r2_chk

Check for the Sendmail version being displayed in the greeting. # telnet localhost 25 If a version number is displayed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4295r2_fix

Ensure Sendmail or its equivalent has been configured to mask the version information. If necessary, change the O SmtpGreetingMessage line in the /etc/mail/sendmail.cf file as noted below. O SmtpGreetingMessage=$j Sendmail $v/$Z; $b Change it to: O SmtpGreetingMessage= Mail Server Ready ; $b

b
The system must not use .forward files.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4385 - SV-4385r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004580
Vuln IDs
  • V-4385
Rule IDs
  • SV-4385r2_rule
The .forward file allows users to automatically forward mail to another system. Use of .forward files could allow the unauthorized forwarding of mail and could potentially create mail loops which could degrade system performance.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8268r2_chk

Search for any .forward files on the system. # find / -name .forward -print This is considered a finding if any .forward files are found on the system.

Fix: F-4296r2_fix

Remove .forward files from the system.

c
Anonymous FTP accounts must not have a functional shell.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4387 - SV-4387r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005000
Vuln IDs
  • V-4387
Rule IDs
  • SV-4387r2_rule
If an anonymous FTP account has been configured to use a functional shell, attackers could gain access to the shell if the account is compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-8269r2_chk

Check the shell for the anonymous FTP account. Procedure: # grep "^ftp" /etc/passwd This is a finding if the seventh field is empty (the entry ends with a ':') or if the seventh field does not contain one of the following. /bin/false /dev/null /usr/bin/false /bin/true /sbin/nologin

Fix: F-4298r2_fix

Configure anonymous FTP accounts to use a non-functional shell. If necessary, edit the /etc/passwd file to remove any functioning shells associated with the FTP account and replace them with non-functioning shells, such as, /dev/null.

b
The anonymous FTP account must be configured to use chroot or a similarly isolated environment.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4388 - SV-4388r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005020
Vuln IDs
  • V-4388
Rule IDs
  • SV-4388r2_rule
If an anonymous FTP account does not use a chroot or similarly isolated environment, the system may be more vulnerable to exploits against the FTP service. Such exploits could allow an attacker to gain shell access to the system and view, edit, or remove sensitive files.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8270r2_chk

Consult vendor documentation for the anonymous FTP service to determine the necessary configuration for operating the service in a chroot environment. If the system is not configured to operate the anonymous FTP service in a chroot environment, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4299r2_fix

Configure the anonymous FTP service to operate in a chroot environment. Consult vendor documentation for the necessary configuration procedures.

b
If the system is a Network Management System (NMS) server, it must only run the NMS and any software required by the NMS.
SC-32 - Medium - CCI-001208 - V-4392 - SV-4392r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN005380
Vuln IDs
  • V-4392
Rule IDs
  • SV-4392r2_rule
Installing extraneous software on a system designated as a dedicated Network Management System (NMS) server poses a security threat to the system and the network. Should an attacker gain access to the NMS through unauthorized software, the entire network may be susceptible to malicious activity.System AdministratorDCPA-1
Checks: C-8271r2_chk

Ask the SA if this is an NMS server. If it is an NMS server, then ask what other applications run on it. If there is anything other than network management software and DBMS software used only for the storage and inquiry of NMS data, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4303r2_fix

Ensure only authorized software is loaded on a designated NMS server. Authorized software is limited to the NMS software itself, a database management system for the NMS server if necessary, and network management software.

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4393 - SV-4393r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005400
Vuln IDs
  • V-4393
Rule IDs
  • SV-4393r2_rule
If the /etc/syslog.conf file is not owned by root, unauthorized users could be allowed to view, edit, or delete important system messages handled by the syslog facility.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8272r2_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf ownership. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If /etc/syslog.conf is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4304r2_fix

Use the chown command to set the owner to root. # chown root /etc/syslog.conf

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-4394 - SV-4394r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005420
Vuln IDs
  • V-4394
Rule IDs
  • SV-4394r2_rule
If the group owner of /etc/syslog.conf is not root, bin, or sys, unauthorized users could be permitted to view, edit, or delete important system messages handled by the syslog facility.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8273r2_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf group ownership. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If /etc/syslog.conf is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4305r2_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/syslog.conf file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/syslog.conf

b
The system must only use remote syslog servers (log hosts) justified and documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4395 - SV-4395r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005460
Vuln IDs
  • V-4395
Rule IDs
  • SV-4395r2_rule
If a remote log host is in use and it has not been justified and documented with the IAO, sensitive information could be obtained by unauthorized users without the SA's knowledge. A remote log host is any host to which the system is sending syslog messages over a network.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-8274r2_chk

Examine the syslog.conf file for any references to remote log hosts. # grep -v "^#" /etc/syslog.conf | grep '@' Destination locations beginning with an @ represent log hosts. If the log host name is a local alias, such as log host, consult the /etc/hosts or other name databases as necessary to obtain the canonical name or address for the log host. Determine if the host referenced is a log host documented using site-defined procedures. If an undocumented log host is referenced, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4306r3_fix

Remove, replace, or document the referenced undocumented log host.

b
The system must be configured with a default gateway for IPv4 if the system uses IPv4, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4397 - SV-4397r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005560
Vuln IDs
  • V-4397
Rule IDs
  • SV-4397r2_rule
If a system has no default gateway defined, the system is at increased risk of man-in-the-middle, monitoring, and Denial-of-Service attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8275r2_chk

Check the system for an IPv4 default route. Procedure: # netstat -r |grep default If a default route is not defined, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4308r2_fix

Set a default gateway for IPv4.

b
A system used for routing must not run other network services or applications.
SC-32 - Medium - CCI-001208 - V-4398 - SV-4398r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN005580
Vuln IDs
  • V-4398
Rule IDs
  • SV-4398r2_rule
Installing extraneous software on a system designated as a dedicated router poses a security threat to the system and the network. Should an attacker gain access to the router through the unauthorized software, the entire network is susceptible to malicious activity.System AdministratorDCSP-1
Checks: C-8276r2_chk

Ask the SA if the system is a designated router. If it is not, this is not applicable. Check the system for non-routing network services. Procedure: # netstat -a | grep -i listen # ps -ef If non-routing services, including Web servers, file servers, DNS servers, or applications servers, but excluding management services, such as SSH and SNMP, are running on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4309r2_fix

Ensure only authorized software is loaded on a designated router. Authorized software will be limited to the most current version of routing protocols and SSH for system administration purposes.

c
The system must not use UDP for NIS/NIS+.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001436 - V-4399 - SV-4399r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006380
Vuln IDs
  • V-4399
Rule IDs
  • SV-4399r2_rule
Implementing NIS or NIS+ under UDP may make the system more susceptible to a Denial of Service attack and does not provide the same quality of service as TCP.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-8277r2_chk

If the system does not use NIS or NIS+, this is not applicable. Check if NIS or NIS+ is implemented using UDP. Procedure: # rpcinfo -p | grep yp | grep udp If NIS or NIS+ is implemented using UDP, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4310r2_fix

Configure the system to not use UDP for NIS and NIS+. Consult vendor documentation for the required procedure.

b
All .rhosts, .shosts, or host.equiv files must only contain trusted host-user pairs.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-4427 - SV-4427r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002020
Vuln IDs
  • V-4427
Rule IDs
  • SV-4427r2_rule
If these files are not properly configured, they could allow malicious access by unknown malicious users from untrusted hosts who could compromise the system.G614. The only allowable use of a’ +’ character in a hosts.equiv and .rhosts files is to allow NIS+ netgroups access to the system.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-8219r2_chk

Locate and examine all .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files. Procedure: # find / -name .rhosts # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.rhosts # find / -name .shosts # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/.shosts # find / -name hosts.equiv # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/hosts.equiv # find / -name shosts.equiv # more /&lt;directorylocation&gt;/shosts.equiv If any .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv file contains other than host-user pairs, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4326r2_fix

If possible, remove the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files. If the files are required, remove any content from the files except for necessary host-user pairs.

c
The rsh daemon must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-000068 - V-4687 - SV-4687r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN003820
Vuln IDs
  • V-4687
Rule IDs
  • SV-4687r2_rule
The rshd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerEBRU-1
Checks: C-16169r2_chk

Verify the rshd service is not running.

Fix: F-4615r2_fix

Disable the rshd service.

c
The rexec daemon must not be running.
AC-17 - High - CCI-001435 - V-4688 - SV-4688r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN003840
Vuln IDs
  • V-4688
Rule IDs
  • SV-4688r2_rule
The rexecd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.trueSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-609r2_chk

Determine if the rexecd service is running. If the service is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4616r2_fix

Disable the rexecd service.

c
The SMTP service must be an up-to-date version.
SI-2 - High - CCI-001230 - V-4689 - SV-4689r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001230
Version
GEN004600
Vuln IDs
  • V-4689
Rule IDs
  • SV-4689r2_rule
The SMTP service version on the system must be current to avoid exposing vulnerabilities present in unpatched versions.System AdministratorVIVM-1
Checks: C-627r2_chk

Determine the version of the SMTP service software. Locate the Sendmail daemon. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail Obtain version information for the Sendmail daemon. Procedure: # what &lt;file location&gt; OR # strings &lt;file location&gt; | grep version Version 8.14.4 is the latest required version. If the Sendmail version is not at least 8.14.4 or the vendor's latest version, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4617r2_fix

Obtain and install a newer version of Sendmail from the operating system vendor or from http://www.sendmail.org or ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/ucb/sendmail.

c
The Sendmail server must have the debug feature disabled.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-4690 - SV-4690r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004620
Vuln IDs
  • V-4690
Rule IDs
  • SV-4690r2_rule
Debug mode is a feature present in older versions of Sendmail which, if not disabled, may allow an attacker to gain access to a system through the Sendmail service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-652r3_chk

Check for an enabled debug command provided by the SMTP service. Procedure: # telnet localhost 25 debug If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding. If telnet is unavailable for testing, check the version of sendmail installed on the system. # echo \$Z | /usr/sbin/sendmail -bt -d0 If the sendmail reported version is less than 8.6, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4618r2_fix

Obtain and install a more recent version of Sendmail, which does not implement the DEBUG feature.

c
The SMTP service must not have a uudecode alias active.
SI-2 - High - CCI-001230 - V-4691 - SV-4691r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001230
Version
GEN004640
Vuln IDs
  • V-4691
Rule IDs
  • SV-4691r2_rule
A common configuration for older Mail Transfer Agents (MTAs) includes an alias for the decode user. All mail sent to this user is sent to the uudecode program, which automatically converts and stores files. By sending mail to decode or uudecode aliases present on some systems, a remote attacker may be able to create or overwrite files on the remote host. This could possibly be used to gain remote access.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-653r2_chk

Check the SMTP service for an active decode command. Procedure: # telnet localhost 25 decode If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4619r2_fix

Disable mail aliases for decode and uudecode. If the /etc/aliases or /usr/lib/aliases (mail alias) file contains entries for these programs, remove them or disable them by placing # at the beginning of the line, and then executing the "newaliases" command. For more information on mail aliases, refer to the man page for aliases. Disabled aliases would be similar to the examples below: # decode: |/usr/bin/uudecode # uudecode: |/usr/bin/uuencode -d

a
The SMTP service must not have the EXPN feature active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4692 - SV-4692r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004660
Vuln IDs
  • V-4692
Rule IDs
  • SV-4692r2_rule
The SMTP EXPN function allows an attacker to determine if an account exists on a system, providing significant assistance to a brute-force attack on user accounts. EXPN may also provide additional information concerning users on the system, such as the full names of account owners.False positives may occur with the SMTP EXPN check. According to RFC821, it is acceptable for a server to respond with a 250 (success) or 550 (failure) when the server supports the EXPN command. For example, some servers return "550 EXPN command not available", meaning the command is not supported and the machine is not vulnerable. However, a result of "550 That is a mailing list, not a user" would be a failure code, but not an indication of an error, and the machine would be vulnerable. If false positive is suspected, check the log file for the response from the server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-28638r1_chk

Determine if EXPN is disabled. Procedure: # telnet localhost 25 expn root If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding. OR Locate the sendmail.cf configuration file. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail.cf -print # grep -v "^#" &lt;sendmail.cf location&gt; | egrep -i "(goaway|noexpn)" Verify the EXPN command is disabled with an entry in the sendmail.cf file that reads as one of the following: Opnoexpn O PrivacyOptions=noexpn Opgoaway O PrivacyOptions=goaway (Other privacy options, such as novrfy or noetrn, may be included in the same line, separated by commas. The goaway option encompasses a number of privacy options, including noexpn.) If the EXPN command is not disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4620r2_fix

Edit the sendmail.cf file and add Opnoexpn option. Restart the Sendmail service.

a
The SMTP service must not have the VRFY feature active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4693 - SV-4693r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004680
Vuln IDs
  • V-4693
Rule IDs
  • SV-4693r2_rule
The VRFY (Verify) command allows an attacker to determine if an account exists on a system, providing significant assistance to a brute-force attack on user accounts. VRFY may provide additional information about users on the system, such as the full names of account owners.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-705r2_chk

Determine if VRFY is disabled. Procedure: # telnet localhost 25 vrfy root If the command does not return a 500 error code of command unrecognized, this is a finding. OR Locate the sendmail.cf configuration file. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail.cf -print # grep -v "^#" &lt;sendmail.cf location&gt; |grep -i "(goaway|vrfy)" Verify the VRFY command is disabled with an entry in the sendmail.cf file that reads as one of the following: Opnovrfy O PrivacyOptions=novrfy Opgoaway O PrivacyOptions=goaway (Other privacy options, such as noexpn or noetrn, may be included in the same line, separated by commas. The goaway option encompasses a number of privacy options, including novrfy.) If the VRFY command is not disabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4621r2_fix

If Sendmail is running, add the line Opnovrfy to the Sendmail configuration file, usually located in /etc/sendmail.cf. For other mail servers, contact the vendor for information on how to disable the verify command. Newer versions of Sendmail are available at http://www.sendmail.org or from ftp://ftp.cs.berkeley.edu/ucb/sendmail.

a
The Sendmail service must not have the wizard backdoor active.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-4694 - SV-4694r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004700
Vuln IDs
  • V-4694
Rule IDs
  • SV-4694r2_rule
Very old installations of the Sendmail mailing system contained a feature whereby a remote user connecting to the SMTP port can enter the WIZ command and be given an interactive shell with root privileges.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-706r2_chk

Locate the sendmail.cf configuration file and check for wiz configuration. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail.cf -print # grep -v "^#" &lt;sendmail.cf location&gt; |grep -i wiz If an entry is found for wiz, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4622r2_fix

If the WIZ command is enabled on Sendmail, it should be disabled by adding this line to the sendmail.cf configuration file (it must be typed in uppercase). OW* For the change to take effect, kill the Sendmail process, refreeze the sendmail.cf file, and restart the Sendmail process.

c
Any active TFTP daemon must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4695 - SV-4695r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005140
Vuln IDs
  • V-4695
Rule IDs
  • SV-4695r2_rule
TFTP is a file transfer protocol often used by embedded systems to obtain configuration data or software. The service is unencrypted and does not require authentication of requests. Data available using this service may be subject to unauthorized access or interception.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerDCSW-1
Checks: C-716r2_chk

Determine if the TFTP daemon is active. If it is, this is a finding unless documented using site-defined procedures.

Fix: F-4623r2_fix

Disable the TFTP daemon.

b
The system must not have the UUCP service active.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-4696 - SV-4696r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005280
Vuln IDs
  • V-4696
Rule IDs
  • SV-4696r2_rule
The UUCP utility is designed to assist in transferring files, executing remote commands, and sending email between UNIX systems over phone lines and direct connections between systems. The UUCP utility is a primitive and arcane system with many security issues. There are alternate data transfer utilities/products that can be configured to more securely transfer data by providing for authentication, as well as, encryption.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-722r2_chk

Determine if the UUCP service is active. If the service is active, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4624r2_fix

Disable the UUCP service.

c
X displays must not be exported to the world.
AC-6 - High - CCI-000225 - V-4697 - SV-4697r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005200
Vuln IDs
  • V-4697
Rule IDs
  • SV-4697r2_rule
Open X displays allow an attacker to capture keystrokes and to execute commands remotely. Many users have their X Server set to xhost +, permitting access to the X Server by anyone, from anywhere.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-719r2_chk

If X Windows is not used on the system, this is not applicable. Check the output of the xhost command from an X terminal. Procedure: $ xhost If the output reports access control is enabled (and possibly lists the hosts that can receive X Window logins), this is not a finding. If the xhost command returns a line indicating access control is disabled, this is a finding. NOTE: It may be necessary to define the display if the command reports it cannot open the display. Procedure: $ DISPLAY=MachineName:0.0; export DISPLAY MachineName may be replaced with an Internet Protocol Address. Repeat the check procedure after setting the display.

Fix: F-4625r2_fix

If using an xhost-type authentication the xhost - command can be used to remove current trusted hosts and then selectively allow only trusted hosts to connect with xhost + commands. A cryptographically secure authentication, such as provided by the xauth program, is always preferred. Refer to your X11 server's documentation for further security information.

a
The system must not have the finger service active.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-001551 - V-4701 - SV-4701r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003860
Vuln IDs
  • V-4701
Rule IDs
  • SV-4701r2_rule
The finger service provides information about the system's users to network clients. This information could expose information that could be used in subsequent attacks.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-2521r2_chk

Determine if the system has the finger service active. If the finger service is active, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4629r2_fix

Disable the finger service.

b
If the system is an anonymous FTP server, it must be isolated to the DMZ network.
IA-4 - Medium - CCI-000787 - V-4702 - SV-4702r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000787
Version
GEN004840
Vuln IDs
  • V-4702
Rule IDs
  • SV-4702r2_rule
Anonymous FTP is a public data service which is only permitted in a server capacity when located on the DMZ network.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECSC-1
Checks: C-712r2_chk

Use the command ftp to connect the system's FTP service. Attempt to log into this host with a user name of anonymous and a password of guest (also try the password of guest@mail.com). If the logon is not successful, this check is not applicable. Ask the SA if the system is located on a DMZ network. If the system is not located on a DMZ network, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4630r2_fix

Move the system to a DMZ network.

a
There is no document instructing users that USB devices be powered off for at least 60 seconds prior to being connected to an IS.
Low - V-6764 - SV-6986r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
USB00.001.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6764
Rule IDs
  • SV-6986r1_rule
Because USB devices that contain only volatile memory are designed to withstand minor fluctuations in power they contain some means of maintaining memory for short power interruptions. Users need to ensure that USB devices remain without power for at least 60 seconds when disconnecting them from one IS, and connecting to a different IS to make sure enough time passes for all power to dissipate and the memory erased. The IAO will ensure that the SFUG or an equivalent document requires that all USB devices be powered off for at least 60 seconds prior to being connected to an IS.Information Assurance Officer
Checks: C-2911r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO and view the SFUG, or equivalent documentation, to verify that it is documented that users should remove all power from a USB device when it is moved from one IS to another for at least 60 seconds to allow all power to dissipate and the memory to erase.

Fix: F-6417r1_fix

Update the SFUG, or an equivalent document, to include this information.

b
MP3 players, camcorders, or digital cameras are being attached to ISs without prior DAA approval.
Medium - V-6765 - SV-6987r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.001.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6765
Rule IDs
  • SV-6987r1_rule
These devices contain non-volatile memory and could be used to infect an IS to which they are attached with malicious code or they could be used to transport sensitive data leading to the compromise of the data. Finally there is normally no DoD requirement for these devices to be attached to a DoD asset. The IAO, SA, and user will ensure that MP3 players, camcorders, or digital cameras are not attached to ISs without prior DAA approval.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-2912r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO to verify that the IAO knows that USB devices such as MP3 players, camcorders, or digital cameras are not to be attached to ISs without prior DAA approval, and that this information is disseminated to all users.

Fix: F-6418r1_fix

The IAO will be made aware of the policy that USB devices such as MP3 players, camcorders, or digital cameras are not to be attached to ISs without prior DAA approval. The IAO will disseminate the policy to all users.

b
USB devices are attached to a DoD IS without prior IAO approval.
Medium - V-6766 - SV-6988r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.002.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6766
Rule IDs
  • SV-6988r1_rule
The IAO needs to be aware of what type of USB devices are being attached to DoD ISs and needs to stop prohibited devices from being attached. By requiring the IAO to approve the USB devices the IAO will be informed. The IAO or SA will ensure that no USB device is attached to a DoD IS unless approved by the IAO.Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorDCBP-1
Checks: C-2913r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO or SA to verify that prior approval by the IAO is required before USB devices are attached to DoD ISs and that this policy is disseminated to all users.

Fix: F-6419r1_fix

The IAO will know that approval by the IAO is required before USB devices are attached to DoD ISs and the IAO will ensure that this policy is disseminated to all users.

b
Disguised jump drives are not banned from locations containing DOD ISs.
Medium - V-6768 - SV-6990r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.003.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6768
Rule IDs
  • SV-6990r1_rule
Since they could easily be overlooked in a spot search to verify that no restricted or sensitive information is being removed from a location, disguised USB jump drives will be banned from locations containing DOD ISs. The IAO, SA, and user will ensure disguised jump drives are not permitted in locations containing DoD ISs.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-2916r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO to verify that the policy banning disguised jump drives from locations containing DoD ISs is disseminated to all users.

Fix: F-6421r1_fix

Disseminate the policy banning disguised jump drives from locations containing DoD ISs to all users.

b
Notices are not prominently displayed informing everyone of the ban of disguised jump drives.
Medium - V-6769 - SV-6991r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.004.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6769
Rule IDs
  • SV-6991r1_rule
Without a notice being posted, users could violate the ban and protest the seizer of the devices.Information Assurance Officer
Checks: C-2918r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO and view the notices.

Fix: F-6422r1_fix

Post the required notices informing people entering a location containing DOD ISs that disguised USB jump drives are banned

b
Persistent memory USB devices are not treated as removable media and contrary to DODD 5200.1-R; the devices are not secured, transported, and sanitized in a manner appropriate for the classification level of the data they contain.
Medium - V-6770 - SV-6992r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.005.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6770
Rule IDs
  • SV-6992r1_rule
Persistent memory USB devices can function as removable media. They have the same vulnerabilities as floppy disk but greater capacity. They will be secured, transported and sanitized as required by DODD 5200-1-R in a manner appropriate for the classification level of the data they contain. The IAO, SA, and user will ensure that persistent memory USB devices are treated as removable media and, in accordance with DODD 5200.1-R; the devices are secured, transported, and sanitized in a manner appropriate for the classification level of the data they contain.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorPECS-1, PECS-2, PEDD-1
Checks: C-2920r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO to verify that the policy for treating persistent memory USB devices as removable media, and in accordance with DODD 5200.1-R; the devices are secured, transported, and sanitized in a manner appropriate for the classification level of the data they contain is disseminated to all users. This would include any device with internal non-removable persistent memory not just jump drives or disk driver.

Fix: F-6423r1_fix

Disseminate the policy requiring that persistent memory USB devices will be treated as removable media and, in accordance with DODD 5200.1-R; the devices will be secured, transported, and sanitized in a manner appropriate for the classification level of the data they contain.

b
Persistent memory USB devices are not labeled in accordance with the classification level of the data they contain.
Medium - V-6771 - SV-6993r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.006.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6771
Rule IDs
  • SV-6993r1_rule
If the persistent memory USB device is not labeled with the appropriate classification level this can lead to the compromise of sensitive data or the compromise of an IS that the device is attached.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-2921r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO or SA to verify that the labeling of persistent memory USB devices is in accordance with the classification level of the data they contain.

Fix: F-6424r1_fix

Label persistent memory USB devices in accordance with the classification level of the data they contain. Disseminate this policy to all users.

b
Sensitive data stored on a USB device with persistent memory, that the data owner requires encryption is not encrypted using NIST-certified cryptography.
Medium - V-6772 - SV-6994r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.007.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6772
Rule IDs
  • SV-6994r1_rule
If the data owner believes that the data requires encryption it will be encrypted when at rest. If it is not encrypted this can lead to the compromise of sensitive data. The IAO, SA, and user will ensure that all sensitive data stored on a USB device with persistent memory, if required by the data owner, is encrypted using NIST-certified cryptography.Encryption of data at rest can require excessive processor power; systems processor capabilities may need to be increased to meet response time requirements.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-2934r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO to verify that all sensitive data stored on a USB device with persistent memory, if required by the data owner, is encrypted using NIST-certified cryptography.

Fix: F-6425r1_fix

Establish a process that will disseminate the requirement for encrypt of sensitive data that the data owner designates as needing encryption. Also establish a process identifying which data needs to be encrypted and notifying the users that the identified data needs encryption.

b
USB devices with persistent memory are not formatted in a manner to allow the application of Access Controls to files or data stored on the device.
Medium - V-6773 - SV-6995r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.008.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6773
Rule IDs
  • SV-6995r1_rule
Without using a format that allows the application of access controls to the device files stored on the USB device may be accessed from any system that the device is connected to. Note that access controls are easily bypassed on USB devices so this should not be considered an adequate replacement for encryption. The IAO, SA, and user will ensure that USB devices with persistent memory are formatted in a manner to allow the application of Access Controls to files or data stored on the device.OtherInformation Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorDCBP-1
Checks: C-2935r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO to verify that USB devices with persistent memory are formatted in a manner to allow the application of Access Controls to files or data stored on the device.

Fix: F-6426r1_fix

Develop a process to disseminate the requirement that USB devices with persistent memory will be formatted in a manner to allow the application of Access Controls to files or data stored on the device.

b
There is no section within the SFUG, or equivalent documentation, describing the correct usage and handling of USB technologies.
Medium - V-6774 - SV-6996r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
USB01.009.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6774
Rule IDs
  • SV-6996r1_rule
The Security Features User Guide gives the user a single reference for information on the current general and site policies and procedures describing their security responsibilities. The lack of this reference could lead to the compromise of sensitive data. The reviewer will interview the IAO and review the relevant document. What needs to be here is a description for handling, and labeling of USB devices. Additionally an explanation of the restrictions placed on attaching non-government owned USB devices to a government owned IS and the prohibition of disguised USB jump drives.Information Assurance OfficerPRRB-1
Checks: C-2936r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO and review the relevant document. What needs to be here is a description for handling, and labeling of USB devices. Additionally an explanation of the restrictions placed on attaching non-government owned USB devices to a government owned IS and the prohibition of disguised USB jump drives.

Fix: F-6427r1_fix

Develop, update, and distribute a SFUG section dealing with USB devices in accordance with the SPAN STIG.

a
The USB usage section of the SFUG, or equivalent document, does not contain a discussion of the devices that contain persistent non-removable memory.
Low - V-6775 - SV-6997r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
USB01.010.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6775
Rule IDs
  • SV-6997r1_rule
Without a discussion of tthe devices that contain persistent non-removable memory, an uninformed user can mistakenly attach such a device to an IS leading to the denial of service caused by an infection of the IS and possibly the network with malicious code. Additionally the user might compromise sensitive data thinking that removal of a memory card removed all the persistent memory within a device. The IAO will ensure that the USB usage section of the SFUG contains a discussion of the devices that contain persistent non-removable memory.Information Assurance OfficerPRRB-1
Checks: C-2937r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO and review the relevant documentation. The discussion should point out that with some devices it may not be obvious that it contains persistent non-removable memory and that, if there is a doubt, it will be treated as if it contains persistent memory.

Fix: F-6428r1_fix

Develop, update, and distribute a SFUG section on USB devices that discusses devices that may contain persistent non-removable memory in accordance with the SPAN STIG.

c
An IS has its BIOS set to allow a boot from a USB device.
High - V-6776 - SV-6998r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
USB02.011.00
Vuln IDs
  • V-6776
Rule IDs
  • SV-6998r1_rule
If an IS's BIOS is left set to allow it to be booted from a USB device, an individual can plug a USB device into the IS and force a reboot, either performing a hardware reset or cycling the power. This can lead to a denial of service. Additionally this can lead to the compromise of sensitive data on the IS that was rebooted and possibly to the network the IS is attached.Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorDCBP-1
Checks: C-2939r1_chk

The reviewer will interview the IAO or SA to verify that no IS has its BIOS set to allow a boot from any USB device. Note an IS can be booted from a USB device for maintenance or recovery purposes, but will never be allowed to do so when in normal use. Note: Some systems do not have a setting for disabling Boot from USB. In these cases, boot from USB should be moved to last in the boot device list in the bios. The risk is lessened not mitigated so the reviewer will mark this as a CAT 2 finding.

Fix: F-6429r1_fix

Develop a plan to check all ISs' BIOS settings as soon a possible. The check will verify that none of the BIOS are set to allow a boot from a USB device. Obtain CM approval for the plan and execute the plan.

c
The operating system must be a supported release.
SI-2 - High - CCI-001230 - V-11940 - SV-12441r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-001230
Version
GEN000100
Vuln IDs
  • V-11940
Rule IDs
  • SV-12441r2_rule
An operating system release is considered supported if the vendor continues to provide security patches for the product. With an unsupported release, it will not be possible to resolve security issues discovered in the system software. If an extended support agreement provides security patches for the unsupported product is procured from the vendor, this finding may be downgraded to a CAT III.System AdministratorVIVM-1
Checks: C-7917r2_chk

Check the release information for the operating system. If the release is not supported, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11211r2_fix

Upgrade to a supported version of the operating system.

b
A file integrity baseline must be created and maintained.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000293 - V-11941 - SV-12442r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000293
Version
GEN000140
Vuln IDs
  • V-11941
Rule IDs
  • SV-12442r2_rule
A file integrity baseline is a collection of file metadata which is to evaluate the integrity of the system. A minimal baseline must contain metadata for all device files, setuid files, setgid files, system libraries, system binaries, and system configuration files. The minimal metadata must consist of the mode, owner, group owner, and modification times. For regular files, metadata must also include file size and a cryptographic hash of the file’s contents.System AdministratorDCSW-1
Checks: C-7918r2_chk

Determine if a file integrity baseline, which includes cryptographic hashes, has been created and maintained for the system. If no file integrity baseline exists for the system, this is a finding. If the file integrity baseline contains no cryptographic hashes, this is a finding. If the file integrity baseline is not maintained (has not been updated to be consistent with the latest approved system configuration changes), this is a finding.

Fix: F-11212r2_fix

Create a file integrity baseline, including cryptographic hashes, for the system.

b
A file integrity tool must be used at least weekly to check for unauthorized file changes, particularly the addition of unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or for unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries.
RA-5 - Medium - CCI-001069 - V-11945 - SV-28610r2_rule
RMF Control
RA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001069
Version
GEN000220
Vuln IDs
  • V-11945
Rule IDs
  • SV-28610r2_rule
Changes in system libraries and binaries can indicate compromise or significant system events, such as patching needing to be checked by automated processes and the results reviewed by the SA. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.System Administrator
Checks: C-28849r3_chk

Determine if there is a cron job, scheduled to run weekly or more frequently, to run the file integrity tool to check for unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries. Procedure: # crontab -l If there is no cron job meeting these requirements, this is a finding. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.

Fix: F-25883r3_fix

Create a cron job, scheduled to run weekly or more frequently, to run the file integrity tool to check for unauthorized system libraries or binaries, or unauthorized modification to authorized system libraries or binaries. NOTE: The frequency may be increased to daily, if necessary, in accordance with the contingency plan.

b
UIDs reserved for system accounts must not be assigned to non-system accounts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11946 - SV-12447r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000340
Vuln IDs
  • V-11946
Rule IDs
  • SV-12447r2_rule
Reserved UIDs are typically used by system software packages. If non-system accounts have UIDs in this range, they may conflict with system software, possibly leading to the user having permissions to modify system files. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29002r1_chk

Check the UID assignments of all accounts. # more /etc/passwd Confirm all accounts with a UID of 99 and below are used by a system account. If a UID reserved for system accounts (0 - 99) is used by a non-system account, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26001r1_fix

Change the UID numbers for non-system accounts with reserved UIDs (those less or equal to 99).

b
The system must require that passwords contain a minimum of 14 characters.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000205 - V-11947 - SV-12448r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000205
Version
GEN000580
Vuln IDs
  • V-11947
Rule IDs
  • SV-12448r2_rule
The use of longer passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques by increasing the password search space.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-28025r1_chk

Check the system minimum password length setting. If the setting is not 14 or greater, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24372r1_fix

Set the system minimum password length setting to 14 or greater.

b
The system must require that passwords contain at least one uppercase alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000192 - V-11948 - SV-12449r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000192
Version
GEN000600
Vuln IDs
  • V-11948
Rule IDs
  • SV-12449r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7925r2_chk

Determine if at least 1 lowercase letter is required for passwords. If the settings do not enforce at least 1 lower case letter, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11219r2_fix

Configure the system to require at least 1 lowercase letter for passwords.

b
The system must require that passwords contain at least one numeric character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000194 - V-11972 - SV-12473r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000194
Version
GEN000620
Vuln IDs
  • V-11972
Rule IDs
  • SV-12473r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7937r2_chk

Verify the system requires passwords contain at least one numeric character.

Fix: F-24383r1_fix

Configure the system to require passwords contain at least one numeric character.

b
The system must require that passwords contain at least one special character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-001619 - V-11973 - SV-12474r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001619
Version
GEN000640
Vuln IDs
  • V-11973
Rule IDs
  • SV-12474r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-28040r1_chk

Verify the system requires passwords contain at least one special character.

Fix: F-24388r1_fix

Configure the system to require passwords contain at least one special character.

b
The system must require passwords to contain no more than three consecutive repeating characters.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11975 - SV-12476r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000680
Vuln IDs
  • V-11975
Rule IDs
  • SV-12476r2_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, the number of consecutive repeating characters is limited. Passwords with excessive repeated characters may be more vulnerable to password-guessing attacks.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7940r2_chk

Verify the system requires passwords to contain no more than three consecutive repeating characters. If the system allows passwords to contain more than three consecutive repeating characters, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24392r1_fix

Configure the system to require passwords to contain no more than three consecutive repeating characters.

b
User passwords must be changed at least every 60 days.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000180 - V-11976 - SV-12477r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000180
Version
GEN000700
Vuln IDs
  • V-11976
Rule IDs
  • SV-12477r2_rule
Limiting the lifespan of authenticators limits the period of time an unauthorized user has access to the system while using compromised credentials and reduces the period of time available for password-guessing attacks to run against a single password.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7941r2_chk

Verify the system requires passwords be changed at least every 60 days.

Fix: F-24396r1_fix

Configure the system to require passwords be changed at least every 60 days.

b
All non-interactive/automated processing account passwords must be changed at least once per year or be locked.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000199 - V-11977 - SV-12478r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000199
Version
GEN000740
Vuln IDs
  • V-11977
Rule IDs
  • SV-12478r2_rule
Limiting the lifespan of authenticators limits the period of time an unauthorized user has access to the system while using compromised credentials and reduces the period of time available for password-guessing attacks to run against a single password. Locking the password for non-interactive and automated processing accounts is preferred as it removes the possibility of accessing the account by a password. On some systems, locking the passwords of these accounts may prevent the account from functioning properly. Passwords for non-interactive/automated processing accounts must not be used for direct logon to the system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7942r2_chk

Ask the SA if there are any automated processing accounts on the system. If there are automated processing accounts on the system, ask the SA if the passwords for those automated accounts are changed at least once a year. If SA indicates passwords for automated processing accounts are not changed once per year, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11238r2_fix

Implement or establish procedures to change the passwords of automated processing accounts at least once per year.

b
The root account must not be used for direct logins.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000770 - V-11979 - SV-12480r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000770
Version
GEN001020
Vuln IDs
  • V-11979
Rule IDs
  • SV-12480r2_rule
Direct login with the root account prevents individual user accountability. Acceptable non-routine uses of the root account for direct login are limited to emergency maintenance, the use of single-user mode for maintenance, and situations where individual administrator accounts are not available.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-7944r3_chk

Check if the root is used for direct logins. Procedure: # last root | grep -v reboot If the last command is not available, consult vendor documentation to determine an appropriate method for obtaining a list of root account logins. If any direct login records for root are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11240r3_fix

Enforce policy requiring all root account access is attained by first logging into a user account and then becoming root (using su, for example).

b
The system must log successful and unsuccessful access to the root account.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-11980 - SV-12481r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN001060
Vuln IDs
  • V-11980
Rule IDs
  • SV-12481r2_rule
If successful and unsuccessful logins and logouts are not monitored or recorded, access attempts cannot be tracked. Without this logging, it may be impossible to track unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-7945r2_chk

Verify the system logs successful and unsuccessful access to the root account. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11241r2_fix

Troubleshoot the system logging configuration to provide for logging of root account login attempts.

b
All global initialization files must have mode 0444 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11981 - SV-12482r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001720
Vuln IDs
  • V-11981
Rule IDs
  • SV-12482r2_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7946r2_chk

Check global initialization files' permissions: # ls -l /etc/.login # ls -l /etc/profile # ls -l /etc/bashrc # ls -l /etc/environment # ls -l /etc/security/environ If global initialization files are more permissive than 0444, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11242r2_fix

Change the mode of the global initialization file(s) to 0444. # chmod 0444 <global initialization file>

b
All global initialization files must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11982 - SV-12483r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001740
Vuln IDs
  • V-11982
Rule IDs
  • SV-12483r2_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7947r2_chk

Check the ownership of global initialization files. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/.login /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/environment /etc/security/environ If any global initialization file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11243r2_fix

Change the ownership of global initialization files with incorrect ownership. Procedure: # chown bin <global initialization files>

b
All global initialization files must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, system, or the system default.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11983 - SV-12484r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001760
Vuln IDs
  • V-11983
Rule IDs
  • SV-12484r2_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to root or bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7948r2_chk

Check the group ownership of global initialization files. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/.login /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/environment /etc/security/environ If any global initialization file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, other, system, or the system default, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11244r4_fix

Change the group ownership of the global initialization file(s) with incorrect group ownership. Procedure: # chgrp root <global initialization file>

b
All skeleton files and directories (typically in /etc/skel) must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11984 - SV-12485r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001820
Vuln IDs
  • V-11984
Rule IDs
  • SV-12485r2_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files. Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to bin provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7949r2_chk

Check skeleton files ownership. # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11245r2_fix

Change the ownership of skeleton files with incorrect mode. # chown bin <skeleton file>

b
All global initialization files' executable search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11985 - SV-12486r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001840
Vuln IDs
  • V-11985
Rule IDs
  • SV-12486r2_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7950r2_chk

Check the global initialization files' executable search paths. Procedure: # grep -i PATH /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login /etc/security/environ This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-11246r3_fix

Edit the global initialization file(s) with PATH variables containing relative paths. Edit the file and remove the relative path from the PATH variable.

b
All local initialization files' executable search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11986 - SV-12487r4_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001900
Vuln IDs
  • V-11986
Rule IDs
  • SV-12487r4_rule
The executable search path (typically the PATH environment variable) contains a list of directories for the shell to search to find executables. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, executables in these directories may be executed instead of system commands. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System Administrator
Checks: C-7951r4_chk

NOTE: The following must be done in the BASH shell. Examine the PATH variable contained in any user's local initialization files to ensure the use of only absolute paths, using a command shell that supports the use of ~USER as USER's home directory. # cat /etc/passwd | cut -f 1,1 -d ":" | xargs -n1 -IUSER sh -c 'grep -i PATH ~USER/.*' The PATH variable is a colon-delimited directory list. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/) or other than "$PATH", it is a relative path and this is a finding.

Fix: F-11247r2_fix

Edit the local initialization file(s) and remove the relative path entry from the PATH variable.

b
The .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files must not contain a plus (+) without defining entries for NIS+ netgroups.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11987 - SV-12488r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001980
Vuln IDs
  • V-11987
Rule IDs
  • SV-12488r2_rule
A plus (+) in system accounts' files causes the system to lookup the specified entry using NIS. If the system is not using NIS, no such entries should exist.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7952r2_chk

Check system configuration files for plus (+) entries. Procedure: # find / -name .rhosts -exec grep + {} \; # find / -name .shosts -exec grep + {} \; # find / -name hosts.equiv -exec grep + {} \; # find / -name shosts.equiv -exec grep + {} \; # grep + /etc/passwd # grep + /etc/shadow # grep + /etc/group If the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files contain a plus (+) and do not define entries for NIS+ netgroups, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11248r2_fix

Edit the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, shosts.equiv, /etc/passwd, /etc/shadow, and/or /etc/group files and remove entries containing a plus (+).

c
There must be no .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv files on the system.
CM-6 - High - CCI-000366 - V-11988 - SV-12489r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002040
Vuln IDs
  • V-11988
Rule IDs
  • SV-12489r2_rule
The .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and shosts.equiv files are used to configure host-based authentication for individual users or the system. Host-based authentication is not sufficient for preventing unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7953r2_chk

Check for the existence of the files. # find / -name .rhosts # find / -name .shosts # find / -name hosts.equiv # find / -name shosts.equiv If .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, or shosts.equiv are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11249r2_fix

Remove the .rhosts, .shosts, hosts.equiv, and/or shosts.equiv files.

b
The .rhosts file must not be supported in PAM.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11989 - SV-12490r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002100
Vuln IDs
  • V-11989
Rule IDs
  • SV-12490r2_rule
The .rhosts files are used to specify a list of hosts that are permitted remote access to a particular account without authenticating. The use of such a mechanism defeats strong identification and authentication requirements.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7954r2_chk

Check the PAM configuration for rhosts_auth. Procedure: # grep rhosts_auth /etc/pam.conf If a rhosts_auth entry is found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11250r2_fix

Edit /etc/pam.conf and remove the reference(s) to the rhosts_auth module.

b
All public directories must be group-owned by root or an application group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11990 - SV-12491r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002540
Vuln IDs
  • V-11990
Rule IDs
  • SV-12491r2_rule
If a public directory has the sticky bit set and is not group-owned by a system GID, unauthorized users may be able to modify files created by others. The only authorized public directories are those temporary directories supplied with the system or those designed to be temporary file repositories. The setting is normally reserved for directories used by the system and by users for temporary file storage (e.g., /tmp) and for directories requiring global read/write access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7955r2_chk

Check the group ownership of public directories. Procedure: # find / -type d -perm -1002 -exec ls -ld {} \; If any public directory is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or an application group (such as mail), this is a finding.

Fix: F-11251r2_fix

Change the group ownership of the public directory. Procedure: # chgrp root /tmp (Replace root with a different system group and/or /tmp with a different public directory as necessary.)

b
Crontabs must be owned by root or the crontab creator.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11994 - SV-12495r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003040
Vuln IDs
  • V-11994
Rule IDs
  • SV-12495r2_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-28468r1_chk

List all crontab files on the system. If any crontab is not owned by root or the creating user, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11255r2_fix

Change the crontab owner to root or the crontab creator. # chown root <crontab file>

b
Default system accounts (with the exception of root) must not be listed in the cron.allow file or must be included in the cron.deny file, if cron.allow does not exist.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-11995 - SV-12496r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003060
Vuln IDs
  • V-11995
Rule IDs
  • SV-12496r2_rule
To centralize the management of privileged account crontabs, of the default system accounts, only root may have a crontab.System AdministratorECPA-1
Checks: C-7960r2_chk

Check the cron.allow and cron.deny files for the system. If a default system account (such as bin, sys, adm, or others) is listed in the cron.allow file, or not listed in the cron.deny file if no cron.allow file exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11256r2_fix

Remove default system accounts (such as bin, sys, adm, or others) from the cron.allow file if it exists, or add those accounts to the cron.deny file.

a
Process core dumps must be disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-11996 - SV-12497r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003500
Vuln IDs
  • V-11996
Rule IDs
  • SV-12497r2_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Process core dump files can be of significant size and their use can result in file systems filling to capacity, which may result in denial-of-Service. Process core dumps can be useful for software debugging. System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7961r2_chk

Determine if process core dumps are enabled on the system. If process core dumps are enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11257r2_fix

Disable process core dumps on the system.

a
The kernel core dump data directory must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-11997 - SV-12498r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003520
Vuln IDs
  • V-11997
Rule IDs
  • SV-12498r2_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the kernel core dump data directory is not owned by root, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7962r2_chk

Check the ownership of the kernel core dump data directory. If the kernel core dump data directory is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11258r2_fix

Change the owner of the kernel core dump data directory to root.

b
The system must implement non-executable program stacks.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-11999 - SV-12500r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003540
Vuln IDs
  • V-11999
Rule IDs
  • SV-12500r2_rule
A common type of exploit is the stack buffer overflow. An application receives, from an attacker, more data than it is prepared for and stores this information on its stack, writing beyond the space reserved for it. This can be designed to cause execution of the data written on the stack. One mechanism to mitigate this vulnerability is for the system to not allow the execution of instructions in sections of memory identified as part of the stack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7963r2_chk

Determine if the system implements non-executable program stacks. If the system does not implement non-executable program stacks, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11259r2_fix

Enable non-executable program stacks on the system.

b
The system must use initial TCP sequence numbers most resistant to sequence number guessing attacks.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12001 - SV-12502r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN003580
Vuln IDs
  • V-12001
Rule IDs
  • SV-12502r2_rule
One use of initial TCP sequence numbers is to verify bidirectional communication between two hosts, which provides some protection against spoofed source addresses being used by the connection originator. If the initial TCP sequence numbers for a host can be determined by an attacker, it may be possible to establish a TCP connection from a spoofed source address without bidirectional communication.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7965r2_chk

Determine if the system uses easily guessable initial TCP sequence numbers. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11261r2_fix

Configure the system to use initial TCP sequence numbers most resistant to sequence number guessing attacks.

b
The system must not forward IPv4 source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-12002 - SV-12503r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003600
Vuln IDs
  • V-12002
Rule IDs
  • SV-12503r2_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest that routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routed traffic, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7966r2_chk

If the system is configured to forward source-routed packets, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11262r2_fix

Configure the system to not forward source-routed packets.

a
A separate file system must be used for user home directories (such as /home or equivalent).
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-12003 - SV-12504r2_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003620
Vuln IDs
  • V-12003
Rule IDs
  • SV-12504r2_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7967r2_chk

Determine if the /home path is a separate file system. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11263r2_fix

Migrate the /home (or equivalent) path onto a separate file system.

b
The system must log authentication informational data.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-12004 - SV-12505r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN003660
Vuln IDs
  • V-12004
Rule IDs
  • SV-12505r2_rule
Monitoring and recording successful and unsuccessful logins assists in tracking unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-7968r2_chk

Check /etc/syslog.conf and verify the auth facility is logging both the notice and info level messages by using one of the procedures below. # grep "auth.notice" /etc/syslog.conf # grep "auth.info" /etc/syslog.conf OR # grep 'auth.*' /etc/syslog.conf If auth.* is not found, and either auth.notice or auth.info is not found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11264r3_fix

Edit /etc/syslog.conf and add local log destinations for auth.* or both auth.notice and auth.info.

b
Inetd and xinetd must be disabled or removed if no network services utilizing them are enabled.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-12005 - SV-12506r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003700
Vuln IDs
  • V-12005
Rule IDs
  • SV-12506r2_rule
Unnecessary services should be disabled to decrease the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7969r2_chk

First, determine if inetd/xinetd is running. # ps -ef |grep inetd If inetd is not running, this is not a finding. # grep -v "^#" /etc/inetd.conf If no active services are found, yet the inetd daemon is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11265r2_fix

Remove or disable the inetd startup scripts and kill the service.

b
The SMTP service HELP command must not be enabled.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12006 - SV-12507r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004540
Vuln IDs
  • V-12006
Rule IDs
  • SV-12507r2_rule
The HELP command should be disabled to mask version information. The version of the SMTP service software could be used by attackers to target vulnerabilities present in specific software versions.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7970r2_chk

Check if Help is disabled in Sendmail. Procedure: # telnet &lt;host&gt; 25 &gt; help If the help command returns any Sendmail version information, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11266r2_fix

To disable the SMTP HELP command, remove or empty the Sendmail help file: /etc/mail/helpfile.

b
Unencrypted FTP must not be used on the system.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12010 - SV-12511r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN004800
Vuln IDs
  • V-12010
Rule IDs
  • SV-12511r2_rule
FTP is typically unencrypted and, therefore, presents confidentiality and integrity risks. FTP may be protected by encryption in certain cases, such as when used in a Kerberos environment. SFTP and FTPS are encrypted alternatives to FTP.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7974r2_chk

Determine if unencrypted ftp or telnet are enabled. # cat /etc/inetd.conf | tr ‘\011’ ‘ ‘ | tr –s ‘ ‘ | sed -e 's/^[ \t]*//' | grep –v “^#” | \ egrep –c –i “ i^ftp|ftp| ftp|^telnet|telnet| telnet” If either of these services are found (IE: the command returns a non-zero value), and are not commented, ask the SA if both of these services are encrypted. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11270r2_fix

Edit /etc/inetd.conf and comment out or remove the "ftp" and "telnet" services.

b
All FTP users must have a default umask of 077.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12011 - SV-12512r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005040
Vuln IDs
  • V-12011
Rule IDs
  • SV-12512r2_rule
The umask controls the default access mode assigned to newly created files. An umask of 077 limits new files to mode 700 or less permissive. Although umask is stored as a 4-digit number, the first digit representing special access modes is typically ignored or required to be 0.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7976r2_chk

Check the umask setting for the FTP user. Procedure: # su - ftp $ umask If the umask value does not return 077, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11272r2_fix

Edit the initialization files for the FTP user and set the umask to 077.

b
All .Xauthority files must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12014 - SV-12515r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005180
Vuln IDs
  • V-12014
Rule IDs
  • SV-12515r2_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. Excessive permissions may permit unauthorized modification of these files, which could lead to Denial of Service to authorized access or allow unauthorized access to be obtained.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-7978r2_chk

Check the file permissions for the .Xauthority files in the home directories of users of X. Procedure: # cd ~&lt;X user&gt; # ls -lL .Xauthority If the file mode is more permissive than 0600, this is finding.

Fix: F-11274r2_fix

Change the mode of the .Xauthority files. Procedure: # chmod 0600 .Xauthority

b
.Xauthority or X*.hosts (or equivalent) file(s) must be used to restrict access to the X server.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000297 - V-12016 - SV-12517r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000297
Version
GEN005220
Vuln IDs
  • V-12016
Rule IDs
  • SV-12517r2_rule
If access to the X server is not restricted, a user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7979r2_chk

Determine if the X server is running. Procedure: # ps -ef |grep X Determine if xauth is being used. Procedure: # xauth xauth&gt; list If the above command sequence does not show any host other than the localhost, then xauth is not being used. Search the system for an X*.hosts files, where * is a display number that may be used to limit X window connections. If no files are found, X*.hosts files are not being used. If the X*.hosts files contain any unauthorized hosts, this is a finding. If both xauth and X*.hosts files are not being used, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11275r2_fix

Create an X*.hosts file, where * is a display number that may be used to limit X window connections. Add the list of authorized X clients to the file.

b
The .Xauthority utility must only permit access to authorized hosts.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12017 - SV-12518r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005240
Vuln IDs
  • V-12017
Rule IDs
  • SV-12518r2_rule
If unauthorized clients are permitted access to the X server, a user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-7980r2_chk

Check the X Window system access is limited to authorized clients. Procedure: # xauth xauth&gt; list Ask the SA if the clients listed are authorized. If any are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11276r2_fix

Remove unauthorized clients from the xauth configuration. # xauth remove <display name>

b
X Window System connections that are not required must be disabled.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12018 - SV-12519r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005260
Vuln IDs
  • V-12018
Rule IDs
  • SV-12519r2_rule
If unauthorized clients are permitted access to the X server, a user's X session may be compromised.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7981r2_chk

Determine if the X Window system is running. Procedure: # ps -ef |grep X Ask the SA if the X Window system is an operational requirement. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11277r2_fix

Disable the X Windows server on the system.

b
The snmpd.conf file must be owned by bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12019 - SV-12520r3_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005360
Vuln IDs
  • V-12019
Rule IDs
  • SV-12520r3_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification. If the file is not owned by bin, it may be subject to access and modification from unauthorized users.System Administrator
Checks: C-7982r2_chk

Determine the owner of the SNMP configuration file. Consult vendor documentation to determine the location and name of the file. Procedure: # find / -name snmpd.conf # ls -lL &lt;snmpd.conf&gt; If the snmpd.conf file is not owned by bin, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11278r4_fix

Change the owner of the snmpd.conf file to bin. Procedure: # chown bin <snmpd.conf file>

b
The system must not be used as a syslog server (log host) for systems external to the enclave.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12020 - SV-12521r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005440
Vuln IDs
  • V-12020
Rule IDs
  • SV-12521r2_rule
Syslog messages are typically unencrypted and may contain sensitive information and are, therefore, restricted to the enclave.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7984r2_chk

Ask the SA if the log host server is collecting data for hosts outside the local enclave. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11279r2_fix

Configure the hosts outside of the local enclave to not log to this system.

b
The syslog daemon must not accept remote messages unless it is a syslog server documented using site-defined procedures.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12021 - SV-12522r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005480
Vuln IDs
  • V-12021
Rule IDs
  • SV-12522r2_rule
Unintentionally running a syslog server that accepts remote messages puts the system at increased risk. Malicious syslog messages sent to the server could exploit vulnerabilities in the server software itself, could introduce misleading information in to the system's logs, or could fill the system's storage leading to a Denial-of-Service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7986r2_chk

Determine if the syslog daemon accepts remote messages. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11280r2_fix

Configure the system syslog daemon to not accept messages from remote hosts.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured for IP filtering.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12022 - SV-12523r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005540
Vuln IDs
  • V-12022
Rule IDs
  • SV-12523r2_rule
The SSH daemon must be configured for IP filtering to provide a layered defense against connection attempts from unauthorized addresses.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7987r2_chk

Check the TCP wrappers configuration files to determine if SSHD is configured to use TCP wrappers. Procedure: # grep sshd /etc/hosts.deny # grep sshd /etc/hosts.allow If no entries are returned, the TCP wrappers are not configured for SSHD and this is a finding.

Fix: F-11281r2_fix

Add appropriate IP restrictions for SSH to the /etc/hosts.deny and/or /etc/hosts.allow files.

b
IP forwarding for IPv4 must not be enabled, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12023 - SV-12524r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005600
Vuln IDs
  • V-12023
Rule IDs
  • SV-12524r2_rule
If the system is configured for IP forwarding and is not a designated router, it could be used to bypass network security by providing a path for communication not filtered by network devices.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7988r2_chk

Determine if the system is configured for IPv4 forwarding. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11282r2_fix

Disable IPv4 forwarding on the system.

b
The system must not have a public Instant Messaging (IM) client installed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12024 - SV-12525r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006000
Vuln IDs
  • V-12024
Rule IDs
  • SV-12525r2_rule
Public Instant Messaging (IM) systems are not approved for use and may result in the unauthorized distribution of information. IM clients provide a way for a user to send a message to one or more other users in real time. Additional capabilities may include file transfer and support for distributed game playing. Communication between clients and associated directory services are managed through messaging servers. Commercial IM clients include AOL Instant Messenger (AIM), MSN Messenger, and Yahoo! Messenger. IM clients present a security issue when the clients route messages through public servers. The obvious implication is potentially sensitive information could be intercepted or altered in the course of transmission. This same issue is associated with the use of public email servers. In order to reduce the potential for disclosure of sensitive Government information and to ensure the validity of official government information, IM clients connecting to public IM services will not be installed. Clients used to access internal or DoD-controlled IM services are permitted.System AdministratorECIM-1
Checks: C-7989r2_chk

If an IM client is installed, ask the SA if it has access to any public domain IM servers. If it does have access to public servers, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11283r2_fix

Uninstall the IM client from the system, or configure the client to only connect to DoD-approved IM services.

b
The system must not have any peer-to-peer file-sharing application installed.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-12025 - SV-12526r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN006040
Vuln IDs
  • V-12025
Rule IDs
  • SV-12526r2_rule
Peer-to-peer file-sharing software can result in the unintentional exfiltration of information. There are also many legal issues associated with these types of utilities including copyright infringement or other intellectual property issues. The ASD Memo "Use of Peer-to-Peer (P2P) File-Sharing Applications across the DoD" states the following: “P2P file-sharing applications are authorized for use on DoD networks with approval by the appropriate Designated Approval Authority (DAA). Documented requirements, security architecture, configuration management process, and a training program for users are all requirements within the approval process. The unauthorized use of application or services, including P2P applications, is prohibited, and such applications or services must be eliminated.” P2P applications include, but are not limited to, the following: -Napster, -Kazaa, -ARES, -Limewire, -IRC Chat Relay, and -BitTorrent.System AdministratorDesignated Approving AuthorityECSC-1
Checks: C-7990r2_chk

Ask the SA if any peer-to-peer file-sharing applications are installed. Some examples of these applications include: - Napster, - Kazaa, - ARES, - Limewire, - IRC Chat Relay, and - BitTorrent. If any of these applications are installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11284r2_fix

Uninstall the peer-to-peer file sharing application(s) from the system.

b
NIS maps must be protected through hard-to-guess domain names.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12026 - SV-12527r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006420
Vuln IDs
  • V-12026
Rule IDs
  • SV-12527r2_rule
The use of hard-to-guess NIS domain names provides additional protection from unauthorized access to the NIS directory information.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7991r2_chk

Check the domain name for NIS maps. Procedure: # domainname If the name returned is simple to guess, such as the organization name, building, or room name, etc., this is a finding.

Fix: F-11285r2_fix

Change the NIS domain name to a value difficult to guess. Consult vendor documentation for the required procedure.

b
The system vulnerability assessment tool, host-based intrusion detection tool, and file integrity tool must notify the SA and the IAO of a security breach or a suspected security breach.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12028 - SV-12529r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006560
Vuln IDs
  • V-12028
Rule IDs
  • SV-12529r2_rule
Timely notifications of potential security compromises minimize the potential damage. Minimally, the system must log these events and the SA and the IAO will receive the notifications during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as email or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures.System AdministratorInformation Assurance OfficerECAT-1, ECAT-2
Checks: C-7992r2_chk

For each security tool on the system, determine if the tool is configured to notify the IAO and SA of any detected security problem. If such notifications are not configured, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11286r2_fix

Configure the security tools on the system to notify the IAO and SA when any security issues are detected.

b
The system's access control program must be configured to grant or deny system access to specific hosts.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-12030 - SV-12531r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006620
Vuln IDs
  • V-12030
Rule IDs
  • SV-12531r2_rule
If the system's access control program is not configured with appropriate rules for allowing and denying access to system network resources, services may be accessible to unauthorized hosts.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-7993r2_chk

Check for the existence of the /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files. Procedure: # ls -la /etc/hosts.allow # ls -la /etc/hosts.deny If either file does not exist, this is a finding. Check for the presence of a default deny entry. Procedure: # grep "ALL: ALL" /etc/hosts.deny If the "ALL: ALL" entry is not present in the /etc/hosts.deny file, any TCP service from a host or network not matching other rules will be allowed access. If the entry is not in /etc/hosts.deny, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11287r2_fix

Edit the /etc/hosts.allow and /etc/hosts.deny files to configure access restrictions.

c
The LILO Boot Loader password is not encrypted.
High - V-12036 - SV-12537r2_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
LNX00200
Vuln IDs
  • V-12036
Rule IDs
  • SV-12537r2_rule
On newer linux systems, the lilo password can be hashed in a separate file. To determine if the lilo password is encrypted perform the following: # grep password /etc/lilo.conf If the returned line contains password=””, then perform the following: # more /etc/lilo.conf.crc If the file does not exist, this is a finding. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-7999r2_chk

On newer Linux systems, the LILO password can be hashed in a separate file. To determine if the LILO password is encrypted perform the following: # grep password /etc/lilo.conf If the returned line contains password=””, then perform the following: # more /etc/lilo.conf.crc If the system uses the LILO boot loader, and the file does not exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11293r2_fix

Configure LILO for encrypted passwords.

b
The /etc/securetty file must be group-owned by root, sys, or bin.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12038 - SV-12539r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00620
Vuln IDs
  • V-12038
Rule IDs
  • SV-12539r2_rule
The securetty file contains the list of terminals that permit direct root logins. It must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8001r2_chk

Check /etc/securetty group ownership: # ls -lL /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty is not group owned by root, sys, or bin, then this is a finding.

Fix: F-11295r2_fix

Change the group-owner of /etc/securetty to root, sys, or bin. Example: # chgrp root /etc/securetty

b
The /etc/securetty file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12039 - SV-12540r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00640
Vuln IDs
  • V-12039
Rule IDs
  • SV-12540r2_rule
The securetty file contains the list of terminals that permit direct root logins. It must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8002r2_chk

Check /etc/securetty ownership. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11296r2_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/securetty file to root. Procedure: # chown root /etc/securetty

b
The /etc/securetty file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-12040 - SV-12541r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX00660
Vuln IDs
  • V-12040
Rule IDs
  • SV-12541r2_rule
The securetty file contains the list of terminals that permit direct root logins. It must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-8003r2_chk

Check /etc/securetty permissions. Procedure: # ls –lL /etc/securetty If /etc/securetty has a mode more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11297r2_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/securetty file to 0640. Procedure: # chmod 0640 /etc/securetty

b
Network analysis tools must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-12049 - SV-12550r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003865
Vuln IDs
  • V-12049
Rule IDs
  • SV-12550r2_rule
Network analysis tools allow for the capture of network traffic visible to the system.System AdministratorDCPA-1
Checks: C-8008r2_chk

Determine if any network analysis tools are installed. Procedure: # find / -name ethereal # find / -name wireshark # find / -name tshark # find / -name netcat # find / -name tcpdump # find / -name snoop If any network analysis tools are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-11302r2_fix

Remove the network analysis tool binary from the system. Consult vendor documentation for removing packaged software, or remove the binary directly. Procedure: # rm <binary>

b
The system must use and update a DoD-approved virus scan program.
SI-3 - Medium - CCI-001668 - V-12765 - SV-13328r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001668
Version
GEN006640
Vuln IDs
  • V-12765
Rule IDs
  • SV-13328r2_rule
Virus scanning software can be used to protect a system from penetration by computer viruses and to limit their spread through intermediate systems. Virus scanning software is available to DoD on the JTF-GNO web site. The virus scanning software should be configured to perform scans dynamically on accessed files. If this capability is not available, the system must be configured to scan, at a minimum, all altered files on the system on a daily basis. If the system processes inbound SMTP mail, the virus scanner must be configured to scan all received mail. System AdministratorECVP-1
Checks: C-9295r2_chk

Determine if a DoD-approved virus scan program is installed and using updates less than 14 days old. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-12286r3_fix

Install McAfee command line virus scan tool, or an appropriate alternative from https://www.jtfgno.mil. Ensure the virus signature definition files are no older than seven (7) days. Updates are also available from https://www.jtfgno.mil. Ensure the command line virus scan tool is run on a regular basis using a utility, such as cron.

b
ESX Server is not configured in accordance with the UNIX STIG.
Medium - V-15783 - SV-16722r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0010
Vuln IDs
  • V-15783
Rule IDs
  • SV-16722r1_rule
The UNIX Checklist must first be verified against all ESX Servers, since the ESX Server service console is considered a modified Linux distribution. DISA Field Security Operations has developed the UNIX SRR scripts to evaluate all UNIX machines against the UNIX STIG requirements. The UNIX SRR scripts determine all the open operating system vulnerabilities. The UNIX SRR Scripts are not supported against the ESX Server platform, but they can still be run to verify compliance. If the UNIX SRR Scripts are used, system administrators should verify all results against the UNIX Checklist to ensure results are accurate.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-15969r1_chk

1. Use the UNIX Checklist to manually verify compliance to the UNIX requirements. OR 2. On the ESX Server service console, perform the following command: # find / -iname Script.* If the command brings back an output, review the result files that are located under (Script.Month)/hostname. Review the results and verify that only GEN003540 and GEN006640 are open. If any other findings are open this is a finding. If the command does not return a result, then the reviewer will have to run the UNIX SRR scripts from the CD. If there are any open findings other than GEN003540 and GEN006640 this is a finding. The following open findings will NOT be applicable when running the UNIX SRR against the ESX Server service console: GEN003540 - Executable Stack GEN003540 (CAT II) OPEN FINDING DESCRIPTION GEN003540: The SA will ensure the executable stack is disabled. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION: VMware ESX Server 3 does not support this configuration. The kernel has executable stack enabled. GEN006640 - Virus Protection GEN006640 (CAT I) OPEN FINDING DESCRIPTION GEN006640: An approved DoD virus scan program in not used and/or updated. SYSTEM CONFIGURATION: Unable to install McAfee Virus scan command-line tool on VMware ESX. Some of the prerequisite filesets for this product conflict with the versions required by VMware Operating System filesets. Note: The UNIX SRR Scripts are not supported on the ESX Server. If used, please verify all results and findings against the UNIX Checklist.

Fix: F-15724r1_fix

Manually check the UNIX requirements against the ESX Server or run the UNIX SRR scripts against the ESX Server service console.

b
An NFS Server is running on the ESX Server host
Medium - V-15784 - SV-16723r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0020
Vuln IDs
  • V-15784
Rule IDs
  • SV-16723r1_rule
Datastores may have several types of file system formats. These include VMFS, Raw Device Mappings, and NFS. VMFS is a proprietary file system developed by VMware that is built to handle a high amount of I/O generated by the ESX Server. Raw Device Mappings (RDM) is a mapping file in a VMFS volume that acts as a proxy for a raw physical device. An RDM can be thought of as a symbolic link from a VMFS volume to a raw LUN. An NFS volume is located on an NFS server. In normal usage there should be no case where an ESX host would be required to export an NFS directory or directories using an NFS server. If such a server were to exist within the ESX host operating environment, sensitive data from datastores to which the ESX server is attached may become compromised. Since there should never be a need for an ESX server to export a file system, the presence of a running NFS server is a finding.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-15970r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console, perform the following: # ps –ef | grep nfsd If you see the something other than the “grep nfsd” process, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15725r1_fix

Do not configure an NFS Server on the ESX Server host.

b
Permissions on the configuration and virtual disk files are incorrect.
Medium - V-15787 - SV-16726r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0050
Vuln IDs
  • V-15787
Rule IDs
  • SV-16726r1_rule
Permissions for the virtual machine files will adhere to VMware’s best practices. The configuration file (.vmx), will be read, write, execute (rwx) for owner and read and execute (r-x) for group and read (r--) for others (754). The virtual machine’s virtual disk (.vmdk) will be read and write (rw-) for owner (600). System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]ECSC-1
Checks: C-15973r1_chk

On the ESX Server host, perform the following commands on the service console: # find /vmfs or nfs –type f –name ‘*.vmx’ –exec ls –Al {} \; | grep –v -- “rwxr-x-r--“ Review the results from this command. If the result has permissions that are more restrictive, then this is not a finding. Any result that has less restrictive permissions (greater than 754) is a finding. If no result is returned, then this is not a finding. Permissions for all .vmx files should be 754 or rwxr-xr—or more restrictive.

Fix: F-15728r1_fix

Configure .vmx files to 754.

b
iSCSI storage equipment is not configured with the latest patches and updates.
Medium - V-15790 - SV-16729r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0080
Vuln IDs
  • V-15790
Rule IDs
  • SV-16729r1_rule
The ESX Server does not open any ports to listen for network connections. This measure reduces the chances that an intruder can attack the ESX Server through spare ports and possibly compromise the server. However, iSCSI device vulnerabilities may exist even though the ESX Server is configured properly. If security vulnerabilities exist in the iSCSI device software, data located on the iSCSI device may be at risk. To mitigate this risk, system administrators will install all security patches provided by the storage equipment manufacturer and limit the devices connected to the iSCSI network. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-15977r1_chk

Validating the iSCSI device software will require the assistance of the system administrator. The system administrator will have to give you the version number of the software and validate that the software is at the latest version. If the software is not at the latest version, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15732r1_fix

Install the latest patches and updates to the iSCSI device.

b
iSCSI passwords are not compliant with DoD policy.
Medium - V-15791 - SV-16730r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0090
Vuln IDs
  • V-15791
Rule IDs
  • SV-16730r1_rule
Storage administrators will protect storage configuration data from unauthorized users by using passwords that are in accordance with the policy in DoDI 8500.2System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-15978r1_chk

Work with the system administrator to determine compliance. Request the system administrator login to the iSCSI storage device and verify that the password is 14 characters. Review the complexity requirements are met by reviewing the configuration with the system administrator. The complexity requirements are one upper case letter, one lower case letter, one special character, and one number. If the password does not meet these requirements, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15733r1_fix

Configure all iSCSI passwords according to DoD policy.

b
USB drives automatically load when inserted into the ESX Server host.
Medium - V-15793 - SV-16732r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0110
Vuln IDs
  • V-15793
Rule IDs
  • SV-16732r1_rule
External USB drives may be inserted into the ESX Server and be loaded automatically on the service console. The USB drive will still need to be mounted, but drivers are loaded to recognize the device. Malicious users may be able to run malicious code on the ESX Server and go undetected since the USB drive is external. Therefore, USB drives will not be loaded automatically within the ESX Server.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-15980r1_chk

At the ESX Server service console terminal, type the following: # grep usb /etc/modules.conf Verify that all “alias usb-controller“ text is commented out with a pound sign (#). Text should look similar to the following: # alias usb-controller usb-uhci # alias usb-controller1 usb-ohci If not, this is a finding. Caveat: This is not applicable to usb keyboards and mice that are plugged into the system. If this is the case, this check is Not Applicable.

Fix: F-15735r1_fix

Disable the external USB drive from loading automatically.

a
The ESX Server does not meet the minimum requirement of two network adapters.
Low - V-15801 - SV-16740r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
ESX0120
Vuln IDs
  • V-15801
Rule IDs
  • SV-16740r1_rule
A minimum of two physical network adapters is required in each physical server to enable networking for both the service console and the virtual machines. A minimum of two network adapters per ESX Server are required because the first network adapter discovered during the installation of the ESX Server is always dedicated to the service console by default. Up to 16 physical network adapters are supported per ESX Server. The ESX Server service console network adapter connects to the management user interface, SCP, SSH, and any other tool used to access the ESX Server’s file system. The other physical network adapter will be dedicated to the virtual machinesSystem AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16014r1_chk

Go to the ESX Server service console, and type the following: # esxcfg-nics –l vmnic0 vmnic1 If you do not see vmnic0 and vmnic1 in the listing, this is a finding. A minimum of two network adapters are required.

Fix: F-15744r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server with two network adapters.

b
The ESX Server external physical switch ports are configured to VLAN 1.
Medium - V-15804 - SV-16743r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0150
Vuln IDs
  • V-15804
Rule IDs
  • SV-16743r1_rule
Physical switches use the native VLAN for switch control and management protocol. Native VLAN frames are not tagged with any VLAN ID in many types of switches. The trunk ports implicitly treat all untagged frames as native VLAN frames. VLAN 1 is the default native VLAN ID for many commercial switches. However, in many enterprise networks, the native VLAN might be VLAN 1 or any number depending on the switch type. ESX Server does not support virtual switch port groups configured to VLAN 1. If the physical switch port that the ESX Server is connected to is configured with VLAN 1, the ESX Server will drop all packets. The ESX Server virtual switch port groups will be configured with any value between 2 and 4094. Utilizing VLAN 1 will cause a denial of service since the ESX Server drops this traffic.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16022r1_chk

Work with the network reviewer and system administrator to determine compliance. Go to the switch that connects the ESX Server to the network. Request a copy of the switch configuration to verify the ports that the ESX Server plugs into are not configured to VLAN 1. Below is an example of disabling VLAN 1 and creating a VLAN that may be used for ESX Server traffic. Cisco IOS Example: Interface VLAN1 no ip address shutdown interface VLAN 12 ip address 10.0.0.25 255.255.255.0 no shutdown set interface sc0 10.0.0.25 255.255.255.0

Fix: F-15747r1_fix

Configure ESX Server external physical switches to something other than VLAN 1.

b
Permissions have been changed on the /usr/sbin/esx* utilities
Medium - V-15805 - SV-16744r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0160
Vuln IDs
  • V-15805
Rule IDs
  • SV-16744r1_rule
Configuring virtual switches may be performed by using predefined ESX Server commands. These commands are located in the /usr/bin of the file system hierarchy. Since these commands can create, disable, and modify existing configurations, they will be restricted to the root user only. If other users were able to access these commands, inadvertent changes could potentially disable a virtual network. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16027r1_chk

Logon to the ESX Server service console, and perform the following to review the permissions on the esx* utilities. # ls -lL /usr/sbin/esx* | less All permissions here should be 500 except for esxcfg-auth and esxupdate which should be 544. If they are not the correct permissions, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15748r1_fix

Change the permissions to all esx* utilities to 500 except for esxcfg-auth and exsupdate which should be 544.

b
Unused port groups have not been removed
Medium - V-15811 - SV-16750r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0220
Vuln IDs
  • V-15811
Rule IDs
  • SV-16750r1_rule
Port groups define how virtual machine connections are made through the virtual switch. Port groups may be configured with bandwidth limitations and VLAN tagging policies for each member port. Multiple ports may be aggregated under port groups to provide a local point for virtual machines to connect to a network. The maximum number of port groups that may be configured on a virtual switch is 512. Each port group is identified by a network label and a VLAN ID. As with any physical switch, all unused virtual switch port groups will be removed if not in use. Physical switches place these unused ports in unused VLANs and shutdown the port. For the ESX Server, these port groups must be removed to ensure that they are not used by mistake.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]ECSC-1
Checks: C-16077r1_chk

Work with the system administrator to gain access to the ESX Server service console to perform the following command. # esxcfg-vswitch –l If the ‘Used Ports’ has the number 0, this is a finding. Caveat: VMotion, HA, and DRS virtual switches may have unused port groups. This check is not applicable to these switches. Also, if VMotion is configured for a virtual machine(s), then when VMotion occurs, a duplicate virtual switch will be configured so the virtual machine can run once the migration is complete. These virtual switches will have 0 used ports until it is VMotioned to the ESX Server host. Therefore, virtual switches in this scenario are not applicable to this check. These virtual switches must be available for proper VMotion, HA, and DRS purposes.

Fix: F-15764r1_fix

Remove all unused port groups from virtual switches.

c
Promiscuous mode is enabled for virtual switches during the ESX Server boot process.
High - V-15819 - SV-16758r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
ESX0280
Vuln IDs
  • V-15819
Rule IDs
  • SV-16758r1_rule
ESX Server has the ability to run virtual and physical network adapters in promiscuous mode. Promiscuous mode may be enabled on public and private virtual switches. When promiscuous mode is enabled for a public virtual switch, all virtual machines connected to the public virtual switch have the potential of reading all packets sent across that network, from other virtual machines and any physical machines or other network devices. When promiscuous mode is enabled for a private virtual switch, all virtual machines connected to the private virtual switch have the potential of reading all packets across that network, meaning only the virtual machines connected to that private virtual switch. By default, promiscuous mode is set to Reject, meaning that the virtual network adapter cannot operate in Promiscuous mode. Promiscuous mode will be disabled on the ESX Server virtual switches since confidential data may be revealed while in this mode. Promiscuous mode is disabled by default on the ESX Server; however there might be a legitimate reason to enable it for debugging, monitoring, or troubleshooting reasons. To enable promiscuous mode for a virtual switch, a value is inserted into a special virtual file in the /proc file system. After a reboot of the ESX Server, promiscuous mode will be disabled again since the value is in the /proc directory. One way to ensure promiscuous mode is enabled indefinitely is to add a command to the /etc/rc.local boot script in the service console. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16109r1_chk

On the ESX service console, perform the following: # less /etc/rc.local #!/bin/sh # # This script will be executed *after* all other init scripts. # You can put your own initialization entries in here if you don’t # want to do the full Sys V style init stuff. Touch /var/lock/subsys/local If you see something similar to the following, this is a finding: echo “PromiscuousAllowed yes” &gt; /proc/vmware/net/vmnic0/config Note: If promiscuous mode is turned on for troubleshooting purposes, it must be documented and approved with the IAO/SA.

Fix: F-15771r1_fix

Disable promiscuous mode during the ESX Server boot process.

b
External physical switch ports configured for EST mode are configured with spanning-tree enabled.
Medium - V-15820 - SV-16759r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0290
Vuln IDs
  • V-15820
Rule IDs
  • SV-16759r1_rule
EST mode has a one-to-one relationship, the number of VLANs supported on the ESX Server system is limited to the number of physical network adapter ports assigned to the VMkernel. EST is enabled when the port group’s VLAN ID is set to 0 or left blank. Due to the integration of the ESX Server into the physical network, the physical network adapters will need to have spanning-tree disabled or portfast configured for external switches, since VMware virtual switches do not support STP. If these are not set, potential performance and connectivity issues could arise. Virtual switch uplinks do not create loops within the physical switch network.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16130r1_chk

Request a copy of the external switch configuration that the ESX Server is connected to. Work with the network reviewer and system administrator to review the configuration to ensure that either spanning-tree is disabled for those ports or spanning-tree is configured to portfast. If either one of these conditions is not configured, this is a finding. Cisco IOS panning-tree portfast: Switch# show running-config interface &lt;gigabit or fastethernet&gt; &lt;module/port number&gt; Interface gigabit 5/1 No ip address Switchport Switchport access vlan &lt;number&gt; Switchport mode access Spanning-tree portfast End Switch# Cisco IOS spanning-tree disabled: Switch# show running config …. No spanning-tree vlan &lt;number&gt; …. Should see the VLAN number in the no spanning-tree vlan command.

Fix: F-15772r1_fix

Disable spanning-tree or configure spanning-tree to portfast for the external switch ports.

b
The non-negotiate option is not configured for trunk links between external physical switches and virtual switches in VST mode.
Medium - V-15821 - SV-16760r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0300
Vuln IDs
  • V-15821
Rule IDs
  • SV-16760r1_rule
In order to communicate with virtual switches in VST mode, external switch ports must be configured as trunk ports. VST mode does not support Dynamic Trunking Protocol (DTP), so the trunk must be static and unconditional. The auto or desirable physical switch settings do not work with the ESX Server because the physical switch expects the ESX Server to communicate using DTP. The non-negotiate and on options enable VLAN trunking on the physical switch unconditionally and create a VLAN trunk link between the ESX Server and the physical switch. The difference between non-negotiate and on options is that on mode still sends out DTP frames, and the non-negotiate option does not. The non-negotiate option should be used for all VLAN trunks to minimize unnecessary network traffic for virtual switches in VST mode.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16131r1_chk

Request of copy of the external switch configuration that the ESX Server has trunk links configured. Work with the network reviewer and system administrator to verify the non-negotiate option is set. Cisco CATOS switch: CATOS Console&gt; (enable) set trunk &lt;port number&gt; nonnegotiate dot1q Cisco IOS switch: IOS Console# switchport trunk nonnegotiate If the non-negotiate option is not set, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15773r1_fix

Configure the non-negotiate option for trunks connected to external physical switches.

b
Undocumented VLANs are configured on ESX Server in VST mode.
Medium - V-15822 - SV-16761r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0310
Vuln IDs
  • V-15822
Rule IDs
  • SV-16761r1_rule
When defining a physical switch port for trunk mode, care must be taken to ensure only specified VLANs are configured. It is considered best practice to restrict only those VLANs required on the VLAN trunk link. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16132r1_chk

1. Request from the IAO/SA the documentation that details the VLANs configured on the physical switch port to the ESX Server. 2. Request a copy of the external switch port configurations to verify the documented VLANs match the configured VLANs. If there are undocumented VLANs configured on the external switch ports, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15774r1_fix

Document all trunk VLANs between ESX Server and external switches.

b
ESX Server firewall is not configured to High Security.
Medium - V-15824 - SV-16763r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0320
Vuln IDs
  • V-15824
Rule IDs
  • SV-16763r1_rule
ESX Server includes a built in firewall between the service console and the network. To ensure the integrity of the service console, VMware has reduced the number of firewall ports that are open by default. At installation time, the service console firewall is configured to block all incoming and outgoing traffic except for ports 902, 80, 443, and 22, which are used for basic communication with ESX Server. This setting enforces a high level of security for the ESX Server host. Medium Security blocks all incoming traffic except on the default ports (902, 443, 80, and 22), and any ports users specifically open. Outgoing traffic is not blocked. Low Security does not block either incoming or outgoing traffic. This setting is equivalent to removing the firewall. Because the ports open by default on the ESX Server are strictly limited, additional ports may need to be open after installation for third party applications such as management, storage, NTP, etc. For instance, a backup agent may use specific ports such as 13720, 13724, 13782, and 13783.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16164r1_chk

1. Log into VirtualCenter with the VI Client and select the ESX server from the Inventory panel. 2. Click the Configuration tab and click Security Profile. The VI Client displays a list of currently active incoming and outgoing connections with the corresponding firewall ports. 3. Click Properties to open the Properties dialog box. The Firewall Properties dialog box lists all the services and management agents that are configured for the host. 4. If you do not see the Firewall Properties window, then check proceed to step 7. 5. Review the services enabled to ensure that only the following ports are open: Ports that may be open for High Security: 902, 80, 443, and 22. If only these ports are open, this is not a finding. 6. If there are other ports that are open, request the documentation from the IAO/SA that details the reasons for the additional ports are required. If no documentation can be produced, this is a finding. 7. Verify IPtables are configured on the ESX Server service console by performing the following: # iptables –L | grep hostd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 443 –j Accept //hostd iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 80 –j Accept //hostd # iptables –L | grep authd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 902 –j Accept //authd # iptables –L | grep snmpd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 161 –j Accept //snmpd At the bottom of the INPUT chain you should see the following: iptables –A INPUT –j REJECT //deny all rule at end of chain If no rules are applied to the INPUT chain for these services, this is a finding. If this cannot be verified, this is a finding. Caveat: Medium Security may be used only if additional ports are required to be open and it has been approved and documented by the IAO/SA.

Fix: F-15776r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server firewall to High Security.

b
IP tables or internal router/firewall is not configured to restrict IP addresses to services.
Medium - V-15826 - SV-16765r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0340
Vuln IDs
  • V-15826
Rule IDs
  • SV-16765r1_rule
The service console is a privileged virtual machine with interfaces into the VMkernel. In earlier releases, the service console was the main interface, whereas in ESX Server 3 and later, the VI Client is the primary interface. The service console is now used for advanced administration and system management functions such as HTTP, SNMP, and API interfaces. There are several processes and services that run in the service console which include the following: hostd, authd, net-snmp. To protect these important services on the service console, access control lists will be utilized to ensure only authorized IP addresses are able to access these services.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16168r1_chk

1. If check ESX0320 was not a finding, then this check is not a finding. If it was a finding, then proceed to step 2. 2. Ask the IAO/SA what device is being used to restrict these services. If it is a router or firewall, then work with the network reviewer or system administrator to verify compliance. 3. If it is not a router/firewall, then review the IPtables configuration. Verify IPtables are configured on the ESX Server service console by performing the following: # iptables –L | grep hostd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 443 –j Accept //hostd iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 80 –j Accept //hostd # iptables –L | grep authd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 902 –j Accept //authd # iptables –L | grep snmpd The displayed result should look similar to the following: iptables –A INPUT -d &lt;IP Addresses Allowed&gt; –p tcp –dport 161 –j Accept //snmpd At the bottom of the INPUT chain you should see the following: iptables –A INPUT –j REJECT //deny all rule at end of chain If no rules are applied to the INPUT chain for these services, this is a finding. If this cannot be verified, this is a finding. Note: ESX Server 3.x uses hostd for the server daemon and it is not configurable with TCP wrappers. Hostd listens on http/https ports.

Fix: F-15778r1_fix

Restrict access to the ESX Server services to only authorized IP addresses.

a
ESX Server required services are not documented.
Low - V-15827 - SV-16766r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
ESX0350
Vuln IDs
  • V-15827
Rule IDs
  • SV-16766r1_rule
Once the ESX Server is configured and operating, all required services needed for operation will be documented. Undocumented services running on the ESX Server opens up ports and vulnerabilities that may be exploited to gain access to the server. These services also consume processor cycles and memory. The ESX Server shares resources with virtual machines and the service console, and all excess resources are allocated based on the priorities configured. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer
Checks: C-16178r1_chk

Request the required services documentation from the IAO/SA. If no documentation can be produced, this is a finding. Compare this to the services running on the ESX Server by performing the following on the service console: #netstat –an If a discrepancy exists between the services documented, and the services running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15779r1_fix

Document all required services for the ESX Server.

b
ESX Server service console administrators are not documented
Medium - V-15828 - SV-16767r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0360
Vuln IDs
  • V-15828
Rule IDs
  • SV-16767r1_rule
User access to the service console should be restricted. The service console has privileged access to the ESX Server and only authorized users should be provided logon access. Personnel that manage the ESX Server will have individual usernames for accessing the ESX Server, creating an audit trail of activities. Virtual machine users will not have ESX Server logins, since there is no inherent need.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16179r1_chk

Request the ESX Server service console user documentation from the IAO/SA. Compare this documentation to the users on the ESX Server by performing the following at the service console: # less /etc/passwd If a discrepancy exists between the ESX Server and the documentation, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15780r1_fix

Document all ESX Server service console users for the ESX Server.

b
Hash signatures for the /etc files are not stored offline.
Medium - V-15829 - SV-16768r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0370
Vuln IDs
  • V-15829
Rule IDs
  • SV-16768r1_rule
Several files within ESX Server should be checked for file system integrity periodically. These files have been deemed critical by VMware in maintaining file system integrity. System administrators must ensure these files have the correct permissions and have not been modified. To ensure integrity, system administrators will use a FIPS 140-2 hash algorithm to create signatures of these files and store them offline. Comparing these hash values periodically will verify the integrity of the files.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]ECCT-1, ECCT-2
Checks: C-16180r1_chk

The following /etc files in the table below need to have hash signatures that are stored offline. Ask the IAO/SA the location of the hash signatures and verify that it is not on the ESX Server host. If it is, this is a finding. If the hash signatures are incomplete, this is a finding. File Location Permission /etc/fstab 640 /etc/group 644 /etc/host.conf 640 /etc/hosts 640 /etc/hosts.allow 640 /etc/hosts.deny 640 /etc/logrotate.conf 640 /etc/logrotate.d/ 700 /etc/modules.conf 640 /etc/motd 640 /etc/ntp 755 /etc/ntp.conf 644 /etc/pam.d/system-auth 644 /etc/profile 644 /etc/shadow 400 /etc/securetty 600 /etc/ssh/sshd_config 600 /etc/snmp 755 /etc/sudoers 440 /etc/vmware 755

Fix: F-15781r1_fix

Store the hash signatures for the /etc files in an offline location.

b
The setuid and setgid flags have been disabled.
Medium - V-15835 - SV-16774r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0390
Vuln IDs
  • V-15835
Rule IDs
  • SV-16774r1_rule
During the ESX Server installation, several applications have the setuid and setgid flags set by default. These applications are initiated by or through the service console. Some of them provide facilities required for correct operation of the ESX Server host. Others are optional, but can make maintaining and troubleshooting the ESX Server and network easier. Disabling any of the required setgid or setuid applications will result in problems with ESX Server authentication and virtual machine operation; however optional setgid or setuid applications may be disabled.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]IAAC-1, IAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-16182r1_chk

All the following setuid applications should have the setuid bit configured so that normal users may run the application with raised privileges. To verify the setuid bit is set (s), perform the following on the ESX Server service console: # find /sbin /usr/bin /bin /usr/lib/vmware/bin \ /usr/lib/vmware/bin-debug/ /usr/sbin –perm -4000 pam_timestamp_check pwdb_chkpwd unix_chkpwd crontab passwd su vmkload_app vmware-vmx vmkload_app vmware-vmx vmware-authd If the setuid bit is not set on these applications, this is a finding. OR # find /sbin –perm -4000 pam_timestamp_check pwdb_chkpwd unix_chkpwd # find /usr/bin –perm -4000 crontab passwd # find /bin –perm -4000 su # find /usr/lib/vmware/bin/ -perm -4000 vmkload_app vmware-vmx # find /usr/lib/vmware/bin-debug/ -perm -4000 vmkload_app vmware-vmx # find /usr/sbin/ -perm -4000 vmware-authd If the setuid bit is not set on these applications, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15785r1_fix

Configure the setuid and setgid applications with the appropriate permissions.

b
ESX Server is not authenticating the time source with a hashing algorithm.
Medium - V-15836 - SV-16775r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0400
Vuln IDs
  • V-15836
Rule IDs
  • SV-16775r1_rule
Since NTP is used to ensure accurate log file timestamps for information, NTP could pose a security risk if a malicious user were able to falsify NTP information. Implementing authentication between NTP peers can mitigate this risk. When hashing authentication is enforced, there is a greater level of assurance that NTP updates are from a trusted source.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16183r1_chk

NTP authentication is used by time clients to authenticate the time server to prevent rogue server intervention. NTP authentication is based on encrypted keys. A key is encrypted and sent to the client by the server, where it is unencrypted and checked against the client key to ensure a match. NTP keys are stored in the ntp.keys file in the following format: Key-number M Key (The M stands for MD5 encryption), e.g.: 1 M secret 5 M RaBBit 7 M TiMeLy 10 M MYKEY The NTP configuration file ntp.conf specifies which of the keys are trusted. Any keys specified in the keys file but not trusted will not be used for authentication, e.g.: trustedkey 1 7 10 In this example, 5 is not trusted, only 1, 7, and 10 above. 1. On the ESX Server service console perform the following: # cat /etc/ntp.conf Review the configuration file to verify that the following are uncommented: authenticate yes …. keys /etc/ntp/keys If these are commented out, this is a finding. 2. Next verify that the trusted keys are configured in the ntp.conf file. trustedkey &lt;number&gt; If none are listed, this is a finding. 3. Next, review the keys file located at /etc/ntp/keys by performing the following: # cat /etc/ntp/keys Verify that keys are listed in the keys file. File should look similar to the following: 5 M RaBBit 7 M TiMeLy 10 M MYKEY If no keys are configured here, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15787r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server to authenticate the time source.

b
ESX Server does not record log files.
Medium - V-15840 - SV-16781r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0410
Vuln IDs
  • V-15840
Rule IDs
  • SV-16781r1_rule
Logs form a recorded history or audit trail of the ESX Server system events, making it easier for system administrators to track down intermittent problems, review past events, and piece together information if an investigation is required. Without this recorded history, potential attacks and suspicious activity will go unnoticed. ESX Server log files that are critical to record include VMkernel, VMkernel warnings, VMkernel summary, ESX Server host agent, virtual machines, VI Client agent,Web Access, service console, and authentication. The VMkernel logs record activities related to the virtual machines and the ESX Server. The VMkernel warning log file records activities with the virtual machines. The VMkernel summary is used to determine uptime and availability statistics for the ESX Server. The ESX Server host agent log contains information on the agent that manages and configures the ESX Server host. This log may assist in diagnosing connection problems. The virtual machine log files contain information when a virtual machine crashes or shutdowns abnormally. The VI Client agent is installed on each managed ESX Server and this log records all the activities of the agent. Web Access records information on web-based access to the ESX Server. This is important to view since web-based access to the ESX Server should be disabled. The service console messages contain all general log messages used to troubleshoot virtual machines or the ESX Server. The authentication log contains records of connections that require authentication. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16186r1_chk

To verify that all the log files are being written to, perform the following on the ESX Server service console: # ls –l /var/log | awk ‘{if ($5 ~ /^0$/) print}’ If any of the following log files are returned, this is a finding. vmkernel vmkwarning vmksummary.txt messages secure # ls –l /var/log/vmware/ | awk ‘{if ($5 ~ /^0$/) print}’ If any of the following log files are returned, this is a finding. vpxa.log webAccess Work with SA to locate the path to the virtual machines. # ls –l &lt;virtual machine path on ESX&gt;/ | awk ‘{if ($5 ~ /^0$/) print}’ If the following log file is returned, this is a finding. vmware.log Caveat: If logs are being sent to a syslog server, then work with the system administrator to verify they are being written to. Location of all logs to be verified are listed below: VMkernel /var/log/vmkernel VMkernel warnings: /var/log/vmkwarning VMkernel summary: /var/log/vmksummary.txt ESX Server host agent log: /var/log/vmware/hostd.log Individual virtual machine logs: &lt;path to virtual machine on ESX Server&gt;/vmware.log VI Client agent log: /var/log/vmware/vpx/vpxa.log Web access: /var/log/vmware/webAccess Service console: /var/log/messages Authentication log: /var/log/secure

Fix: F-15794r1_fix

Record all critical log files on the ESX Server.

b
Log file permissions have not been configured to restrict unauthorized users
Medium - V-15842 - SV-16783r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0430
Vuln IDs
  • V-15842
Rule IDs
  • SV-16783r1_rule
It is critical to protect system log files from being modified or accessed by unauthorized individuals. Some logs may contain sensitive data that should only be available to the virtualization server administrator.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16188r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console review the following log file permissions. For each file or folder perform the following: # ls –lL /var/log OR # ls –lL /var/log/(directory) Log Location Permission /var/log/boot.log 600 /var/log/cron 600 /var/log/dmesg 640 /var/log/initrdlogs/ 600 /var/log/ksyms 600 /var/log/maillog 600 /var/log/messages 600 /var/log/oldconf/ 700 /var/log/rpmpkgs 600 /var/log/secure 600 /var/log/spooler 600 /var/log/storageMonitor 600 /var/log/sudolog 600 /var/log/vmkernel 600 /var/log/vmkproxy 600 /var/log/vmksummary 600 /var/log/vmksummary.d/ 600 /var/log/vmkwarning 600 /var/log/vmware/ 700 If any of the directories or files do not match the table above, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15796r1_fix

Restrict unauthorized users from log files.

a
ESX Server does not send logs to a syslog server.
Low - V-15843 - SV-16784r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
ESX0440
Vuln IDs
  • V-15843
Rule IDs
  • SV-16784r1_rule
Remote logging is essential in detecting intrusion and monitoring servers. If an intruder is able to obtain root on a host, they may be able to edit the system logs to remove all traces of the attack. If the logs are stored off the machine, those logs can be analyzed for suspicious activity and used for prosecuting the attacker. Centralized log monitoring and storage is a critical component of incident response and assuring the integrity of system logs. Redundancy is important when considering using a virtual machine for a syslog server. If the syslog virtual machine is hosted on only one ESX Server, and the ESX Server fails, all logging to the syslog server will cease. Configuring the syslog server as a virtual machine requires proper failover planning in case the primary ESX Server would fail. To mitigate this scenario, syslog virtual machines will be configured within ESX Server farms with High Availability (HA) enabled. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16189r1_chk

1. To determine is the ESX Server is sending its logs to a remote syslog server, examine the /etc/syslog.conf file on the ESX Server service console. 2. To send all syslog data from the ESX Server to a remote syslog host, search for the following line(s) in the /etc/syslog.conf file: *.* &lt;Tab&gt;&lt;Tab&gt; @loghost (name of remote host) Or *.debug, info, etc.@loghost. At a minimum, the following log files should be configured to send logs to the syslog server: Log Name Facility.Level Default Location Service Console Logs *.info /var/log/messages Authentication Logs Authpriv.* /var/log/secure VMkernel Logs Local6.notice /var/log/vmkernel VMkernel Warnings Local6.warning /var/log/vmkwarning If these are not configured to the syslog server, this is a finding. 3. Verify the loghost referred to in the syslog.conf file is not resolving to the localhost. Check /etc/hosts file to review what the remote host is referring to. If it is not in this file, check the DNS server to determine what it is resolving to. If it is resolving to localhost, this is a finding. Caveat: This syslog server may be a virtual machine within an ESX Server farm with HA enabled. If the syslog server is a virtual machine within a server farm and HA is not enabled, this is a finding. It may not be a virtual machine if there is only one ESX Server for the site. If this is the case, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15797r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server to send all its logs to a syslog server.

b
Auditing is not configured on the ESX Server.
Medium - V-15844 - SV-16785r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0450
Vuln IDs
  • V-15844
Rule IDs
  • SV-16785r1_rule
Audit utilities can extract information about specific users and processes from the audit files. The IAO/SA will ensure audit files are only accessible to authorized personnel. Auditing will be configured to immediately alert personnel of any unusual or inappropriate activity with potential IA implications. All users, including root, will be audited. The system administrator will rotate and compress the audit logs one or more times a day to reduce space and the time required for log searches and reviews. Audit data will be backed up weekly onto a different system or media than the system being audited. Utilizing an audit server will ease the attention required by audit logs and provide compliance with the requirement for the backup of audit data. Auditing will be configured according to section 3.16 of the UNIX STIG. Audit logs and audit files must be analyzed at regular intervals. Such files can quickly grow to large proportions. To keep the size of log files and audit files within a useful range, the evaluation intervals should not be impractically short, but short enough to allow a clear examination. Collected data will be examined and analyzed daily to detect any compromise or attempted compromise of system security. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16192r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following command: #ps –ef | grep auditd Verify the auditd daemon is running. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15798r1_fix

Configure LAUS on the ESX Server. LAUS is included on the ESX distribution media. The procedures to install it are as follows: laus-libs-0.1-76RHEL3.i386.rpm is installed, but laus-0.1-76RHEL3.i386.rpm is not. 1. Mount the ISO image / CD-ROM to VMware/RPMS, and install via # rpm -ivh laus- 0.1-76RHEL3.i386.rpm 2. Run the following command from the shell # service audit start 3. Run the following commands to test to see if LAUS is configured. These commands will produce output: # /usr/sbin/aucat OR # /usr/sbin/augrep.

b
The ESX Server software version is not at the latest release.
Medium - V-15846 - SV-16787r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0470
Vuln IDs
  • V-15846
Rule IDs
  • SV-16787r1_rule
Organizations need to stay current with all applicable ESX Server software updates that are released from VMware. Software updates are designed to update or fix problems with a computer program or its supporting data. This includes fixing bugs, replacing graphics and improving the usability or performance. ESX Servers that do not have the latest patches or updates installed have potential vulnerabilities that may be exploited.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16194r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following: # esxupdate –l query The output will look similar to the following: Installed software bundles -----Name---- --Install Date-- --------Summary-------- 3.5.0-56329 23:37:26 11/04/08 Full installation of ESX 3.5.0-56329 ESX350-200802055-BG 23:49:26 11/04/08 Fix COS running Dell OM5 w/QLogic ESX350-200803066-SG 23:50:02 11/04/08 Fix COS security bug Verify the latest release is listed. The latest release for the various software versions is listed: Version 3.5.0 - ESX350-200712401-BG Version 3.0.2 Update 1 - ESX-1003359 Version 3.0.2 - ESX-1003359 (End of support is 10/29/2008) Version 3.0.1 - ESX-1003347 (End of support is 7/31/2008) Version 3.0.0 – Not Supported by VMware Version 2.5.5 – Update Patch 4 (End of support 6/15/2010) Version 2.5.4 – Update Patch 15 (End of Support is 10/8/2008) Patches are released monthly, so check Vmware’s website to ensure new patches have not been released. The website for patch downloads is http://www.vmware.com/download/vi/. If the latest release is not installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15800r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server software with the latest release.

b
ESX Server updates are not tested.
Medium - V-15847 - SV-16788r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0480
Vuln IDs
  • V-15847
Rule IDs
  • SV-16788r1_rule
Organizations need to stay current with all applicable ESX Server software updates that are released from VMware. In order to be aware of updates as they are released, virtualization server administrators will subscribe to ESX Server vendor security notices, updates, and patches to ensure that all new vulnerabilities are known. New ESX Server patches and updates should be reviewed for the ESX Server before moving them into a production environment. ESX Server patches will be tested first in a development environment and any issues or special precautions will be documented, as a patch could technically disable all virtual networks and machines. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]
Checks: C-16195r1_chk

Ask the IAO/SA to show you where the test and development ESX Server is located. At the service console of the test and development ESX Server perform the following command: # esxupdate –l query The output will look similar to the following: Installed software bundles -----Name---- --Install Date-- --------Summary-------- 3.5.0-56329 23:37:26 11/04/08 Full installation of ESX 3.5.0-56329 ESX350-200802055-BG 23:49:26 11/04/08 Fix COS running Dell OM5 w/QLogic ESX350-200803066-SG 23:50:02 11/04/08 Fix COS security bug If no patch results are returned, this is a finding. The test and development ESX Server cannot be the production ESX Server(s).

Fix: F-15801r1_fix

Use the test and development ESX Server to test all patches before moving them to production.

b
VMware tools are not used to update the ESX Server.
Medium - V-15848 - SV-16789r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0490
Vuln IDs
  • V-15848
Rule IDs
  • SV-16789r1_rule
VMware uses three categories for patches: Security, Critical, and General. VMware will usually issue a KB article when they become aware of security vulnerabilities and other serious functionality issues before they issue a patch. Only VMware released patches and tools (such as esxupdate) should be implemented. Do not use RedHat or third party patches or tools such as yum or rpm to update the system because VMware has made modifications to the system and kernel.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16197r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following commands: # grep esxupdate /var/log/vmware/esxupdate.log If no entries are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15802r1_fix

Utilize VMware tools for all ESX Server updates.

c
ESX Server software version is not supported.
High - V-15849 - SV-16790r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
ESX0500
Vuln IDs
  • V-15849
Rule IDs
  • SV-16790r1_rule
ESX Servers require support for release versions, management applications, and the guest operating systems in the virtual machine. The ESX Server runs on its own hypervisor/kernel which is supported by the VMware’s technical support. The ESX Server will be a supported release to ensure the release may be patched. This will ensure the ability to comply with IAVM requirements as well as access to vendor recommended and security patches.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16198r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following: # esxupdate –l query Output will look similar to this: Installed software bundles -----Name---- --Install Date-- --------Summary-------- 3.5.0-56329 23:37:26 11/04/08 Full installation of ESX 3.5.0-56329 The line above is the ESX software version is installed. ESX350-200802055-BG 23:49:26 11/04/08 Fix COS running Dell OM5 w/QLogic ESX350-200803066-SG 23:50:02 11/04/08 Fix COS security bug Check VMware’s website to double check the support policy in case it has been updated if you have access to the internet. The URL is http://www.vmware.com/support/policies/eos_vi.html#General Below is the support schedule for the various releases of the ESX Server. If the esxupdate –l query return anything below 2.5.4, this is a finding. If the query returns 3.0.0, this is a finding. For all other results, check the schedule and date for end of support to determine if this check is a finding. VMware ESX Server General Availability Date End of Support (Security and Bug fixes) Note Version 3.0.2 Update 1 10/29/2007 One year after Version 3.0.2 Update 2 GA Version 3.0.2 07/31/2007 10/29/2008 Version 3.0.1 10/05/2006 07/31/2008 Version 3.0.0 06/15/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 2.5.5 10/08/2007 06/15/2010, pending no Version 2.5.6 release Version 2.5.4 10/05/2006 10/08/2008 Version 2.5.3 04/13/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 2.5.2 09/15/2005 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 2.5.1 06/20/2005 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 2.5.0 11/29/2004 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ

Fix: F-15803r1_fix

Implement only VMware supported ESX Server software.

c
VMware and third party applications are not supported.
High - V-15850 - SV-16791r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
ESX0510
Vuln IDs
  • V-15850
Rule IDs
  • SV-16791r1_rule
ESX Servers require support for release version, management applications, and the guest operating systems in the virtual machine. The ESX Server runs on its own hypervisor/kernel which is supported by the VMware’s technical support. VMware and third party applications will be a supported release to ensure the release may be patched. This will ensure the ability to comply with IAVM requirements as well as access to vendor recommended and security patches.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16199r1_chk

There are many third party applications that may be used in conjunction with VI3. There are many VMware applications that may be used to enhance the virtualization infrastructure. These include VMware Consolidated Backup, VirtualCenter, VMotion, Hardware Availability, and Distributed Resource Scheduling. 1. Request the list of all the VMware and third party applications used in the virtualization infrastructure. Use this list to research the support of each product. If no list can be produced this is a finding. 2. For all third party applications, go to the vendor’s website or request from the IAO/SA documentation verifying that the application is supported. If the application is not supported, this is a finding. 3. For VMware applications, look at the table and end of support dates below. Check VMware’s website to double check the support policy in case it has been updated if you have access to the internet. The URL is http://www.vmware.com/support/policies/eos_vi.html#General If the VMware application is not supported, this is a finding. VMware Consolidated Backup General Availability Date End of Support (Security and Bug fixes) Note Version 1.0.3 Update 1 10/31/2007 One year after Version 1.0.3 Update 2 GA Version 1.0.3 07/31/2007 10/31/2008 Version 1.0.2 Update 1 10/31/2007 07/31/2008 Version 1.0.2 04/05/2007 10/31/2008 Version 1.0.1 10/02/2006 04/05/2008 Version 1.0.0 06/15/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ VMware VirtualCenter, VMware Vmotion, VMware HA, and VMware DRS General Availability Date End of Support (Security and Bug fixes) Note Version 2.0.2 Update 2 11/08/2007 One year after Version 2.0.2 Update 3 Version 2.0.2 Update 1 10/29/2007 11/08/2008 Version 2.0.2 07/19/2007 10/29/2008 Version 2.0.1 10/05/2006 07/19/2008 Version 2.0.0 06/15/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 1.4.1 09/28/2006 06/15/2010, pending no Version 1.4.2 Version 1.4.0 07/06/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 1.3.1 P1 03/23/2006 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 1.3.1 12/22/2005 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 1.3.0 09/22/2005 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 1.2.0 P1 02/24/2005 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ Version 1.2.0 12/19/2004 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 1.1.0 08/06/2004 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ ________________________________________ Version 1.0.0 03/31/2004 EOS Reached Not covered by VI Support Life Cycle, see FAQ

Fix: F-15804r1_fix

Use only vendor supported products with the virtualization infrastructure.

b
The ESX Servers and management servers are not backed up in accordance to the MAC level of the servers.
Medium - V-15852 - SV-16793r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0530
Vuln IDs
  • V-15852
Rule IDs
  • SV-16793r1_rule
Backups of the ESX Server and management servers are critical in order to recover from hardware problems, unexpected software errors, or a disaster to the computing facility. Data backup must be performed in accordance with its mission assurance category (MAC) level. For MAC III systems it is necessary to ensure that backups are performed weekly. For MAC II systems backups are performed daily and the recovery media is stored off-site in a protected facility in accordance with its mission assurance category and confidentiality level. In MAC I systems backups are maintained through a redundant secondary system which is not collocated, and can be activated without loss of data or disruption to the operation.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16201r1_chk

1. Determine the MAC level of the ESX and management servers by asking the IAO/SA. 2. Once the MAC level is determined, locate the backup media or storage location. For MAC I servers, a redundant secondary system is required that is not collocated. For MAC II servers, daily backups are required with recovery media stored offline. For MAC III servers, backups must be performed weekly. 3. Depending on the MAC level, verify the servers are backed up to media or storage within the guidelines of the MAC level. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15806r1_fix

Backup the ESX and management servers in accordance to the MAC level.

b
Backups are not located in separate logical partitions from production data.
Medium - V-15854 - SV-16795r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0550
Vuln IDs
  • V-15854
Rule IDs
  • SV-16795r1_rule
Since backups are critical to the recovery of the virtualization infrastructure, storing these files on the same logical location as the production servers is not recommended. The backup files will be stored on a separate logical partition so restoration is possible in case of any hardware failures on the production physical servers.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16203r1_chk

Ask the IAO/SA to show you the location of the backup data for the ESX Servers, VirtualCenter servers, virtual machines, and any other virtual infrastructure applications. If the backup data is on separate physical media, this would not be a finding. If the backups are located on a SAN, verify that the production data is logically partitioned from the backup media. If the backup data is on the same partition as the production data, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15808r1_fix

Place backup data on a separate partition from the production data.

b
VI client sessions to the ESX Server are unencrypted.
Medium - V-15855 - SV-16796r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0560
Vuln IDs
  • V-15855
Rule IDs
  • SV-16796r1_rule
User sessions with the ESX Server should be encrypted since transmitting data in plaintext may be viewed as it travels through the network. User sessions may be initiated from the VI client, Web Access, or through VirtualCenter. To encrypt session data, the sending component, such as a gateway or redirector, applies ciphers to alter the data before transmitting it. The receiving component uses a key to decrypt the data, returning it to its original form. To ensure the protection of the data transmitted to and from external network connections, ESX Server uses the 256-bit AES block encryption. ESX Server also uses 1024-bit RSA for key exchange. These encryption algorithms are the default for VI Client, VI Web Access, VirtualCenter sessions.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16204r1_chk

1. Log into the VirtualCenter server using the VI Client. 2. Click Administration &gt; VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration The VirtualCenter Management Server Configuration dialog appears. 3. Click SSL Settings in the left pane and enable Check host certificates checkbox. Click OK. If the Check host certificates checkbox is not checked, this is a finding. 4. Verify that the SSL certificates exist on the ESX Server. On the ESX Server service console check the /etc/vmware/ssl/ directory for the certificates by performing the following: # ls –lL /etc/vmware/ssl/ If the default ESX Server keys are present below, this is a finding. rui.cert rui.key This directory should contain a DoD certificate and key only (server.crt and server.key) If this directory does not contain a DoD certificate and key file, then this is a finding. If no valid DoD certificate and private key are present here this is a finding. This directory should contain a DoD certificate and key only (server.crt and server.key). Validate the certificate is listed in the InstallRoot3.12_SAG.pdf document. The DoD certificates that are listed in the InstallRoot3.12_SAG.pdf document are listed in Section 1, Appendix B. If the certificate is not listed here, this is a finding. Note: The InstallRoot3.12_SAG.pdf document may have been replaced with a newer version. If so, use the most current version listed on the DoD PKE site. Note: The InstallRoot3.12 _SAG.pdf document can be downloaded from the following links: (Note: These links may have changed since the release of the checklist.) https://www.us.army.mil/suite/page/474113 OR https://www.us.army.mil/suite/portal/index.jsp. Select Files and search for the InstallRoot folder. Select the InstallRoot folder and select the InstallRoot3.12_SAG.pdf document to download.

Fix: F-15809r1_fix

Enable encryption for all VI client sessions with the ESX Server. To create DoD certificate and private key perform the following steps: 1. On the ESX Server, navigate to /usr/bin/ and execute the following command: # openssl req –new –out filename.csr 2. When prompted enter the following: (Do not type the quotations) For Country Name, type “US” For State or Province Name, type “.” For Locality Name, type “.” For Organization Name, type “U.S. Government” For Organizational Unit Name, type “OU=DISA, OU=PKI, OU=DoD” For Common Name, type your Fully Qualified Domain Name of your server (i.e. server.disa.mil) For Email Address, type your email address 3. The output from this command will yield two files: filename.csr and privkey.pem 4. Upload/Copy the filename.csr to the Regular SSL Server Enrollment Form for the DoD PKI site. You may use either of the two sites below. Note: These Certificate Authorities may have been decommissioned since the release of the checklist. If so, please use the most current Certificate Authority for enrolling your certificate request. CA-17 URL - https://ca-17.c3pki.chamb.disa.mil/ca CA-18 URL - https://ca-18.c3pki.den.disa.mil/ca 5. You will be emailed that your certificate is ready and you will retrieve your signed certificate from the CA. 6. Put the new signed certificate and private key in the /etc/vmware/ssl/ directory. Move the old certificate and key from the directory and put them somewhere safe for backup purposes.

b
VI Web Access sessions to the ESX Server are unencrypted.
Medium - V-15856 - SV-16797r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0570
Vuln IDs
  • V-15856
Rule IDs
  • SV-16797r1_rule
User sessions with the ESX Server should be encrypted since transmitting data in plaintext may be viewed as it travels through the network. User sessions may be initiated from the VI client, Web Access, or through VirtualCenter. To encrypt session data, the sending component, such as a gateway or redirector, applies ciphers to alter the data before transmitting it. The receiving component uses a key to decrypt the data, returning it to its original form. To ensure the protection of the data transmitted to and from external network connections, ESX Server uses the 256-bit AES block encryption. ESX Server also uses 1024-bit RSA for key exchange. These encryption algorithms are the default for VI Client, VI Web Access, and VirtualCenter sessions.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16213r1_chk

1. First verify Web Access is enabled by having the IAO/SA attempt to login to the ESX Server. 2. Start the Web Browser 3. Enter the URL of the ESX Server: http://(host or server name)/ui. The http should transition to https://(host or server name)/ui. If it does not transition to https, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15815r1_fix

Encrypt all Web Access session to ESX Servers.

b
VirtualCenter communications to the ESX Server are unencrypted.
Medium - V-15857 - SV-16798r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0580
Vuln IDs
  • V-15857
Rule IDs
  • SV-16798r1_rule
User sessions with the ESX Server should be encrypted since transmitting data in plaintext may be viewed as it travels through the network. User sessions may be initiated from the VI client, Web Access, or through VirtualCenter. To encrypt session data, the sending component, such as a gateway or redirector, applies ciphers to alter the data before transmitting it. The receiving component uses a key to decrypt the data, returning it to its original form. To ensure the protection of the data transmitted to and from external network connections, ESX Server uses the 256-bit AES block encryption. ESX Server also uses 1024-bit RSA for key exchange. These encryption algorithms are the default for VI Client, VI Web Access, VirtualCenter sessions.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16214r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following: # grep ssl /etc/vmware/hostd/config.xml (ssl) (privatekey)/etc/vmware/ssl/DoD Key(/privatekey) (certificate)/etc/vmware/ssl/DoD Cert(/certificate) (/ssl) If you do not see the DoD key and certificate listed between the SSL tags or the lines are commented out, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15817r1_fix

Encrypt all VirtualCenter sessions with ESX Servers.

b
SNMP write mode is enabled on ESX Server.
Medium - V-15858 - SV-16799r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0590
Vuln IDs
  • V-15858
Rule IDs
  • SV-16799r1_rule
The Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) is an application-layer protocol used for exchanging management information between network devices. There are four types of SNMP commands that may be used to control and monitor managed devices. These include read, write, trap, and traversal operations. The read command is used to monitor devices, while the write command is used to configure devices and change device settings. The trap command is used to "trap" events from the device and report them back to the monitoring system. Traversal operations are used to determine the variables specific devices support. The ESX Server SNMP package is setup by default in a secure configuration. The configuration has a single community string with read-only access which is the default mode. This is denoted by the “ro” community configuration parameter in the configuration file for the master snmpd daemon, snmpd.conf. Furthermore, the UNIX SRR scripts check for proper snmpd.conf and MIB permissions, and snmpd.conf and MIB ownership. They also check to ensure that the default community strings have been changed, and if there is a dedicated SNMP server configured. [Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem Administrator
Checks: C-16215r1_chk

Log into the ESX Server service console and perform the following. # grep rwcommunity /etc/snmp/snmpd.conf If the command returns a result, then this is a finding.

Fix: F-15818r1_fix

Disable SNMP write mode.

c
VirtualCenter vpxuser has been modified.
High - V-15874 - SV-16815r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
ESX0750
Vuln IDs
  • V-15874
Rule IDs
  • SV-16815r1_rule
The vpxuser is created when the ESX Server host is attached to VirtualCenter. It is not present on the ESX Server host unless the host is being managed through VirtualCenter. SAs will not change vpxuser and its default permissions. Modifying these permissions may create problems working with the ESX Server host through VirtualCenter.[Virtual Server Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-16238r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following: # grep vpx /etc/passwd Output should appear as follows: vpxuser:x:500:100:Vmware VirtualCenter administration account: /home/vpxuser:/bin/false #grep vpx /etc/shadow Output should appear as follows: vpxuser:(hash value)/:13995:1:360:14::: (These numbers may be different based on the site) If any of these files have been changed from the above values for the vpxuser, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15834r1_fix

Do not modify the vpxuser account.

b
ISO images are not restricted to authorized users.
Medium - V-15884 - SV-16825r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0880
Vuln IDs
  • V-15884
Rule IDs
  • SV-16825r1_rule
Virtual machines are created from using operating system CD-ROMs or ISO images of the operating system. ISO operating system images reduce the time in deploying virtual machine servers since the media is readily available as a file on the hard drive. Also, ISO operating system images map easily to the virtual machine CD-ROM drive of the guest machine once the guest machine is running. Unauthorized access to the ISO operating system images could potentially allow these images to be corrupted or altered in some way.[Virtual Machine Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECAN-1, ECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-16243r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following command to determine if the /ISO, /Utilities, or /vmimages file partitions are accessible to unauthorized users. # ls -la /vmimages (Or the name of the partition) Permissions for .iso files should be 440 (r--r-----). If they are not 440 or more restrictive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15844r1_fix

Restrict iso images to only authorized users.

b
ISO images do not have hash checksums.
Medium - V-15885 - SV-16826r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0890
Vuln IDs
  • V-15885
Rule IDs
  • SV-16826r1_rule
Since ISO operating system images are typically large files, transferring these ISO operating system images over the network may cause corruption to the files. There are simple ways to check the integrity of the file on both the source and destination system using hashing algorithms. Users should create hash checksums on all ISO operating system images on the ESX Server before utilizing the ISO operating system image for virtual machines. [Virtual Machine Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorDCNR-1, ECTM-1, ECTM-2
Checks: C-16244r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console go to the partition that stores the ISO images and verify hash checksums are present for any ISO files. Perform the following to determine if ISO images are verified for integrity: # ls -al /vmimages (Or the name of the ISO partition) If no sha1sums are returned or the number of ISO images is different from the number of sha1sums, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15845r1_fix

Create SHA1 checksums for all ISO images.

b
ISO images are not verified for integrity when moved across the network.
Medium - V-15886 - SV-16827r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0900
Vuln IDs
  • V-15886
Rule IDs
  • SV-16827r1_rule
Since ISO operating system images are typically large files, transferring these ISO operating system images over the network may cause corruption to the files. There are simple ways to check the integrity of the file on both the source and destination system using hashing algorithms. Users should create hash checksums on all ISO operating system images on the ESX Server before utilizing the ISO operating system image for virtual machines. [Virtual Machine Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorDCNR-1, ECTM-1, ECTM-2
Checks: C-16245r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console go to the partition that stores the ISO images and verify hash checksums are present for any ISO files. Perform the following to determine if ISO images are verified for integrity: # cd /vmimages (Or location of ISO images) &amp;&amp; ls -al # cat iso_sha1sum_file (Where this is the sha1sum file of ISO file) # sha1sum Filename.iso – ISO file OR #Sha1sum –c iso_sha1sum_file Filename.iso : OK Examples: # cat Redhat.iso.sha1 da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 Redhat.iso # sha1sum Redhat.iso da39a3ee5e6b4b0d3255bfef95601890afd80709 Redhat.iso OR # sha1sum –c Redhat.iso.sha1 Redhat.iso : OK Compare the sha1sum against each other to ensure they are the same. If they are not the same, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15846r1_fix

Verify all SHA1 checksums for all ISO images.

a
Master templates are not stored on a separate partition.
Low - V-15887 - SV-16828r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Low
CCI
Version
ESX0910
Vuln IDs
  • V-15887
Rule IDs
  • SV-16828r1_rule
The master templates will be stored in a separate partition (NTFS, VMFS, etc) from the production virtual machines. Partitioning the master templates isolates them from system, application, and user files. This isolation helps protect the disk space used by the operating system and various applications. Files cannot grow across partitions. Another advantage is that if a bad spot develops on the hard drive, the risk to the data is reduced as is recovery time. Furthermore, separate master template partitions provide the ability to set up certain directories as read-only file systems. [Virtual Machine Administrator]Information Assurance OfficerSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-16246r1_chk

Perform the following on the ESX Server service console to determine if the /Master, /Utilities, /vmimages, or /(the name of the partition) are on separate disk partitions: # vdf -h Examine the Mounted on column for the disk device and ensure the device label for /Master, /Utilities, or /vmimages is not the same as the root filesystem. If they are the same, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15847r1_fix

Store all master templates on a separate partition.

b
Master templates are not restricted to authorized users only.
Medium - V-15888 - SV-16829r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0920
Vuln IDs
  • V-15888
Rule IDs
  • SV-16829r1_rule
Restricting access to master templates to authorized users helps ensure they are not compromised or modified. If these master templates were compromised, all future guest installations could be corrupt or contain malicious code. Master templates will be restricted to only users that are administering and/or creating guest virtual machines.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]ECAN-1, ECCD-1, ECCD-2
Checks: C-16247r1_chk

On the ESX Server service console perform the following command to determine if the /Master, /Utilities, or /vmimages file partitions are accessible to unauthorized users. # ls -la /vmimages (Or name of master template directory) Permissions for .vmdk files should be 600 or rw-------. If they are not 600 or more restrictive, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15848r1_fix

Restrict master templates to authorized users only.

b
Virtual machine moves are not logged from one physical server to another.
Medium - V-15901 - SV-16843r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1050
Vuln IDs
  • V-15901
Rule IDs
  • SV-16843r1_rule
Virtual machines may be moved from one computer to another similar to a normal file. This portability gives rise to a host of security problems. In the virtual machine world, the trusted computing base consists of all the hosts that the virtual machine has run on. If no history was maintained for each virtual machine, this can make it very difficult to figure out how far a security compromise has extended if the virtual machine has been moved several times.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]ECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-16261r1_chk

Ask the IAO/SA if Vmotion is used to migrate virtual machines from one ESX Server host to another. If not, this is Not Applicable. If so, perform the following on the ESX Server service console: # grep –in vmotion /var/log/vmware/vpx/vpxa*.log If the logs are compressed, perform the following: # zcat /var/log/vmware/vpx/vpxa*.log.gz | grep –i vmotion If no result is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15862r1_fix

Log all VMotion migrations.

b
Production virtual machines are not located in a controlled access area.
Medium - V-15904 - SV-16846r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1080
Vuln IDs
  • V-15904
Rule IDs
  • SV-16846r1_rule
Virtual machines may contain an aggregate of sensitive and non-sensitive data. If this data is not located in a controlled access area, unauthorized users may gain access to the virtual machines and have access to the data. This access may result in the loss of privacy and data theft.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]
Checks: C-16264r1_chk

Review the location of the virtual machines. Ensure that authorized users are required to verify their identity and authority before gaining access to the virtual machines. If the virtual machines are not located in a controlled access area, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15865r1_fix

Place all virtual machines in a controlled access area.

b
Virtual machine OS log files are not saved before rollback.
Medium - V-15906 - SV-16848r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1100
Vuln IDs
  • V-15906
Rule IDs
  • SV-16848r1_rule
Traditionally, a physical server’s lifetime can be envisioned as a straight line where the current state of the machine is a static point forward as software executes, configuration changes made, and software is installed. In a virtual environment the virtual machine state is more akin to a tree, where at any point the execution can fork into N different branches. These different branches are the multiple instances of the virtual machine running or existing at any point in time. Branches are caused by taking multiple snapshots in a continuous manner. These multiple virtual machines may be rolled back to previous states in their execution and activity that was once logged may be lost if the log files are not archived before the rollback.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]
Checks: C-16266r1_chk

Typically the OS log files are sent to a syslog server. Ask the IAO/SA the location of all archived OS logs that were saved before any rollback or revert to snapshot of the virtual machine. Correlate the logs to the rollback time to ensure that they are legitimate. If no logs have been saved, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15867r1_fix

Archive all virtual machine OS log files before any virtual machine rollback.

b
Virtual machine log files do not have a size limit.
Medium - V-15907 - SV-16849r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1110
Vuln IDs
  • V-15907
Rule IDs
  • SV-16849r1_rule
Virtual machines can write troubleshooting information into a virtual machine log file (vmware.log) stored on the VMFS volume. Virtual machine users and processes may be configured to abuse the logging function, either intentionally or inadvertently so that large amounts of data flood the log file. Over time, the log file can consume so much of the ESX Server’s file system space that it fills the hard disk, causing an effective denial of service on the ESX Server. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]ECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-16267r1_chk

1. Login to VirtualCenter with the VI Client and select the virtual machine from the Inventory panel. The configuration page for the virtual machine appears with the Summary tab displayed. 2. Click Edit Settings. 3. Click Options &gt; General and make a record of the path displayed in the virtual machine configuration file field. 4. At the ESX Server service console, change directories to access the virtual machine configuration file recorded in step 3. 5. Virtual machine configuration files are located in the /vmfs/volumes/(datastore) directory, where (datastore) is the name of the storage device on which the virtual machine files reside. In example above, [vol1]vm-finance/vm-finance.vmx is located in /vmfs/volumes/vol1/vm-finance/. 6. To verify the log size limit, perform the following: # grep log.rotate.Size (virtual machine name).vmx log.rotateSize=(number in bytes) If no limit is set, this is a finding. The default is 500KB.

Fix: F-15868r1_fix

Configure a limit for virtual machine log size.

b
ESX Server is not configured to maintain a specific number of log files via log rotation.
Medium - V-15908 - SV-16850r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1120
Vuln IDs
  • V-15908
Rule IDs
  • SV-16850r1_rule
Virtual machines can write troubleshooting information into a virtual machine log file (vmware.log) stored on the VMFS volume. Virtual machine users and processes may be configured to abuse the logging function, either intentionally or inadvertently so that large amounts of data flood the log file. Over time, the log file can consume so much of the ESX Server’s file system space that it fills the hard disk, causing an effective denial of service on the ESX Server. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]
Checks: C-16270r1_chk

1. Login to VirtualCenter with the VI Client and select the virtual machine from the Inventory panel. The configuration page for the virtual machine appears with the Summary tab displayed. 2. Click Edit Settings. 3. Click Options &gt; General and make a record of the path displayed in the virtual machine configuration file field. 4. At the ESX Server service console, change directories to access the virtual machine configuration file recorded in step 3. 5. Virtual machine configuration files are located in the /vmfs/volumes/(datastore) directory, where (datastore) is the name of the storage device on which the virtual machine files reside. In example above, [vol1]vm-finance/vm-finance.vmx is located in /vmfs/volumes/vol1/vm-finance/. 6. To verify the number of log files has been configured, perform the following: # grep –i log.keepOld (virtual machine name).vmx If log.keepOld=(number of files to keep) is not configured to 6 or higher, this is a finding. The default number of files to keep is 6 where the oldest ones are deleted and new ones are created.

Fix: F-15869r1_fix

Configure the ESX Server to limit the number of logs retained.

b
Virtual machine log files are not maintained for 1 year.
Medium - V-15909 - SV-16851r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1130
Vuln IDs
  • V-15909
Rule IDs
  • SV-16851r1_rule
Storing log files for at least a year provides a way to recover these files in case an investigation is necessary. Typically these files are stored offline on tape media or external networks. Log files enable the enforcement of individual accountability by creating a reconstruction of events. They also assist in problem identification that may lead to problem resolution. If these log files are not retained, there is no way to trace or reconstruct the events, and if it was discovered the network was hacked, there would be no way to trace the full extent of the compromise.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]ECAR-1, ECAR-2, ECAR-3
Checks: C-16272r1_chk

Locate where archived virtual machine log files (vmware.log) are stored. If they are offsite, review the process to move them to this alternative site. Verify that the log files are retained for at least one year at a minimum. This can be verified by reviewing the dates of the oldest backup files or media. If the log files are not stored for a minimum of one year, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15870r1_fix

Retain virtual machine log files for a minimum of one year.

b
Virtual machines are not backed up in accordance with the MAC level.
Medium - V-15913 - SV-16855r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1140
Vuln IDs
  • V-15913
Rule IDs
  • SV-16855r1_rule
Backups of the virtual machines are critical in order to recover from hardware problems, unexpected software errors, or a disaster to the computing facility. Data backup must be performed in accordance with its mission assurance category (MAC) level. For MAC III systems it is necessary to ensure that backups are performed weekly. For MAC II systems backups are performed daily and the recovery media is stored off-site in a protected facility in accordance with its mission assurance category and confidentiality level. In MAC I systems backups are maintained through a redundant secondary system which is not collocated, and can be activated without loss of data or disruption to the operation.System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]CODB-1, CODB-2, CODB-3
Checks: C-16273r1_chk

1. Determine the MAC level of the virtual machines by asking the IAO/SA. 2. Once the MAC level is determined, locate the backup media or storage location. For MAC I servers, a redundant secondary system is required that is not colocated. For MAC II servers, daily backups are required with recovery media stored offline. For MAC III servers, backups must be performed weekly. 3. Depending on the MAC level, verify the virtual machines are backed up to media or storage within the guidelines of the MAC level. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15871r1_fix

Backup all virtual machines according to the MAC level.

b
Virtual machines are not registered in VMS.
Medium - V-15972 - SV-16914r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX1150
Vuln IDs
  • V-15972
Rule IDs
  • SV-16914r1_rule
The Vulnerability Management System (VMS) was developed to interface with the DoD Enterprise tools to assist all DoD CC/S/As in the identification of security vulnerabilities and track the issues through the lifecycle of the vulnerabilities existence. To ensure both the emerging and known vulnerabilities are addressed on a system, VMS tracks the existence of all potential vulnerabilities based on the posture of an asset. As a result, all vulnerabilities are tracked through their lifecycle. Vulnerability Management is the process of ensuring that all network assets that are affected by an IAVM notice are addressed and corrected within a time period specified in the IAVM notice. VMS will notify commands, services, and agencies of new and potential security vulnerabilities. VMS meets the DoD mandate to ensure information system vulnerability alert notifications are received and acted on by all SAs. Keeping the inventory of assets current allows for tracking of virtualization servers and resources, and supports a successful IAVM process. The ability to track assets improves the effective use of virtualization assets, information assurance auditing efforts, as well as optimizing incident response times. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Machine Administrator]VIVM-1
Checks: C-16603r1_chk

Use VMS and navigate to the site’s assets. Ensure all virtual machines are registered within VMS. If they are not registered, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15872r1_fix

Register all virtual machines in VMS.

b
ESX Server is not properly registered in VMS.
Medium - V-15973 - SV-16915r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0863
Vuln IDs
  • V-15973
Rule IDs
  • SV-16915r1_rule
The Vulnerability Management System (VMS) was developed to interface with the DOD Enterprise tools to assist all DOD CC/S/As in the identification of security vulnerabilities and track the issues through the lifecycle of the vulnerabilities existence. To ensure both the emerging and known vulnerabilities are addressed on a system, VMS tracks the existence of all potential vulnerabilities based on the posture of an asset. As a result, all vulnerabilities are tracked through their lifecycle. Vulnerability Management is the process of ensuring that all network assets that are affected by an IAVM notice are addressed and corrected within a time period specified in the IAVM notice. VMS will notify commands, services, and agencies of new and potential security vulnerabilities. VMS meets the DoD mandate to ensure information system vulnerability alert notifications are received and acted on by all SAs. Keeping the inventory of assets current allows for tracking of virtualization servers and resources, and supports a successful IAVM process. The ability to track assets improves the effective use of virtualization assets, information assurance auditing efforts, as well as optimizing incident response times. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]VIVM-1
Checks: C-16604r1_chk

Use VMS and navigate to the site’s assets. Ensure the ESX Server(s) are registered within VMS. If they are not registered, this is a finding.

Fix: F-15972r1_fix

Register ESX Servers in VMS.

b
ESX Server assets are not configured with the correct posture in VMS.
Medium - V-15974 - SV-16916r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0866
Vuln IDs
  • V-15974
Rule IDs
  • SV-16916r1_rule
Correctly configuring the ESX Server asset in VMS will ensure that the appropriate vulnerabilities are assigned to the asset. If the asset is not configured with the correct posture, vulnerabilities may be open on the asset. These open vulnerabilities may allow an attacker to access the system. System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]VIVM-1
Checks: C-16605r1_chk

If check ESX0863 is a finding, this should be marked a finding also. If the assets are registered, verify that the following postures are registered. If any of the postures are not registered, this is a finding. ESX Server 3 Tomcat 5.x

Fix: F-15973r1_fix

Register ESX Servers in VMS with the correct posture.

b
Permissions on the virtual disk files are incorrect.
Medium - V-16881 - SV-17881r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
ESX0055
Vuln IDs
  • V-16881
Rule IDs
  • SV-17881r1_rule
Permissions for the virtual machine files will adhere to VMware’s best practices. The configuration file (.vmx), will be read, write, execute (rwx) for owner and read and execute (r-x) for group and read (r--) for others (754). The virtual machine’s virtual disk (.vmdk) will be read and write (rw-) for owner (600). System AdministratorInformation Assurance Officer[Virtual Server Administrator]ECSC-1
Checks: C-17470r1_chk

On the ESX Server host, perform the following commands on the service console: # find /vmfs or nfs –type f –name ‘*.vmdk’ –exec ls –Al {} \; | grep –v -- “rw--------“ Any result from this command is a finding. If no result is returned, this is not a finding. Permissions for all .vmdk files should be 600 or rw-------. If they are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-16730r1_fix

Configure .vmdk files to 600.

b
The system clock must be synchronized continuously, or at least daily.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22290 - SV-32521r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000241
Vuln IDs
  • V-22290
Rule IDs
  • SV-32521r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. Internal system clocks tend to drift and require periodic resynchronization to ensure their accuracy. Software, such as ntpd, can be used to continuously synchronize the system clock with authoritative sources. Alternatively, the system may be synchronized periodically, with a maximum of one day between synchronizations. If the system is completely isolated (that is, it has no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-32829r1_chk

Check the system's configuration to determine if the NTP daemon is running continuously, or if a scheduled job is configured to synchronize time at least every hour. If the NTP daemon is not running, and there is no scheduled job for time synchronization, this is a finding.

Fix: F-28940r1_fix

Configure the system to synchronize time continuously or schedule a job to perform time synchronization at least once per hour. Consult system documentation for implementation details.

b
The system must use at least two time sources for clock synchronization.
AU-8 - Medium - CCI-000160 - V-22291 - SV-28717r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
GEN000242
Vuln IDs
  • V-22291
Rule IDs
  • SV-28717r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. For redundancy, two time sources are required so that synchronization continues to function if one source fails. If the system is completely isolated (that is, it has no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable. NOTE: For the network time protocol (NTP), the requirement is two servers, but it is recommended to configure at least four distinct time servers which allow NTP to effectively exclude a time source that is not consistent with the others. The system's local clock must be excluded from the count of time sources.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29012r1_chk

Check the root crontab for ntpdate entries. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate If the ntpdate command is not invoked with at least two external NTP servers listed, this is a finding. Check the NTP daemon configuration for at least two external servers. # grep ^server ntp.conf | egrep -v '(127.127.1.1|127.127.1.0)' If less than two servers or external reference clocks (127.127.x.x other than 127.127.1.0 or 127.127.1.1) are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26022r1_fix

If using ntpdate, add additional NTP servers to the cron job running ntpdate. If using the NTP daemon, add an additional "server" line to ntp.conf for each additional NTP server.

a
The system must use time sources local to the enclave.
AU-8 - Low - CCI-000160 - V-22292 - SV-28718r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-8
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000160
Version
GEN000244
Vuln IDs
  • V-22292
Rule IDs
  • SV-28718r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. The network architecture should provide multiple time servers within an enclave providing local service to the enclave and synchronize with time sources outside of the enclave. If this server is an enclave time server, this requirement is not applicable. If the system is completely isolated (no connections to networks or other systems), time synchronization is not required as no correlation of events or operation of time-dependent protocols between systems will be necessary. If the system is completely isolated, this requirement is not applicable.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29013r1_chk

Check the root crontab for ntpdate entries. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate If the ntpdate command is invoked with NTP servers outside of the enclave, this is a finding. Check the NTP daemon configuration. # grep '^server' ntp.conf If an NTP server is listed outside of the enclave, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26023r1_fix

If using ntpdate, remove NTP servers external to the enclave from the cron job running ntpdate. If using the NTP daemon, remove the server line from ntp.conf for each NTP server external to the enclave.

b
The system time synchronization method must use cryptographic algorithms to verify the authenticity and integrity of the time data.
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001145 - V-22293 - SV-28719r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001145
Version
GEN000246
Vuln IDs
  • V-22293
Rule IDs
  • SV-28719r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29014r1_chk

Check the root crontab for ntpdate entries. # crontab -l | grep ntpdate If the ntpdate command is not invoked with the -a parameter, this is a finding. Check the NTP daemon configuration. # grep ^server ntp.conf | grep -v '( key | autokey )' If server lines are present without key or autokey options, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26024r1_fix

If using ntpdate, add the -a option with a key to the cron job running ntpdate. If using the NTP daemon, add the key or autokey options, as appropriate, to each server line in ntp.conf for each NTP server not configured for authentication.

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22294 - SV-28720r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000250
Vuln IDs
  • V-22294
Rule IDs
  • SV-28720r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not owned by a system account, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29015r1_chk

Run ls -l ntp.conf to display the owner of the NTP configuration file. If the owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26025r1_fix

Change the owner of the NTP configuration file to root. # chown root ntp.conf

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22295 - SV-28721r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000251
Vuln IDs
  • V-22295
Rule IDs
  • SV-28721r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not owned by a system group, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29016r1_chk

Check the group-ownership of the NTP configuration file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;configuration file&gt; If the group-owner is not root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26026r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the NTP configuration file. Procedure: # chgrp root <ntp.conf>

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22296 - SV-28722r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000252
Vuln IDs
  • V-22296
Rule IDs
  • SV-28722r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not protected, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29017r1_chk

Verify the mode for the NTP configuration file is not more permissive than 0640. # ls -l ntp.conf If the mode is more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26027r1_fix

Change the mode of the NTP configuration file to 0640 or less permissive. # chmod 0640 ntp.conf

b
The time synchronization configuration file (such as /etc/ntp.conf) must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22297 - SV-28723r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000253
Vuln IDs
  • V-22297
Rule IDs
  • SV-28723r1_rule
A synchronized system clock is critical for the enforcement of time-based policies and the correlation of logs and audit records with other systems. If an illicit time source is used for synchronization, the integrity of system logs and the security of the system could be compromised. If the configuration files controlling time synchronization are not protected, unauthorized modifications could result in the failure of time synchronization.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29018r1_chk

Check for an extended ACL on the NTP configuration file. # ls -l ntp.conf If the permissions contain a '+' the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26028r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the ntp.conf file.

a
The system must limit users to 10 simultaneous system logins, or a site-defined number, in accordance with operational requirements.
AC-10 - Low - CCI-000054 - V-22298 - SV-25945r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
GEN000450
Vuln IDs
  • V-22298
Rule IDs
  • SV-25945r1_rule
Limiting simultaneous user logins can insulate the system from Denial-of-Service problems caused by excessive logins. Automated login processes operating improperly or maliciously may result in an exceptional number of simultaneous login sessions. If the defined value of 10 logins does not meet operational requirements, the site may define the permitted number of simultaneous login sessions based on operational requirements. This limit is for the number of simultaneous login sessions for EACH user account. This is NOT a limit on the total number of simultaneous login sessions on the system. trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29087r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to limit the number of simultaneous logins for user accounts. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26089r1_fix

Configure the system to limit the number of simultaneous logins for user accounts.

a
The system must display the date and time of the last successful account login upon login.
AC-9 - Low - CCI-000052 - V-22299 - SV-25946r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000052
Version
GEN000452
Vuln IDs
  • V-22299
Rule IDs
  • SV-25946r1_rule
Providing users with feedback on when account accesses last occurred facilitates user recognition and reporting of unauthorized account use. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29091r1_chk

Determine if the system displays the date and time of the last successful login upon logging in. This can be accomplished by logging into the system and verifying whether or not the necessary information is displayed. If the system does not provide this information upon login, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26090r1_fix

Configure the system to display the date and time of the last successful login upon logging in. Consult OS documentation for the configuration procedure.

a
The system must display the number of unsuccessful login attempts since the last successful login for a user account upon logging in.
AC-9 - Low - CCI-000053 - V-22300 - SV-25947r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000053
Version
GEN000454
Vuln IDs
  • V-22300
Rule IDs
  • SV-25947r1_rule
Providing users with feedback on recent login failures facilitates user recognition and reporting of attempted unauthorized account use.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30375r1_chk

Determine if the system displays the number of failed login attempts upon logging in. Attempt to log into the system once using an invalid password or other authenticator, then log into the system using the same account with a valid authenticator. If the system does not display a message indicating there was a failed login attempt, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27155r1_fix

Configure the system to display the number of failed logins upon logging in. Consult OS documentation for the necessary procedure.

a
The system must display a publicly-viewable pattern during a graphical desktop environment session lock.
AC-14 - Low - CCI-000061 - V-22301 - SV-25948r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-14
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000061
Version
GEN000510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22301
Rule IDs
  • SV-25948r1_rule
To protect the on-screen content of a session, it must be replaced with a publicly-viewable pattern upon session lock. Examples of publicly viewable patterns include screen saver patterns, photographic images, solid colors, or a blank screen, so long as none of those patterns convey sensitive information. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices, as well as, to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems using remote access protocols.System AdministratorPESL-1
Checks: C-29092r1_chk

Determine if a publicly-viewable pattern is displayed during a session lock. If the session lock pattern is not publicly-viewable, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26091r1_fix

Configure the system to display a publicly-viewable pattern during a session lock.

b
The system must enforce the entire password during authentication.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000205 - V-22302 - SV-25949r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000205
Version
GEN000585
Vuln IDs
  • V-22302
Rule IDs
  • SV-25949r1_rule
Some common password hashing schemes only process the first eight characters of a user's password, which reduces the effective strength of the password. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-29093r1_chk

Determine if the system enforces the correctness of the entire password during authentication. If it does not, this is a finding. Procedure: Set an account's password to a string longer than 8 characters. Attempt to log into the account using only the first 8 characters of the password. If the login succeeds, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26092r1_fix

Configure the system to enforce the correctness of the entire password during authentication. Consult vendor documentation for the required settings.

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm for generating account password hashes.
IA-7 - Medium - CCI-000803 - V-22303 - SV-25950r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000803
Version
GEN000590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22303
Rule IDs
  • SV-25950r1_rule
Systems must employ cryptographic hashes for passwords using the SHA-2 family of algorithms or FIPS 140-2 approved successors. The use of unapproved algorithms may result in weak password hashes more vulnerable to compromise.System AdministratorDCNR-1, IAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-29094r1_chk

Determine if the system creates password hashes using a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm. Consult OS documentation to determine the necessary configuration settings. If the system is not configured to generate password hashes using a FIPS 140-2 approved algorithm, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26093r1_fix

Configure the system to use a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithm for creating password hashes.

b
The password hashes stored on the system must have been generated using a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-22304 - SV-25951r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN000595
Vuln IDs
  • V-22304
Rule IDs
  • SV-25951r1_rule
Systems must employ cryptographic hashes for passwords using the SHA-2 family of algorithms or FIPS 140-2 approved successors. The use of unapproved algorithms may result in weak password hashes more vulnerable to compromise.System AdministratorDCNR-1, IAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-29095r1_chk

Determine if any password hashes stored on the system were not generated using a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm. Generally, a hash prefix of $5$ or $6$ indicates approved hashes. Consult OS documentation to determine the actual prefixes or other methods used by the OS to indicate approved hash algorithms. Procedure: # cut -d ':' -f2 /etc/passwd # cut -d ':' -f2 /etc/shadow If any password hashes are present not beginning with $5$ or $6$, or have other indications of the use of approved hash algorithms consistent with vendor documentation, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26094r1_fix

Replace password hashes with those created using a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashing algorithm.

b
The system must require passwords contain at least one lowercase alphabetic character.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000193 - V-22305 - SV-25952r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000193
Version
GEN000610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22305
Rule IDs
  • SV-25952r1_rule
To enforce the use of complex passwords, minimum numbers of characters of different classes are mandated. The use of complex passwords reduces the ability of attackers to successfully obtain valid passwords using guessing or exhaustive search techniques. Complexity requirements increase the password search space by requiring users to construct passwords from a larger character set than they may otherwise use.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-29096r1_chk

Determine if the system requires at least one lowercase alphabetic character for passwords. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26095r1_fix

Configure the system to require at least one lowercase alphabetic character for passwords.

b
The system must require at least four characters be changed between the old and new passwords during a password change.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000195 - V-22306 - SV-25953r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000195
Version
GEN000750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22306
Rule IDs
  • SV-25953r1_rule
To ensure password changes are effective in their goals, the system must ensure old and new passwords have significant differences. Without significant changes, new passwords may be easily guessed based on the value of a previously compromised password.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-30813r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation for the configuration setting that controls the minimum number of changed characters required during a password change. If the configured number is less than 4, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27391r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for the configuration setting that controls the minimum number of changed characters required during a password change. Change the setting to 4.

b
The system must prevent the use of dictionary words for passwords.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000189 - V-22307 - SV-25954r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000189
Version
GEN000790
Vuln IDs
  • V-22307
Rule IDs
  • SV-25954r1_rule
An easily guessable password provides an open door to any external or internal malicious intruder. Many computer compromises occur as the result of account name and password guessing. This is generally done by someone with an automated script using repeated logon attempts until the correct account and password pair is guessed. Utilities, such as cracklib, can be used to validate passwords are not dictionary words and meet other criteria during password changes. System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-29097r1_chk

Determine if the system prevents the use of dictionary words in passwords. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26096r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the use of dictionary words in passwords.

a
The system must restrict the ability to switch to the root user for members of a defined group.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000009 - V-22308 - SV-26348r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000009
Version
GEN000850
Vuln IDs
  • V-22308
Rule IDs
  • SV-26348r1_rule
Configuring a supplemental group for users permitted to switch to the root user prevents unauthorized users from accessing the root account, even with knowledge of the root credentials.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27455r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation to determine if a specific configuration setting is available to restrict the ability to switch to the root user. If there is, and this is not configured, this is a finding. If there is not specific configuration, verify su is group-owned by the group permitted to access root and has no other execute permission. Procedure: # ls -l /bin/su If the group owner is not the group permitted access to root, or if /bin/su is executable by other users, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23524r1_fix

If the OS has a specific configuration setting to restrict access to root to a particular group, configure this in accordance with vendor documentation. Otherwise, change the group ownership of su to the group permitted root access, and remove any other execute permission. Procedure: # chgrp <authorized group> /bin/su # chmod o-x /bin/su

b
The root account's home directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22309 - SV-25956r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22309
Rule IDs
  • SV-25956r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27457r1_chk

Verify the root account's home directory has no extended ACL. # ls -ld ~root If the permissions include a "+", the directory has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26097r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the root account's home directory.

b
The root account's library search path must be the system default and must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22310 - SV-25957r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000945
Vuln IDs
  • V-22310
Rule IDs
  • SV-25957r1_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Entries starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29099r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation for the system's dynamic linker to determine which environment variables specify the library search path. List the root user's environment variables. Procedure: # env Determine if the root user's library search path is different from the system default. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26100r1_fix

Configure the root user's library search path to the system default.

b
The root account's list of preloaded libraries must be empty.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22311 - SV-25958r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN000950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22311
Rule IDs
  • SV-25958r1_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries relative to the current working directory, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29100r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation for the system's dynamic linker to determine what environment variables are used to configure the list of preloaded libraries. List the root user's environment variables. Procedure: # env Determine if the root account's list of preloaded libraries is empty. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26101r1_fix

Empty the root account's list of preloaded libraries.

b
All files and directories must have a valid group owner.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22312 - SV-25959r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001170
Vuln IDs
  • V-22312
Rule IDs
  • SV-25959r1_rule
Files without a valid group owner may be unintentionally inherited if a group is assigned the same GID as the GID of the files without a valid group owner.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29101r1_chk

Determine if any file on the system does not have a valid group owner. If any such files are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23541r2_fix

Change the group owner for each file without a valid group owner. # chgrp <a-valid-group> /tmp/a-file-without-a-valid-group-owner

b
All network services daemon files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22313 - SV-25960r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22313
Rule IDs
  • SV-25960r1_rule
Restricting permission on daemons will protect them from unauthorized modification and possible system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29098r2_chk

Verify network services daemon files have no extended ACLs. # ls -la &lt;network service daemon&gt; If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding. Note: Network daemons not residing in these directories must also be checked.

Fix: F-26098r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL(s) from the network service daemon file(s).

b
All system command files must not have extended ACLs.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-22314 - SV-25961r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22314
Rule IDs
  • SV-25961r1_rule
Restricting permissions will protect system command files from unauthorized modification. System command files include files present in directories used by the operating system for storing default system executables and files present in directories included in the system's default executable search paths. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27470r1_chk

Verify all system command files have no extended ACLs. # ls -lL /etc /bin /usr/bin /usr/lbin /usr/ucb /sbin /usr/sbin If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26102r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL(s) from the system command file(s).

b
System log files must not have extended ACLs, except as needed to support authorized software.
SI-11 - Medium - CCI-001314 - V-22315 - SV-25962r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-11
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001314
Version
GEN001270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22315
Rule IDs
  • SV-25962r1_rule
If the system log files are not protected, unauthorized users could change the logged data, eliminating its forensic value. Authorized software may be given log file access through the use of extended ACLs when needed and configured to provide the least privileges required.trueSystem AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-29102r1_chk

Determine if any system log file has an extended ACL. If an extended ACL exists, verify with the SA if the ACL is required to support authorized software and provides the minimum necessary permissions. If an extended ACL exists providing access beyond the needs of authorized software, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26105r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL(s) from the system log file(s).

a
All manual page files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22316 - SV-25963r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001290
Vuln IDs
  • V-22316
Rule IDs
  • SV-25963r1_rule
If manual pages are compromised, misleading information could be inserted, causing actions that may compromise the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29104r1_chk

Determine if any manual page files on the system have extended ACLs. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26107r1_fix

Remove the extended ACLs from system manual page file(s).

b
All library files must not have extended ACLs.
CM-5 - Medium - CCI-001499 - V-22317 - SV-25964r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001499
Version
GEN001310
Vuln IDs
  • V-22317
Rule IDs
  • SV-25964r1_rule
Unauthorized access could destroy the integrity of the library files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29105r1_chk

Determine if any system library file has an extended ACL. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26108r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL(s) from the system library file(s).

b
NIS/NIS+/yp command files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22318 - SV-25965r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001361
Vuln IDs
  • V-22318
Rule IDs
  • SV-25965r1_rule
NIS/NIS+/yp files are part of the system's identification and authentication processes and are, therefore, critical to system security. ACLs on these files could result in unauthorized modification, which could compromise these processes and the system. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29114r1_chk

Determine if any NIS/NIS+/yp command files have an extended ACL. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26117r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the NS/NIS+/yp command file(s).

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22319 - SV-26395r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001362
Vuln IDs
  • V-22319
Rule IDs
  • SV-26395r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions, such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27484r1_chk

Verify the /etc/resolv.conf file is owned by root. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/resolv.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23586r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/resolv.conf file to root. # chown root /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22320 - SV-26396r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001363
Vuln IDs
  • V-22320
Rule IDs
  • SV-26396r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions, such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27485r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the resolv.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/resolv.conf If the file is not group owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23587r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/resolv.conf file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22321 - SV-26397r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001364
Vuln IDs
  • V-22321
Rule IDs
  • SV-26397r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions, such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27486r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/resolv.conf file. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/resolv.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23588r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/resolv.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/resolv.conf

b
The /etc/resolv.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22322 - SV-25969r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001365
Vuln IDs
  • V-22322
Rule IDs
  • SV-25969r1_rule
The resolv.conf (or equivalent) file configures the system's DNS resolver. DNS is used to resolve host names to IP addresses. If DNS configuration is modified maliciously, host name resolution may fail or return incorrect information. DNS may be used by a variety of system security functions, such as time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27487r1_chk

Verify /etc/resolv.conf has no extended ACL. # ls -l /etc/resolv.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26118r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from /etc/resolv.conf file.

b
The /etc/hosts file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22323 - SV-26410r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001366
Vuln IDs
  • V-22323
Rule IDs
  • SV-26410r2_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System Administrator
Checks: C-27492r2_chk

Verify the /etc/hosts file is owned by root. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23597r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/hosts file to root. # chown root /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22324 - SV-26411r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001367
Vuln IDs
  • V-22324
Rule IDs
  • SV-26411r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27493r1_chk

Check the /etc/hosts file's group ownership. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23598r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/hosts file to root, sys, bin, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22325 - SV-26412r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001368
Vuln IDs
  • V-22325
Rule IDs
  • SV-26412r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27494r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/hosts file. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/hosts If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23599r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/hosts file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/hosts

b
The /etc/hosts file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22326 - SV-25973r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001369
Vuln IDs
  • V-22326
Rule IDs
  • SV-25973r1_rule
The /etc/hosts file (or equivalent) configures local host name to IP address mappings that typically take precedence over DNS resolution. If this file is maliciously modified, it could cause the failure or compromise of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27495r2_chk

Verify /etc/hosts has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/hosts If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26119r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/hosts file.

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22327 - SV-26417r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001371
Vuln IDs
  • V-22327
Rule IDs
  • SV-26417r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27496r1_chk

Verify the /etc/nsswitch.conf file is owned by root. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23604r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to root. # chown root /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22328 - SV-26418r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001372
Vuln IDs
  • V-22328
Rule IDs
  • SV-26418r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27497r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the nsswitch.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23605r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22329 - SV-26419r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001373
Vuln IDs
  • V-22329
Rule IDs
  • SV-26419r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27498r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/nsswitch.conf If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23606r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/nsswitch.conf file to 0644 or less permissive. Procedure: # chmod 0644 /etc/nsswitch.conf

b
The /etc/nsswitch.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22330 - SV-25977r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001374
Vuln IDs
  • V-22330
Rule IDs
  • SV-25977r1_rule
The nsswitch.conf file (or equivalent) configures the source of a variety of system security information including account, group, and host lookups. Malicious changes could prevent the system from functioning or compromise system security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27499r1_chk

Verify /etc/nsswitch.conf has no extended ACL. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/nsswitch.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26120r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/nsswitch.conf file.

a
For systems using DNS resolution, at least two name servers must be configured.
SC-22 - Low - CCI-001182 - V-22331 - SV-26424r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-22
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001182
Version
GEN001375
Vuln IDs
  • V-22331
Rule IDs
  • SV-26424r1_rule
To provide availability for name resolution services, multiple redundant name servers are mandated. A failure in name resolution could lead to the failure of security functions requiring name resolution, which may include time synchronization, centralized authentication, and remote system logging.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27500r1_chk

Determine if DNS is enabled on the system. # grep dns /etc/nsswitch.conf If no line is returned, or any returned line is commented out, the system does not use DNS, and this is not applicable. Determine the name servers used by the system. # grep nameserver /etc/resolv.conf If less than two lines are returned that are not commented out, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23611r1_fix

Edit /etc/resolv.conf and add additional nameserver lines until at least two are present.

b
The /etc/passwd file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22332 - SV-26425r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001378
Vuln IDs
  • V-22332
Rule IDs
  • SV-26425r1_rule
The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27501r1_chk

Verify the /etc/passwd file is owned by root. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/passwd If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23612r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/passwd file to root. # chown root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22333 - SV-26426r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001379
Vuln IDs
  • V-22333
Rule IDs
  • SV-26426r1_rule
The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27502r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the passwd file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/passwd If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23613r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/passwd file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/passwd

b
The /etc/passwd file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22334 - SV-25981r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22334
Rule IDs
  • SV-25981r1_rule
File system ACLs can provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. The /etc/passwd file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27503r1_chk

Verify /etc/passwd has no extended ACL. # ls -l /etc/passwd If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26121r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/passwd file.

b
The /etc/group file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22335 - SV-26431r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001391
Vuln IDs
  • V-22335
Rule IDs
  • SV-26431r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be owned by a privileged user. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27507r1_chk

Verify the /etc/group file is owned by root. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/group If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23621r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/group file to root. # chown root /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22336 - SV-26432r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001392
Vuln IDs
  • V-22336
Rule IDs
  • SV-26432r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27508r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the /etc/group file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/group If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23622r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/group file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22337 - SV-26433r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001393
Vuln IDs
  • V-22337
Rule IDs
  • SV-26433r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27509r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/group file. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/group If the file mode is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23623r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/group file to 0644 or less permissive. # chmod 0644 /etc/group

b
The /etc/group file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22338 - SV-25985r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001394
Vuln IDs
  • V-22338
Rule IDs
  • SV-25985r1_rule
The /etc/group file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The group file contains a list of system groups and associated information.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27510r1_chk

Verify /etc/group has no extended ACL. # ls -l /etc/group If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26149r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/group file.

b
The /etc/shadow file (or equivalent) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22339 - SV-26437r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001410
Vuln IDs
  • V-22339
Rule IDs
  • SV-26437r1_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27511r1_chk

Check the ownership of the /etc/shadow file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23627r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/shadow file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/shadow

b
The /etc/shadow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22340 - SV-25987r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22340
Rule IDs
  • SV-25987r1_rule
The /etc/shadow file contains the list of local system accounts. It is vital to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The file also contains password hashes which must not be accessible to users other than root.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27512r1_chk

Verify /etc/shadow has no extended ACL. # ls -lL /etc/shadow If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding. If the /etc/shadow file does not exist and the system is in Trusted Mode, this is not a finding. Verify Trusted Mode: # ls -lLR /tcb/files/auth/&lt;a-z,A-Z&gt; The TCB file(s) should exist and should not have an extended ACL.

Fix: F-26193r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/shadow file.

b
The /etc/gshadow file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22341 - SV-26442r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX001431
Vuln IDs
  • V-22341
Rule IDs
  • SV-26442r1_rule
The /etc/gshadow file is critical to system security and must be owned by a privileged user. The /etc/gshadow file contains a list of system groups and hashes for group passwords.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27514r1_chk

Check that the /etc/gshadow file is owned by root. # ls -l /etc/gshadow If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23632r1_fix

Change the owner of the /etc/gshadow file to root. # chown root /etc/gshadow

b
The /etc/gshadow file must have mode 0400.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22343 - SV-26444r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN000000-LNX001433
Vuln IDs
  • V-22343
Rule IDs
  • SV-26444r1_rule
The /etc/gshadow file is critical to system security and must be protected from unauthorized modification. The /etc/gshadow file contains a list of system groups and hashes for group passwords.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27516r1_chk

Check the mode of the /etc/gshadow file. # ls -l /etc/gshadow If the file mode is more permissive than 0400, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23634r1_fix

Change the mode of the /etc/gshadow file to 0400 or less permissive. # chmod 0400 /etc/gshadow

b
The /etc/passwd file must not contain password hashes.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000201 - V-22347 - SV-26467r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000201
Version
GEN001470
Vuln IDs
  • V-22347
Rule IDs
  • SV-26467r1_rule
If password hashes are readable by non-administrators, the passwords are subject to attack through lookup tables or cryptographic weaknesses in the hashes.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27531r1_chk

Verify no password hashes are present in /etc/passwd. # cut -d : -f 2 /etc/passwd | grep -v '^x$' If any password hashes are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23657r1_fix

Migrate /etc/passwd password hashes to /etc/shadow. # pwconv

b
The /etc/group file must not contain any group password hashes.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22348 - SV-26447r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001475
Vuln IDs
  • V-22348
Rule IDs
  • SV-26447r1_rule
Group passwords are typically shared and should not be used. Additionally, if password hashes are readable by non-administrators, the passwords are subject to attack through lookup tables or cryptographic weaknesses in the hashes.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27519r1_chk

Check the /etc/group file for password hashes. Procedure: # cut -d : -f 2 /etc/group | egrep -v '^(x|!)$' If any password hashes are returned, this is a finding. If no password hashes are returned, there is no finding.

Fix: F-23639r1_fix

Edit /etc/group and change the password field to an exclamation point (!) to lock the group password.

b
The /etc/gshadow file must not contain any group password hashes.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22349 - SV-26448r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001476
Vuln IDs
  • V-22349
Rule IDs
  • SV-26448r1_rule
Group passwords are typically shared and should not be used.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27520r1_chk

Check the /etc/gshadow file for password hashes. # cut -d : -f 2 /etc/gshadow | egrep -v '^(x|!|)$' If any password hashes are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23640r1_fix

Edit /etc/gshadow and change the password field to an exclamation point (!) to lock the group password.

a
User home directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22350 - SV-25997r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001490
Vuln IDs
  • V-22350
Rule IDs
  • SV-25997r1_rule
Excessive permissions on home directories allow unauthorized access to user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27521r1_chk

Verify user's home directories have no extended ACLs. # cut -d : -f 6 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 ls -ld If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26194r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the user home directory.

b
All files and directories contained in user's home directories must be group-owned by a group the home directory's owner is a member.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22351 - SV-26453r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001550
Vuln IDs
  • V-22351
Rule IDs
  • SV-26453r1_rule
If a user's files are group-owned by a group where the user is not a member, unintended users may be able to access them.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-40624r1_chk

Check the contents of user home directories for files group-owned by a group of which the home directory's owner is not a member. 1. List the user accounts. # cut -d : -f 1/etc/passwd 2. For each user account, get a list of GIDs for files in the user's home directory. # find &lt; users home directory &gt; -exec ls -lLd 3. Obtain the list of GIDs associated with the user's account. # id &lt; user name &gt; 4. Check the GID lists. If there are GIDs in the file list not present in the user list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23645r1_fix

Change the group of a file not group-owned by a group where the home directory's owner is a member. # chgrp [user's primary group] [file with bad group ownership]

b
All files and directories contained in user home directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22352 - SV-25999r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22352
Rule IDs
  • SV-25999r1_rule
Excessive permissions allow unauthorized access to user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27523r1_chk

Check the contents of user's home directories for files with extended ACLs. # cut -d : -f 6 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 -IDIR ls -alLR DIR If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26195r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL(s) from the files and directories in user home directories.

b
All run control scripts must have no extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22353 - SV-26000r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22353
Rule IDs
  • SV-26000r1_rule
If the startup files are writable by other users, the startup files could be modified to insert malicious commands.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27524r1_chk

Verify run control scripts have no extended ACLs. # ls -lL /etc/rc* /etc/init.d If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26196r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the run control script(s).

b
Run control scripts' library search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22354 - SV-26001r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001605
Vuln IDs
  • V-22354
Rule IDs
  • SV-26001r1_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29183r1_chk

Verify run control scripts' library search paths. The variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26197r1_fix

Edit run control scripts' library search path variables. Remove empty entries or entries that are not absolute paths.

b
Run control scripts' lists of preloaded libraries must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22355 - SV-26002r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22355
Rule IDs
  • SV-26002r1_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries relative to the current working directory, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29184r1_chk

Check that run control scripts' library preload list. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26198r1_fix

Edit the run control scripts' library preload list and remove relative paths.

b
All global initialization files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22356 - SV-26003r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22356
Rule IDs
  • SV-26003r1_rule
Global initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27536r1_chk

Check global initialization files for extended ACLs. # ls -lL /etc/profile /etc/bashrc /etc/csh.login /etc/csh.cshrc /etc/environment /etc/.login /etc/security/environ If the permissions on an existing file include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26199r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the global initialization file(s).

b
Skeleton files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22357 - SV-26004r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22357
Rule IDs
  • SV-26004r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27537r1_chk

Check skeleton files for extended ACLs. # ls -alL /etc/skel If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26200r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the skeleton file(s).

b
All skeleton files (typically in /etc/skel) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, system, or other.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22358 - SV-26477r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001830
Vuln IDs
  • V-22358
Rule IDs
  • SV-26477r1_rule
If the skeleton files are not protected, unauthorized personnel could change user startup parameters and possibly jeopardize user files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27539r1_chk

Verify the skeleton files are group-owned by root. Procedure: # ls -alL /etc/skel If a skeleton file is not group-owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23706r1_fix

Change the group owner of the skeleton file to root, bin, sys, system, or other. Procedure: # chgrp <group> /etc/skel/[skeleton file]

b
Global initialization files' library search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22359 - SV-26006r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001845
Vuln IDs
  • V-22359
Rule IDs
  • SV-26006r1_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29185r1_chk

Check the global initialization files' library search paths. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26201r1_fix

Edit the global initialization file(s) and remove relative entries from the library search path variables.

b
Global initialization files' lists of preloaded libraries must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22360 - SV-26007r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001850
Vuln IDs
  • V-22360
Rule IDs
  • SV-26007r1_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries relative to the current working directory, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29186r1_chk

Check the global initialization files' library preload list. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26202r1_fix

Edit the global initialization file(s) and remove the relative path entry from the library preload list variable.

b
Local initialization files must be group-owned by the user's primary group or root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22361 - SV-26481r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001870
Vuln IDs
  • V-22361
Rule IDs
  • SV-26481r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27543r1_chk

Check user home directories for local initialization files group-owned by a group other than the user's primary group or root. 1. List user accounts and their primary GID. # cut -d : -f 1,4 /etc/passwd 2. Check local initialization files for each user. # ls -alL ~USER/.login ~USER/.cshrc ~USER/.logout ~USER/.profile ~USER/.bash_profile ~USER/.bashrc ~USER/.bash_logout ~USER/.env ~USER/.dtprofile ~USER/.dispatch ~USER/.emacs ~USER/.exrc 3. If any file is not group-owned by root or the user's primary GID, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23709r1_fix

Change the group owner of the local initialization file to the user's primary group, or root. # chgrp [USER's primary GID] ~USER/[local initialization file]

b
Local initialization files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22362 - SV-26009r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN001890
Vuln IDs
  • V-22362
Rule IDs
  • SV-26009r1_rule
Local initialization files are used to configure the user's shell environment upon login. Malicious modification of these files could compromise accounts upon logon.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27544r1_chk

Check user home directories for local initialization files with extended ACLs. # cut -d : -f 6 /etc/passwd | xargs -n1 -IDIR ls -alL DIR/.login DIR/.cshrc DIR/.logout DIR/.profile DIR/.bash_profile DIR/.bashrc DIR/.bash_logout DIR/.env DIR/.dtprofile DIR/.dispatch DIR/.emacs DIR/.exrc If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26203r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the local initialization file(s).

b
Local initialization files' library search paths must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22363 - SV-26010r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001901
Vuln IDs
  • V-22363
Rule IDs
  • SV-26010r1_rule
The library search path environment variable(s) contain a list of directories for the dynamic linker to search to find libraries. If this path includes the current working directory or other relative paths, libraries in these directories may be loaded instead of system libraries. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is interpreted as the current working directory. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29187r1_chk

Verify local initialization files have library search paths containing only absolute paths. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of directories. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26204r1_fix

Edit the local initialization file(s) and remove the relative path entry from the library search path.

b
Local initialization files' lists of preloaded libraries must contain only absolute paths.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22364 - SV-26011r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN001902
Vuln IDs
  • V-22364
Rule IDs
  • SV-26011r1_rule
The library preload list environment variable contains a list of libraries for the dynamic linker to load before loading the libraries required by the binary. If this list contains paths to libraries relative to the current working directory, unintended libraries may be preloaded. This variable is formatted as a space-separated list of libraries. Paths starting with a slash (/) are absolute paths.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29188r1_chk

Verify local initialization files have library preload list containing only absolute paths. This variable is formatted as a colon-separated list of paths. If there is an empty entry, such as a leading or trailing colon, or two consecutive colons, this is a finding. If an entry begins with a character other than a slash (/), this is a relative path, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-23715r1_fix

Edit the local initialization file and remove the relative path entry from the library preload variable.

b
All shell files must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22365 - SV-26489r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22365
Rule IDs
  • SV-26489r1_rule
If shell files are group-owned by users other than root or a system group, they could be modified by intruders or malicious users to perform unauthorized actions.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27548r1_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the group ownership of each shell referenced. Procedure: # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. Procedure: # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If a shell is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23718r1_fix

Change the group-owner of the shell to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root <shell>

b
All shell files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22366 - SV-26013r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002230
Vuln IDs
  • V-22366
Rule IDs
  • SV-26013r1_rule
Shells with world/group-write permissions give the ability to maliciously modify the shell to obtain unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27549r1_chk

If /etc/shells exists, check the permissions of each shell referenced. # cat /etc/shells | xargs -n1 ls -lL Otherwise, check any shells found on the system. # find / -name "*sh" | xargs -n1 ls -lL If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26219r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the shell file(s).

b
Audio devices must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22367 - SV-26014r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002330
Vuln IDs
  • V-22367
Rule IDs
  • SV-26014r1_rule
File system ACLs can provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29198r1_chk

Determine the audio device files for the system. # ls -l &lt;audio device file&gt; If the permissions include a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26220r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the audio device file(s).

b
Removable media, remote file systems, and any file system that does not contain approved device files must be mounted with the "nodev" option.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22368 - SV-26015r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN002430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22368
Rule IDs
  • SV-26015r1_rule
The "nodev" (or equivalent) mount option causes the system to not handle device files as system devices. This option must be used for mounting any file system that does not contain approved device files. Device files can provide direct access to system hardware and can compromise security if not protected.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29199r1_chk

If the system does not support a "nodev" option, this is not applicable. Check /etc/fstab (or equivalent) and verify the "nodev" mount option (or equivalent) is used on any file systems mounted from removable media or network shares, or file systems that do not contain any approved device files. If any such file system is not using the "nodev" option, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26221r1_fix

Edit /etc/fstab (or equivalent) and add the "nodev" mount option (or equivalent) to all entries for remote or removable media file systems, and file systems that contain no approved device files.

b
All system audit files must not have extended ACLs.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000163 - V-22369 - SV-26016r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000163
Version
GEN002710
Vuln IDs
  • V-22369
Rule IDs
  • SV-26016r1_rule
If a user can write to the audit logs, then audit trails can be modified or destroyed and system intrusion may not be detected.System AdministratorECTP-1
Checks: C-29200r1_chk

Determine if system audit files have an extended ACL. If any do, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26222r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the system audit file(s).

a
System audit tool executables must be owned by root.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22370 - SV-26017r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002715
Vuln IDs
  • V-22370
Rule IDs
  • SV-26017r1_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29201r1_chk

Determine if the system audit tool executables are owned by root. If any are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26223r1_fix

Change the owner of the system audit tool executables to root.

a
System audit tool executables must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22371 - SV-26018r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002716
Vuln IDs
  • V-22371
Rule IDs
  • SV-26018r1_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29202r1_chk

Determine the group ownership of system audit tool executables. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;audit tool executable&gt; If any system audit tool executable is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26224r1_fix

Change the group owner of system audit tool executables to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp system < system audit tool executable>

a
System audit tool executables must have mode 0750 or less permissive.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22372 - SV-26019r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002717
Vuln IDs
  • V-22372
Rule IDs
  • SV-26019r1_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29204r1_chk

Determine if system audit tool executables have a mode more permissive than 0750. If any do, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26225r1_fix

Change the mode of system audit tool executables to 0750.

a
System audit tool executables must not have extended ACLs.
AU-9 - Low - CCI-001493 - V-22373 - SV-26020r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001493
Version
GEN002718
Vuln IDs
  • V-22373
Rule IDs
  • SV-26020r1_rule
To prevent unauthorized access or manipulation of system audit logs, the tools for manipulating those logs must be protected.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29205r1_chk

Determine if system audit tool executables have extended ACLs. If any do, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26226r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the system audit tool executable(s).

a
The audit system must alert the SA in the event of an audit processing failure.
AU-5 - Low - CCI-000139 - V-22374 - SV-26021r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000139
Version
GEN002719
Vuln IDs
  • V-22374
Rule IDs
  • SV-26021r1_rule
An accurate and current audit trail is essential for maintaining a record of system activity. If the system fails, the SA must be notified and must take prompt action to correct the problem. Minimally, the system must log this event and the SA will receive this notification during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as email or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures. System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29207r1_chk

Determine if the audit system is configured to alert the SA in the event of an audit processing failure. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26227r1_fix

Configure the audit system to alert the SA in the event of an audit processing failure.

b
The audit system must alert the SA when the audit storage volume approaches its capacity.
AU-5 - Medium - CCI-000143 - V-22375 - SV-26022r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000143
Version
GEN002730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22375
Rule IDs
  • SV-26022r1_rule
An accurate and current audit trail is essential for maintaining a record of system activity. If the system fails, the SA must be notified and must take prompt action to correct the problem. Minimally, the system must log this event and the SA will receive this notification during the daily system log review. If feasible, active alerting (such as email or paging) should be employed consistent with the site’s established operations management systems and procedures.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29208r1_chk

Determine if the audit system is configured to alert the SA when the audit storage volume approaches capacity. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26228r1_fix

Configure the audit system to alert the SA when the audit storage volume approaches capacity.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account creation.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-000018 - V-22376 - SV-26023r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000018
Version
GEN002750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22376
Rule IDs
  • SV-26023r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises, and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29209r1_chk

Determine if the audit system is configured to audit account creation. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26229r1_fix

Configure the audit system to audit account creation.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account modification.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001403 - V-22377 - SV-26024r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001403
Version
GEN002751
Vuln IDs
  • V-22377
Rule IDs
  • SV-26024r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29210r1_chk

Determine if the audit system is configured to audit account modification. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26230r1_fix

Configure the system to audit account modification.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account disabling.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001404 - V-22378 - SV-26025r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001404
Version
GEN002752
Vuln IDs
  • V-22378
Rule IDs
  • SV-26025r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29211r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to audit account disabling. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26231r1_fix

Configure the system to audit account disabling.

a
The audit system must be configured to audit account termination.
AC-2 - Low - CCI-001405 - V-22382 - SV-26029r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001405
Version
GEN002753
Vuln IDs
  • V-22382
Rule IDs
  • SV-26029r1_rule
If the system is not configured to audit certain activities and write them to an audit log, it is more difficult to detect and track system compromises and damages incurred during a system compromise.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29212r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to audit account termination. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26232r1_fix

Configure the system to audit account termination.

b
The audit system must be configured to audit the loading and unloading of dynamic kernel modules.
AU-2 - Medium - CCI-000126 - V-22383 - SV-26030r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN002825
Vuln IDs
  • V-22383
Rule IDs
  • SV-26030r1_rule
Actions concerning dynamic kernel modules must be recorded as they are substantial events. Dynamic kernel modules can increase the attack surface of a system. A malicious kernel module can be used to substantially alter the functioning of a system, often with the purpose of hiding a compromise from the SA.System AdministratorECAR-1
Checks: C-29213r1_chk

If the system does not support dynamic kernel modules, this is not applicable. Determine if the system is configured to audit the loading and unloading of dynamic kernel modules. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26233r1_fix

Configure the system to audit the loading and unloading of dynamic kernel modules.

b
The cron.allow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22384 - SV-26034r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN002990
Vuln IDs
  • V-22384
Rule IDs
  • SV-26034r1_rule
A cron.allow file that is readable and/or writable by other than root could allow potential intruders and malicious users to use the file contents to help discern information, such as who is allowed to execute cron programs, which could be harmful to overall system and network security.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27579r1_chk

Check the permissions of the cron.allow file. # ls -l /etc/cron.allow If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26234r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the cron.allow file.

b
Crontab files must be group-owned by root, cron, or the crontab creator's primary group.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22385 - SV-26531r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003050
Vuln IDs
  • V-22385
Rule IDs
  • SV-26531r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27581r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the crontab files. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs/ If the group owner is not root, cron, or the crontab owner's primary group, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23772r1_fix

Change the group owner of the crontab file to root, cron, or the crontab's primary group. Procedure: # chgrp root [crontab file]

b
Crontab files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22386 - SV-26036r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003090
Vuln IDs
  • V-22386
Rule IDs
  • SV-26036r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. ACLs on crontab files may provide unauthorized access to the files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27583r1_chk

Check the permissions of the crontab files. # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/crontabs/ If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26238r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the crontab file(s).

b
Cron and crontab directories must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22387 - SV-26037r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003110
Vuln IDs
  • V-22387
Rule IDs
  • SV-26037r1_rule
To protect the integrity of scheduled system jobs and to prevent malicious modification to these jobs, crontab files must be secured. ACLs on cron and crontab directories may provide unauthorized access to these directories. Unauthorized modifications to these directories or their contents may result in the addition of unauthorized cron jobs or deny service to authorized cron jobs. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27585r1_chk

Check the permissions of the crontab directories. # ls -ld /var/spool/cron/crontabs/ If the permissions include a "+", the directory has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26239r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the crontab directories.

b
The cron log files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22388 - SV-26038r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22388
Rule IDs
  • SV-26038r1_rule
Cron logs contain reports of scheduled system activities and must be protected from unauthorized access or manipulation.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-29219r1_chk

Determine if the cron log file has an extended ACL. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26240r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the cron log file.

b
The cron.deny file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22389 - SV-26039r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22389
Rule IDs
  • SV-26039r1_rule
If there are excessive file permissions for the cron.deny file, sensitive information could be viewed or edited by unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29220r1_chk

Determine if the cron.deny file has an extended ACL. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26241r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the cron.deny file.

b
The at.allow file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22390 - SV-26041r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003245
Vuln IDs
  • V-22390
Rule IDs
  • SV-26041r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Unauthorized modification of the at.allow file could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" users and the granting of the ability to run "at" jobs to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29221r1_chk

Determine if the at.allow file has an extended ACL. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26242r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the at.allow file.

b
The cron.allow file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22391 - SV-26042r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003250
Vuln IDs
  • V-22391
Rule IDs
  • SV-26042r1_rule
If the group of the cron.allow is not set to root, bin, sys, or cron, the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or edit the list of users permitted to use cron. Unauthorized modification of this file could cause Denial-of-Service to authorized cron users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run cron jobs. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29223r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the cron.allow file. Procedure: # ls -lL cron.allow If the group owner is not root, bin, sys, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26244r1_fix

Change the group owner of the cron.allow file to root, bin, sys, or cron. Procedure: # chgrp root cron.allow

b
The at.deny file must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22392 - SV-26043r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003252
Vuln IDs
  • V-22392
Rule IDs
  • SV-26043r1_rule
The "at" daemon control files restrict access to scheduled job manipulation and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the at.deny file could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29226r1_chk

Determine the mode of the at.deny file. # ls -lL at.deny If the mode of the at.deny file is more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26247r1_fix

Change the mode of the at.deny file to 0600. # chmod 0600 at.deny

b
The at.deny file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22393 - SV-26044r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003255
Vuln IDs
  • V-22393
Rule IDs
  • SV-26044r1_rule
The "at" daemon control files restrict access to scheduled job manipulation and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the at.deny file could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29228r1_chk

Determine if the at.deny file has an extended ACL. # ls -l at.deny If the file's permissions contain a '+', the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26249r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the at.deny file.

b
The cron.deny file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22394 - SV-26046r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22394
Rule IDs
  • SV-26046r1_rule
Cron daemon control files restrict the scheduling of automated tasks and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of the cron.deny file could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized cron users or could provide unauthorized users with the ability to run cron jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29229r1_chk

Determine the cron.deny file's group owner. Procedure: # ls -lL cron.deny If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26250r1_fix

Change the group owner of the cron.deny file to root, sys, bin, or cron. Procedure: # chown root /var/adm/cron/cron.deny

b
The "at" directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22395 - SV-26047r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003410
Vuln IDs
  • V-22395
Rule IDs
  • SV-26047r1_rule
If the "at" directory has an extended ACL, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or to edit files containing sensitive information within the "at" directory. Unauthorized modifications could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" jobs. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27614r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lLd /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26251r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the "at" directory.

b
The "at" directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22396 - SV-26568r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22396
Rule IDs
  • SV-26568r1_rule
If the group of the "at" directory is not root, bin, sys, or cron, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit files containing sensitive information within the directory.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27615r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. Procedure: # ls -lL /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23814r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the file to root, bin, sys, or cron. Procedure: # chgrp root /var/spool/cron/atjobs /var/spool/atjobs

b
The at.allow file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22397 - SV-26050r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003470
Vuln IDs
  • V-22397
Rule IDs
  • SV-26050r1_rule
If the group owner of the at.allow file is not set to root, bin, sys, or cron, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit the list of users permitted to run "at" jobs. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29230r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the at.allow file. Procedure: # ls -lL at.allow If the group owner is not root, bin, sys, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26252r1_fix

Change the group owner of the at.allow file to root, sys, bin, or cron. Procedure: # chgrp root at.allow

b
The at.deny file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or cron.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22398 - SV-26051r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003490
Vuln IDs
  • V-22398
Rule IDs
  • SV-26051r1_rule
If the group owner of the at.deny file is not set to root, bin, sys, or cron, unauthorized users could be allowed to view or edit sensitive information contained within the file. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized "at" users or provide unauthorized users with the ability to run "at" jobs.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29231r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the at.deny file. Procedure: # ls -lL at.deny If the group-owner is not root, bin, sys, or cron, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26253r1_fix

Change the group owner of the at.deny file to root, bin, sys, or cron. Procedure: # chgrp root at.deny

a
The system must be configured to store any process core dumps in a specific, centralized directory.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22399 - SV-26052r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003501
Vuln IDs
  • V-22399
Rule IDs
  • SV-26052r1_rule
Specifying a centralized location for core file creation allows for the centralized protection of core files. Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If process core dump creation is not configured to use a centralized directory, core dumps may be created in a directory that does not have appropriate ownership or permissions configured, which could result in unauthorized access to the core dumps.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29234r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to create process core dumps in a specific, centralized directory. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26255r1_fix

Configure the system to create process core dumps only in a specific, centralized location.

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22400 - SV-26054r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003502
Vuln IDs
  • V-22400
Rule IDs
  • SV-26054r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the centralized process core dump data directory is not owned by root, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29236r1_chk

Determine the owner of the centralized process core dump directory. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26257r1_fix

Change the owner of the centralized process core dump directory to root. # chown root <directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22401 - SV-26055r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003503
Vuln IDs
  • V-22401
Rule IDs
  • SV-26055r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the centralized process core dump data directory is not group-owned by a system group, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized accessSystem AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29237r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the centralized process core dump directory. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the group owner is not root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26258r1_fix

Change the group owner of the centralized process core dump data directory to root, bin, sys, or system. # chgrp root <directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22402 - SV-26056r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003504
Vuln IDs
  • V-22402
Rule IDs
  • SV-26056r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the process core dump data directory has a mode more permissive than 0700, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify sensitive information contained any process core dumps in the directory. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29239r1_chk

Determine the mode of the centralized process core dump data directory. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the mode is more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26259r1_fix

Change the mode of the centralized process core dump directory to 0700. Procedure: # chmod 0700 <directory>

a
The centralized process core dump data directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22403 - SV-26058r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003505
Vuln IDs
  • V-22403
Rule IDs
  • SV-26058r1_rule
Process core dumps contain the memory in use by the process when it crashed. Any data the process was handling may be contained in the core file, and it must be protected accordingly. If the process core dump data directory has an extended ACL, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify sensitive information contained any process core dumps in the directory. System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29240r1_chk

Determine if the centralized process core dump data directory has an extended ACL. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the permissions contain a '+', there is an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26260r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the centralized process core dump data directory.

b
Kernel core dumps must be disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22404 - SV-26059r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN003510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22404
Rule IDs
  • SV-26059r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. Kernel core dumps may consume a considerable amount of disk space and may result in Denial-of-Service by exhausting the available space on the target file system. The kernel core dump process may increase the amount of time a system is unavailable due to a crash. Kernel core dumps can be useful for kernel debugging. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29242r1_chk

Determine if kernel core dumps are enabled on the system. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26261r1_fix

Disable kernel core dumps on the system.

a
The kernel core dump data directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22405 - SV-26066r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003521
Vuln IDs
  • V-22405
Rule IDs
  • SV-26066r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the kernel core dump data directory is not group-owned by a system group, the core dumps contained in the directory may be subject to unauthorized access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29243r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the kernel core dump data directory. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the group owner is not root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26262r1_fix

Change the group owner of the kernel core dump data directory to root, bin, sys, or system. # chgrp root <directory>

a
The kernel core dump data directory must have mode 0700 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22406 - SV-26067r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003522
Vuln IDs
  • V-22406
Rule IDs
  • SV-26067r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If the mode of the kernel core dump data directory is more permissive than 0700, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify kernel core dump data files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29244r1_chk

Determine the mode of the kernel core dump data directory. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the mode is more permissive than 0700, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26263r1_fix

Change the mode of the kernel core dump data directory to 0700. # chmod 0700 <directory>

a
The kernel core dump data directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22407 - SV-26068r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003523
Vuln IDs
  • V-22407
Rule IDs
  • SV-26068r1_rule
Kernel core dumps may contain the full contents of system memory at the time of the crash. As the system memory may contain sensitive information, it must be protected accordingly. If there is an extended ACL for the kernel core dump data directory, unauthorized users may be able to view or to modify kernel core dump data files.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29245r1_chk

Determine if the kernel core dump data directory has an extended ACL. # ls -lLd &lt;directory&gt; If the permissions contain a '+', the directory has an extended ACL, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26264r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the kernel core dump data directory.

b
Network interfaces must not be configured to allow user control.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22408 - SV-26069r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003581
Vuln IDs
  • V-22408
Rule IDs
  • SV-26069r1_rule
Configuration of network interfaces should be limited to privileged users. Manipulation of network interfaces may result in a Denial-of-Service or bypass of network security mechanisms.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29246r1_chk

Determine if any network interfaces on the system are configured to allow user control. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26265r1_fix

Configure network interfaces to not allow user control.

a
The system must not process ICMP timestamp requests.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-001551 - V-22409 - SV-26071r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003602
Vuln IDs
  • V-22409
Rule IDs
  • SV-26071r1_rule
The processing of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) timestamp requests increases the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29247r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to respond to ICMP Timestamp requests. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26266r1_fix

Configure the system to ignore ICMP Timestamp requests.

b
The system must not respond to ICMPv4 echoes sent to a broadcast address.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22410 - SV-26073r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003603
Vuln IDs
  • V-22410
Rule IDs
  • SV-26073r1_rule
Responding to broadcast Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) echoes facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29248r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to respond to ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs sent to broadcast addresses. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26267r1_fix

Configure the system to ignore ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs sent to broadcast addresses.

b
The system must not respond to ICMP timestamp requests sent to a broadcast address.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22411 - SV-26074r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003604
Vuln IDs
  • V-22411
Rule IDs
  • SV-26074r1_rule
The processing of Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) timestamp requests increases the attack surface of the system. Responding to broadcast ICMP timestamp requests facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29249r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to respond to ICMP Timestamp requests sent to broadcast addresses. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26268r1_fix

Configure the system to ignore ICMP Timestamp requests sent to broadcast addresses.

b
The system must not apply reversed source routing to TCP responses.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22412 - SV-26075r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003605
Vuln IDs
  • V-22412
Rule IDs
  • SV-26075r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest that routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29250r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to apply reverse source routing to TCP responses to source-routed packets. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26269r1_fix

Configure the system to not apply reverse source routing to TCP responses to source-routed packets.

b
The system must prevent local applications from generating source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22413 - SV-26076r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003606
Vuln IDs
  • V-22413
Rule IDs
  • SV-26076r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29251r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to prevent local applications from generating source-routed packets. If this is not prevented, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26270r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent local applications from generating source-routed packets.

b
The system must not accept source-routed IPv4 packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22414 - SV-26077r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003607
Vuln IDs
  • V-22414
Rule IDs
  • SV-26077r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the handling of source-routed traffic destined to the system itself, not to traffic forwarded by the system to another, such as when IPv4 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29252r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to accept source-routed IPv4 packets. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26271r1_fix

Configure the system to not accept source-routed IPv4 packets.

b
Proxy ARP must not be enabled on the system.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22415 - SV-26079r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003608
Vuln IDs
  • V-22415
Rule IDs
  • SV-26079r1_rule
Proxy ARP allows a system to respond to ARP requests on one interface on behalf of hosts connected to another interface. If this function is enabled when not required, addressing information may be leaked between the attached network segments.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30043r1_chk

Determine if the system has proxy ARP enabled. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26877r1_fix

Disable proxy ARP on the system.

b
The system must ignore IPv4 ICMP redirect messages.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-001503 - V-22416 - SV-26080r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001503
Version
GEN003609
Vuln IDs
  • V-22416
Rule IDs
  • SV-26080r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29255r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to ignore IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26274r1_fix

Configure the system to ignore IPv4 ICMP redirect messages.

b
The system must not send IPv4 ICMP redirects.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22417 - SV-26081r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN003610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22417
Rule IDs
  • SV-26081r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table that could reveal portions of the network topology.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29256r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to send IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. Consult vendor documentation to determine if the system originates IPv4 ICMP redirect messages and if a specific configuration setting is present and configured correctly. If no configuration is available, determine if the local firewall is configured to block IPv4 ICMP redirects originating from the system. If the system originates IPv4 ICMP redirect messages, and is not prevented from sending them through configuration or local firewall settings, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26275r1_fix

Configure the system to not send IPv4 ICMP redirect messages. Consult vendor documentation for the procedures for configuring the system configuration setting or adding a local firewall rule to prevent the sending of these messages.

a
The system must log martian packets.
AU-2 - Low - CCI-000126 - V-22418 - SV-26082r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000126
Version
GEN003611
Vuln IDs
  • V-22418
Rule IDs
  • SV-26082r1_rule
Martian packets are packets containing addresses known by the system to be invalid. Logging these messages allows the SA to identify misconfigurations or attacks in progress.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-30376r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to log martian packets. Consult the vendor documentation to determine if a specific configuration setting is available for this function. If such a setting is available, and is not enabled, this is a finding. If no specific configuration is available for the system, check the system's local firewall configuration to determine if there are rules to log inbound traffic containing invalid source addresses, which minimally includes the system's own addresses and broadcast addresses for attached subnets. If no such rules exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27157r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation to determine if a configuration setting exists to enable the logging of martian packets. If so, enable this function. If no such function exists, configure the system's local firewall with rules to log inbound traffic containing invalid source addresses, which minimally includes the system's own addresses and broadcast addresses for attached subnets.

b
The system must use a reverse-path filter for IPv4 network traffic when possible.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-000027 - V-22420 - SV-26084r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000027
Version
GEN003613
Vuln IDs
  • V-22420
Rule IDs
  • SV-26084r1_rule
Reverse-path filtering provides protection against spoofed source addresses by causing the system to discard packets that have source addresses for which the system has no route or if the route does not point towards the interface on which the packet arrived. Reverse-path filtering should be used whenever possible. Depending on the role of the system, reverse-path filtering may cause legitimate traffic to be discarded and, therefore, should be used in a more permissive mode or not at all. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29257r1_chk

If the system is in an environment that does not allow the proper operation of reverse-path filtering, such as with asymmetric routing, this requirement is not applicable. Consult vendor documentation to determine if a specific configuration setting exists to enable reverse-path filtering. If this feature exists and is not enabled, this is a finding. If no specific feature is available, examine the system's local firewall configuration to determine if traffic with source addresses expected on one interface (including loopback interfaces) is blocked when received on another interface. If no such filtering is configured, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26276r1_fix

If the system has a reverse-path filter capability, enable this feature in accordance with vendor documentation. If the system does not have this capability, add local firewall rules to block traffic with loopback network source addresses from being received on interfaces other than the loopback. Additionally, if the system is multihomed and the attached networks are isolated or perform symmetric routing, add rules to block traffic with source addresses expected on one interface when received on another interface. For example, consider a system with two network interfaces, one attached to an isolated management network with address 10.0.0.55/24 and the other attached to a production network with address 192.168.1.2/24 and a default route. Traffic with a source address on the 10.0.0.0/24 network must be the only traffic accepted on the management interface and must not be accepted on the production interface.

a
All local file systems must employ journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency.
CP-10 - Low - CCI-000553 - V-22422 - SV-26086r1_rule
RMF Control
CP-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000553
Version
GEN003650
Vuln IDs
  • V-22422
Rule IDs
  • SV-26086r1_rule
File system journaling, or logging, can allow reconstruction of file system data after a system crash, thus preserving the integrity of data that may have otherwise been lost. Journaling file systems typically do not require consistency checks upon booting after a crash, which can improve system availability. Some file systems employ other mechanisms to ensure consistency which also satisfy this requirement.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29259r1_chk

Determine if the local file systems employ journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency. If any do not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23880r1_fix

Convert local file systems to use journaling or another mechanism ensuring file system consistency.

b
The inetd.conf file, xinetd.conf file, and the xinetd.d directory must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22423 - SV-26650r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003730
Vuln IDs
  • V-22423
Rule IDs
  • SV-26650r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of sensitive files or utilities to system groups may provide unauthorized users with the potential to access sensitive information or change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27683r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the inetd and xinetd configuration files, and xinetd directory. Procedure: # ls -alL /etc/inetd.conf /etc/xinetd.conf /etc/xinetd.d If a file or directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23891r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the inetd configuration file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/inetd.conf

b
The inetd.conf and xinetd.conf files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22424 - SV-26088r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003745
Vuln IDs
  • V-22424
Rule IDs
  • SV-26088r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial-of-Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27688r1_chk

Check the permissions of the inetd configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/inetd.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26278r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the inetd.conf file.

b
The xinetd.d directory must have mode 0755 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22425 - SV-26089r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22425
Rule IDs
  • SV-26089r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial-of-Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30071r1_chk

Check the xinetd.conf file for any included directories. Procedure: # grep includedir /etc/xinetd.conf If xinetd.conf does not exist, or there are no includedir lines contained within it, this is not applicable. Check the mode of the included directories. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;directory&gt; If any of the included directories have a mode more permissive than 0755, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26900r1_fix

Change the mode of included xinetd configuration directories to 0755. Procedure: # chmod 0755 <directory>

b
The xinetd.d directory must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22426 - SV-26090r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003755
Vuln IDs
  • V-22426
Rule IDs
  • SV-26090r1_rule
The Internet service daemon configuration files must be protected as malicious modification could cause Denial-of-Service or increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30072r1_chk

Check xinetd configuration directories for extended ACLs. Determine any xinetd configuration directories. Procedure: # grep includedir /etc/xinetd.conf If xinetd.conf does not exist, or no includedir lines are returned, this is not applicable. Check the xinetd configuration directories for extended ACLs. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;directory&gt; If any of these directories contain a "+" in the permissions field, the directory has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26901r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the xinetd configuration directories.

b
The services file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22427 - SV-26657r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003770
Vuln IDs
  • V-22427
Rule IDs
  • SV-26657r1_rule
Failure to give ownership of system configuration files to root or a system group provides the designated owner and unauthorized users with the potential to change the system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27692r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the services file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/services If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23899r1_fix

Change the group owner of the services file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/services

b
The services file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22428 - SV-26092r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003790
Vuln IDs
  • V-22428
Rule IDs
  • SV-26092r1_rule
The services file is critical to the proper operation of network services and must be protected from unauthorized modification. If the services file has an extended ACL, it may be possible for unauthorized users to modify the file. Unauthorized modification could result in the failure of network services.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27693r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/services file. # ls -lL /etc/services If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26279r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/services file.

b
The portmap or rpcbind service must not be running unless needed.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-22429 - SV-26093r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN003810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22429
Rule IDs
  • SV-26093r1_rule
The portmap and rpcbind services increase the attack surface of the system and should only be used when needed. The portmap or rpcbind services are used by a variety of services using Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs).System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29261r1_chk

If the portmap service is required for system operations, this is not a finding. Determine if the portmap service is running. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26280r1_fix

Disable the portmap service.

b
The portmap or rpcbind service must not be installed unless needed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22430 - SV-26094r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003815
Vuln IDs
  • V-22430
Rule IDs
  • SV-26094r1_rule
The portmap and rpcbind services increase the attack surface of the system and should only be used when needed. The portmap or rpcbind services are used by a variety of services using Remote Procedure Calls (RPCs).System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29262r1_chk

If the system needs the portmap service to operate, this is not applicable. Consult vendor documentation to determine the name and location of the portmap service. Determine if the portmap service is installed. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27395r1_fix

If the portmap or rpcbind service is part of a removable package, consult vendor documentation for the procedure to remove the package. If the service cannot be removed, prevent service activation by removing all permissions from the executable. Procedure: # chmod 0000 <path to daemon>

b
The rshd service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22431 - SV-26096r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003825
Vuln IDs
  • V-22431
Rule IDs
  • SV-26096r1_rule
The rshd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-29263r1_chk

Determine if the rshd service is installed. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26281r1_fix

Uninstall the rshd service from the system.

b
The rlogind service must not be running.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22432 - SV-26098r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN003830
Vuln IDs
  • V-22432
Rule IDs
  • SV-26098r1_rule
The rlogind process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-29264r1_chk

Determine if the rlogind service is running. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26282r1_fix

Disable the rlogind service.

b
The rlogind service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22433 - SV-26100r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003835
Vuln IDs
  • V-22433
Rule IDs
  • SV-26100r1_rule
The rlogind process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-29265r1_chk

Determine if the rlogind service is installed. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26283r1_fix

Uninstall the rlogind service from the system.

b
The rexecd service must not be installed.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-22434 - SV-26101r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN003845
Vuln IDs
  • V-22434
Rule IDs
  • SV-26101r1_rule
The rexecd process provides a typically unencrypted, host-authenticated remote access service. SSH should be used in place of this service.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29266r1_chk

Determine if the rexecd service is installed. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26284r1_fix

Uninstall the rexecd service from the system.

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22435 - SV-26675r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22435
Rule IDs
  • SV-26675r1_rule
Failure to give group ownership of the hosts.lpd file to root, bin, sys, or system provides the members of the owning group and possible unauthorized users, with the potential to modify the hosts.lpd file. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27703r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the /etc/hosts.lpd file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/hosts.lpd If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23914r1_fix

Change the group owner of the hosts.lpd file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/hosts.lpd

b
The hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22436 - SV-26103r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN003950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22436
Rule IDs
  • SV-26103r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the hosts.lpd (or equivalent) file may permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modifications could disrupt access to local printers from authorized remote hosts or permit unauthorized remote access to local printers.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27704r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/hosts.lpd file. # ls -lL /etc/hosts.lpd If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26285r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the hosts.lpd file.

b
The traceroute file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22437 - SV-26105r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004010
Vuln IDs
  • V-22437
Rule IDs
  • SV-26105r1_rule
If an extended ACL exists on the traceroute executable file, it may provide unauthorized users with access to the file. Malicious code could be inserted by an attacker and triggered whenever the traceroute command is executed by authorized users. Additionally, if an unauthorized user is granted executable permissions to the traceroute command, it could be used to gain information about the network topology behind the firewall. This information may allow an attacker to determine trusted routers and other network information that may lead to system and network compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27705r2_chk

Check the permissions of the /usr/sbin/traceroute file. # ls -lL /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26286r2_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the traceroute file. # chacl -z /usr/contrib/bin/traceroute

b
The aliases file must be group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22438 - SV-26684r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004370
Vuln IDs
  • V-22438
Rule IDs
  • SV-26684r1_rule
If the alias file is not group-owned by root or a system group, an unauthorized user may modify the file to add aliases to run malicious code or redirect email.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27706r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the /etc/mail/aliases file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the file is not group-owned by root, sys, bin, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23923r1_fix

Change the group owner of the /etc/mail/aliases file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/mail/aliases

b
The alias file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22439 - SV-26108r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22439
Rule IDs
  • SV-26108r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the aliases file may permit unauthorized modification. If the alias file is modified by an unauthorized user, they may modify the file to run malicious code or redirect email.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27707r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/mail/aliases file. # ls -lL /etc/mail/aliases If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26287r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the alias file.

b
Files executed through a mail aliases file must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22441 - SV-26110r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004430
Vuln IDs
  • V-22441
Rule IDs
  • SV-26110r1_rule
Excessive permissions on files executed through a mail alias file could result in modification by an unauthorized user, execution of malicious code, and/or system compromise.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27709r1_chk

Examine the contents of the /etc/mail/aliases file. For each file referenced, check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL [file referenced from aliases] If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26288r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the file(s) referenced from the aliases file.

b
The SMTP service log file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22442 - SV-26111r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22442
Rule IDs
  • SV-26111r1_rule
If the SMTP service log file has an extended ACL, unauthorized users may be allowed to access or to modify the log file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27710r1_chk

Examine /etc/syslog.conf and determine the log file(s) receiving logs for mail.crit, mail.debug, mail.*, or *.crit. Check the permissions on these log files. # ls -lL [log file] If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26289r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the SMTP service log file.

b
The ftpusers file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22444 - SV-26704r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004930
Vuln IDs
  • V-22444
Rule IDs
  • SV-26704r1_rule
If the ftpusers file is not group-owned by root or a system group, an unauthorized user may modify the file to allow unauthorized accounts to use FTP.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27711r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the ftpusers file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/ftpusers /etc/vsftpd.ftpusers /etc/vsftpd/ftpusers If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23945r1_fix

Change the group owner of the ftpusers file. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/ftpusers /etc/vsftpd.ftpusers /etc/vsftpd/ftpusers

b
The ftpusers file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22445 - SV-26114r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN004950
Vuln IDs
  • V-22445
Rule IDs
  • SV-26114r1_rule
Excessive permissions on the ftpusers file could permit unauthorized modification. Unauthorized modification could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized FTP users or permit unauthorized users to access the FTP service.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27712r1_chk

Check the permissions of the /etc/ftpusers file. # ls -lL /etc/ftpusers If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26290r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the ftpusers file.

b
The .Xauthority files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22446 - SV-26115r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005190
Vuln IDs
  • V-22446
Rule IDs
  • SV-26115r1_rule
.Xauthority files ensure the user is authorized to access the specific X Windows host. Extended ACLs may permit unauthorized modification of these files, which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized access or allow unauthorized access to be obtained.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27716r1_chk

Check the file permissions for the .Xauthority files. # ls -lL .Xauthority If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26291r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the .Xauthority file(s).

b
The SNMP service must use only SNMPv3 or its successors.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001435 - V-22447 - SV-26116r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001435
Version
GEN005305
Vuln IDs
  • V-22447
Rule IDs
  • SV-26116r1_rule
SNMP Versions 1 and 2 are not considered secure. Without the strong authentication and privacy that is provided by the SNMP Version 3 User-based Security Model (USM), an attacker or other unauthorized users may gain access to detailed system management information and use that information to launch attacks against the system.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-29267r1_chk

Determine if the system's SNMP service only uses SNMPv3 or its successors. Consult vendor documentation to determine if earlier versions of SNMP are supported and what configuration is necessary to enable or disable the protocols. If an earlier version of the protocol is used by the service, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26292r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for SNMP configuration procedures. Configure the system's SNMP service to only use SNMPv3 or its successors.

b
The SNMP service must require the use of a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithm as part of its authentication and integrity methods.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22448 - SV-26117r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN005306
Vuln IDs
  • V-22448
Rule IDs
  • SV-26117r1_rule
The SNMP service must use SHA-1 or a FIPS 140-2 approved successor for authentication and integrity.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29268r1_chk

Determine if the SNMP service uses a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithm as part of its authentication and integrity methods. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26293r1_fix

Configure the SNMP service to use a FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithm as part of its authentication and integrity methods.

b
The SNMP service must require the use of a FIPS 140-2 approved encryption algorithm for protecting the privacy of SNMP messages.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22449 - SV-26118r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN005307
Vuln IDs
  • V-22449
Rule IDs
  • SV-26118r1_rule
The SNMP service must use AES or a FIPS 140-2 approved successor algorithm for protecting the privacy of communications.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29269r1_chk

Determine if the SNMP service uses a FIPS 140-2 approved encryption algorithm for protecting the privacy of SNMP messages. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26294r1_fix

Configure the SNMP service to use a FIPS 140-2 approved encryption algorithm for protecting the privacy of SNMP messages.

b
Management Information Base (MIB) files must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22450 - SV-26119r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005350
Vuln IDs
  • V-22450
Rule IDs
  • SV-26119r1_rule
The ability to read the MIB file could impart special knowledge to an intruder or malicious user about the ability to extract compromising information about the system or network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27746r1_chk

Check the file permissions for the MIB files. # find / -name *.mib -print # ls -lL [mib file] If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26295r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the MIB file(s).

b
The snmpd.conf file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22451 - SV-26120r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005365
Vuln IDs
  • V-22451
Rule IDs
  • SV-26120r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification. If the file is not group-owned by a system group, it may be subject to access and modification from unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29270r1_chk

Determine the group owner of the snmpd.conf file (or equivalent). Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;snmpd.conf file&gt; If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26296r1_fix

Change the group owner of the snmpd.conf file (or equivalent). Procedure: # chgrp root <snmpd.conf>

b
The snmpd.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22452 - SV-26121r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005375
Vuln IDs
  • V-22452
Rule IDs
  • SV-26121r1_rule
The snmpd.conf file contains authenticators and must be protected from unauthorized access and modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29271r1_chk

Determine if the snmpd.conf file or equivalent has an extended ACL. Procedure: # ls -lL snmpd.conf If the permissions contain a "+", this file has an extended ACL, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26297r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the snmpd.conf file (or equivalent).

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must have mode 0640 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22453 - SV-26740r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005390
Vuln IDs
  • V-22453
Rule IDs
  • SV-26740r1_rule
Unauthorized users must not be allowed to access or modify the /etc/syslog.conf file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27755r1_chk

Check the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0640, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23989r1_fix

Change the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # chmod 0640 /etc/syslog.conf

b
The /etc/syslog.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22454 - SV-26123r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005395
Vuln IDs
  • V-22454
Rule IDs
  • SV-26123r1_rule
Unauthorized users must not be allowed to access or modify the /etc/syslog.conf file.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27756r1_chk

Check the permissions of the syslog configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/syslog.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26298r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the syslog.conf file.

b
The system must use a remote syslog server (log host).
AU-3 - Medium - CCI-000136 - V-22455 - SV-26745r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000136
Version
GEN005450
Vuln IDs
  • V-22455
Rule IDs
  • SV-26745r1_rule
A syslog server (log host) receives syslog messages from one or more systems. This data can be used as an authoritative log source in the event a system is compromised and its local logs are suspect.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-27757r1_chk

Check the syslog configuration file for remote syslog servers. # grep '@' /etc/syslog.conf | grep -v '^#' If no line is returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23994r1_fix

Edit the syslog configuration file and add an appropriate remote syslog server.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use the SSHv2 protocol.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001436 - V-22456 - SV-26749r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001436
Version
GEN005501
Vuln IDs
  • V-22456
Rule IDs
  • SV-26749r1_rule
SSHv1 is not a DoD-approved protocol and has many well-known vulnerability exploits. Exploits of the SSH client could provide access to the system with the privileges of the user running the client.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-27758r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed protocol versions. # grep -i protocol /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If the returned protocol configuration allows versions less than 2, this is a finding.

Fix: F-23999r1_fix

Edit the /etc/ssh/ssh_config file and add or edit a Protocol configuration line that does not allow versions less than 2.

b
The SSH daemon must only listen on management network addresses unless authorized for uses other than management.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000069 - V-22457 - SV-26750r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000069
Version
GEN005504
Vuln IDs
  • V-22457
Rule IDs
  • SV-26750r1_rule
The SSH daemon should only listen on network addresses designated for management traffic. If the system has multiple network interfaces and SSH listens on addresses not designated for management traffic, the SSH service could be subject to unauthorized access. If SSH is used for purposes other than management, such as providing an SFTP service, the list of approved listening addresses may be documented.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27759r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for listening network addresses. # grep -i Listen /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no configuration is returned, or if a returned Listen configuration contains addresses not designated for management traffic, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24000r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration to specify listening network addresses designated for management traffic.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22458 - SV-26751r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN005505
Vuln IDs
  • V-22458
Rule IDs
  • SV-26751r1_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers. SSHv2 ciphers meeting this requirement are 3DES and AES.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-27760r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed ciphers. # grep -i ciphers /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned ciphers list contains any cipher not starting with 3des or aes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24001r2_fix

Edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config and add or edit the "Ciphers" line. Only include ciphers that start with "3des" or "aes" and do not contain "cbc". For the list of available ciphers for the particular version of your software, consult the sshd_config manpage. Restart the SSH daemon.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to not use Cipher-Block Chaining (CBC) ciphers.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22459 - SV-26752r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005506
Vuln IDs
  • V-22459
Rule IDs
  • SV-26752r2_rule
The Cipher-Block Chaining (CBC) mode of encryption as implemented in the SSHv2 protocol is vulnerable to chosen plain text attacks and must not be used. System Administrator
Checks: C-27761r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed ciphers. # grep -i ciphers /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned ciphers list contains any cipher ending with cbc, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24001r2_fix

Edit /etc/ssh/sshd_config and add or edit the "Ciphers" line. Only include ciphers that start with "3des" or "aes" and do not contain "cbc". For the list of available ciphers for the particular version of your software, consult the sshd_config manpage. Restart the SSH daemon.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22460 - SV-26753r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN005507
Vuln IDs
  • V-22460
Rule IDs
  • SV-26753r2_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash functions.System Administrator
Checks: C-27762r2_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for allowed MACs. Procedure: # grep -i macs /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned MACs list contains any MAC that is not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24003r2_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and remove any MACs that are not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list. If necessary, add a MACs line.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-000068 - V-22461 - SV-26754r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000068
Version
GEN005510
Vuln IDs
  • V-22461
Rule IDs
  • SV-26754r1_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved ciphers. SSHv2 ciphers meeting this requirement are 3DES and AES.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-27763r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed ciphers. # grep -i ciphers /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, the returned ciphers list contains any cipher not starting with 3des or aes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24004r1_fix

Edit /etc/ssh/ssh_config and add or edit the "Ciphers" line. Only include ciphers that start with "3des" or "aes" and do not contain "cbc". For the list of available ciphers for the particular version of your software, consult the ssh_config manpage.

b
The SSH client must be configured to not use CBC-based ciphers.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22462 - SV-26755r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005511
Vuln IDs
  • V-22462
Rule IDs
  • SV-26755r1_rule
The Cipher-Block Chaining (CBC) mode of encryption as implemented in the SSHv2 protocol is vulnerable to chosen plain text attacks and must not be used. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27764r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed ciphers. # grep -i ciphers /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned ciphers list contains any cipher ending with cbc, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24004r1_fix

Edit /etc/ssh/ssh_config and add or edit the "Ciphers" line. Only include ciphers that start with "3des" or "aes" and do not contain "cbc". For the list of available ciphers for the particular version of your software, consult the ssh_config manpage.

b
The SSH client must be configured to only use Message Authentication Codes (MACs) employing FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash algorithms.
AC-17 - Medium - CCI-001453 - V-22463 - SV-26756r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-17
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001453
Version
GEN005512
Vuln IDs
  • V-22463
Rule IDs
  • SV-26756r2_rule
DoD information systems are required to use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hash functions.System Administrator
Checks: C-27765r2_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for allowed MACs. Procedure: # grep -i macs /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned MACs list contains any MAC that is not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24006r2_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and remove any MACs that are not hmac-sha1 or a better hmac algorithm that is on the FIPS 140-2 approved list. If necessary, add a MACs line.

a
The SSH daemon must be configured to not allow TCP connection forwarding.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000032 - V-22464 - SV-26757r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN005515
Vuln IDs
  • V-22464
Rule IDs
  • SV-26757r1_rule
SSH TCP connection forwarding provides a mechanism to establish TCP connections proxied by the SSH server. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.GEN005515If TCP connection forwarding is required the risk of unauthorized use of this feature can be mitigated by placing restrictions on which users are permitted to use it. For instance, OpenSSH provides conditional configuration blocks (using the Match keyword) used to limit TCP connection forwarding based on user, group, host, or address.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27766r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the TCP connection forwarding setting. # grep -i AllowTCPForwarding /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned setting has a value evaluating to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24007r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and change or add the AllowTCPForwarding setting to no.

a
The SSH client must be configured to not allow TCP forwarding.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000032 - V-22465 - SV-26758r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN005516
Vuln IDs
  • V-22465
Rule IDs
  • SV-26758r1_rule
SSH TCP connection forwarding provides a mechanism to establish TCP connections proxied by the SSH server. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27767r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for the TCP forwarding setting. # egrep -i "LocalForward|RemoteForward" /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If any uncommented lines are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24008r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and change or add the AllowTCPForwarding setting to no.

a
The SSH daemon must be configured to not allow gateway ports.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000032 - V-22466 - SV-26759r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN005517
Vuln IDs
  • V-22466
Rule IDs
  • SV-26759r1_rule
SSH TCP connection forwarding provides a mechanism to establish TCP connections proxied by the SSH server. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs. Gateway ports allow remote forwarded ports to bind to non-loopback addresses on the server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27768r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the gateway ports setting. # grep -i GatewayPorts /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned or the returned setting has a value evaluating to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24009r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and change or add the GatewayPorts setting to no.

a
The SSH client must be configured to not allow gateway ports.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000032 - V-22467 - SV-26760r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN005518
Vuln IDs
  • V-22467
Rule IDs
  • SV-26760r1_rule
SSH TCP connection forwarding provides a mechanism to establish TCP connections proxied by the SSH server. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs. Gateway ports allow remote forwarded ports to bind to non-loopback addresses on the server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27769r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for the gateway ports setting. # grep -i GatewayPorts /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned or the returned setting has a value evaluating to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24010r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and change or add the GatewayPorts setting to no.

a
The SSH daemon must be configured to not allow X11 forwarding.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000221 - V-22468 - SV-26761r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005519
Vuln IDs
  • V-22468
Rule IDs
  • SV-26761r1_rule
X11 forwarding over SSH allows for the secure remote execution of X11-based applications. This feature can increase the attack surface of an SSH connection and should not be enabled unless needed. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.GEN005519If X11 connection forwarding is required, the risk of unauthorized use of this feature can be mitigated by placing restrictions on which users are permitted to use it. For instance, OpenSSH provides conditional configuration blocks (using the Match keyword) used to limit X11 connection forwarding based on user, group, host, or address.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27770r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the X11 forwarding setting. # grep -i X11Forwarding /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned setting has a value evaluating to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24011r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and change or add the X11Forwarding setting to no.

a
The SSH client must be configured to not allow X11 forwarding.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000221 - V-22469 - SV-26762r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005520
Vuln IDs
  • V-22469
Rule IDs
  • SV-26762r1_rule
X11 forwarding over SSH allows for the secure remote execution of X11-based applications. This feature can increase the attack surface of an SSH connection and should not be enabled unless needed. If this function is necessary to support a valid mission requirement, its use must be authorized and approved in the system accreditation package.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27771r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for the X11 forwarding setting. # grep -i ForwardX11 /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the returned setting has a value evaluating to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24012r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and change or add the ForwardX11 setting to no.

b
The SSH daemon must restrict login ability to specific users and/or groups.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22470 - SV-26763r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005521
Vuln IDs
  • V-22470
Rule IDs
  • SV-26763r1_rule
Restricting SSH logins to a limited group of users, such as system administrators, prevents password-guessing and other SSH attacks from reaching system accounts and other accounts not authorized for SSH access.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27772r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the AllowGroups setting. # grep -i AllowGroups /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24013r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add an AllowGroups directive.

b
The SSH public host key files must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22471 - SV-26764r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005522
Vuln IDs
  • V-22471
Rule IDs
  • SV-26764r1_rule
If a public host key file is modified by an unauthorized user, the SSH service may be compromised.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27773r1_chk

Check the permissions for SSH public host key files. # ls -lL /etc/ssh/*key.pub If any file has a mode more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24014r1_fix

Change the permissions for the SSH public host key files. # chmod 0644 /etc/ssh/*key.pub

b
The SSH private host key files must have mode 0600 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22472 - SV-26765r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005523
Vuln IDs
  • V-22472
Rule IDs
  • SV-26765r1_rule
If an unauthorized user obtains the private SSH host key file, the host could be impersonated.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27774r1_chk

Check the permissions for SSH private host key files. # ls -lL /etc/ssh/*key If any file has a mode more permissive than 0600, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24015r1_fix

Change the permissions for the SSH private host key files. # chmod 0600 /etc/ssh/*key

a
The SSH daemon must not permit GSSAPI authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22473 - SV-26766r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005524
Vuln IDs
  • V-22473
Rule IDs
  • SV-26766r1_rule
GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system’s GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system. GSSAPI authentication must be disabled unless needed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27775r1_chk

Ask the SA if GSSAPI authentication is used for SSH authentication to the system. If so, this is not applicable. Check the SSH daemon configuration for the GSSAPI authentication setting. # grep -i GSSAPIAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the setting is set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24016r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and set (add if necessary) a GSSAPIAuthentication directive set to no.

a
The SSH client must not permit GSSAPI authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22474 - SV-26767r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005525
Vuln IDs
  • V-22474
Rule IDs
  • SV-26767r1_rule
GSSAPI authentication is used to provide additional authentication mechanisms to applications. Allowing GSSAPI authentication through SSH exposes the system’s GSSAPI to remote hosts, increasing the attack surface of the system. GSSAPI authentication must be disabled unless needed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27776r1_chk

Check the SSH clients configuration for the GSSAPI authentication setting. # grep -i GSSAPIAuthentication /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the setting is set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24017r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and set (add if necessary) a GSSAPIAuthentication directive set to no.

a
The SSH daemon must not permit Kerberos authentication unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22475 - SV-26768r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005526
Vuln IDs
  • V-22475
Rule IDs
  • SV-26768r1_rule
Kerberos authentication for SSH is often implemented using GSSAPI. If Kerberos is enabled through SSH, the SSH daemon provides a means of access to the system's Kerberos implementation. Vulnerabilities in the system's Kerberos implementation may then be subject to exploitation. To reduce the attack surface of the system, the Kerberos authentication mechanism within SSH must be disabled for systems not using this capability. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27777r1_chk

Ask the SA if Kerberos authentication is used by the system. If it is, this is not applicable. Check the SSH daemon configuration for the Kerberos authentication setting. # grep -i KerberosAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If no lines are returned, or the setting is set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24019r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and set (add if necessary) a KerberosAuthentication directive set to no.

a
The SSH daemon must not accept environment variables from the client or must only accept those pertaining to locale.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000221 - V-22477 - SV-26771r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005528
Vuln IDs
  • V-22477
Rule IDs
  • SV-26771r1_rule
Environment variables can be used to change the behavior of remote sessions and should be limited. Locale environment variables specify the language, character set, and other features modifying the operation of software to match the user's preferences.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27778r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the AcceptEnv setting. # grep -i AcceptEnv /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If any line is returned other than those permitting LOCALE or LC_* environment variables, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24020r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and remove (or edit) the AcceptEnv setting(s) to only accept LOCALE or LC_* environment variables.

a
The SSH client must not send environment variables to the server or must only send those pertaining to locale.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000221 - V-22478 - SV-26772r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005529
Vuln IDs
  • V-22478
Rule IDs
  • SV-26772r1_rule
Environment variables can be used to change the behavior of remote sessions and should be limited. Locale environment variables specify the language, character set, and other features modifying the operation of software to match the user's preferences.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27780r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for the SendEnv setting. # grep -i SendEnv /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If any line is returned other than those permitting LOCALE or LC_* environment variables, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24022r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and remove (or edit) the SendEnv setting(s) to only accept LOCALE or LC_* environment variables.

a
The SSH daemon must not permit user environment settings.
AC-4 - Low - CCI-000221 - V-22479 - SV-26773r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005530
Vuln IDs
  • V-22479
Rule IDs
  • SV-26773r1_rule
SSH may be used to provide limited functions other than an interactive shell session, such as file transfer. If local, user-defined environment settings (such as, those configured in ~/.ssh/authorized_keys and ~/.ssh/environment) are configured by the user and permitted by the SSH daemon, they could be used to alter the behavior of the limited functions, potentially granting unauthorized access to the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27781r1_chk

Check the PermitUserEnvironment setting in the SSH daemon configuration. Procedure: # grep -i PermitUserEnvironment sshd_config If the setting is not present or set to a value other than no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24023r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and edit (or add) the PermitUserEnvironment setting with a value of no.

b
The SSH daemon must not permit tunnels.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-000221 - V-22480 - SV-26774r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005531
Vuln IDs
  • V-22480
Rule IDs
  • SV-26774r1_rule
OpenSSH has the ability to create network tunnels (layer-2 and layer-3) over an SSH connection. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27782r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the PermitTunnel setting. # grep -i PermitTunnel /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24024r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the PermitTunnel setting value to no.

b
The SSH client must not permit tunnels.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-000221 - V-22481 - SV-26775r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000221
Version
GEN005532
Vuln IDs
  • V-22481
Rule IDs
  • SV-26775r1_rule
OpenSSH has the ability to create network tunnels (layer-2 and layer-3) over an SSH connection. This function can provide similar convenience to a Virtual Private Network (VPN) with the similar risk of providing a path to circumvent firewalls and network ACLs.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27783r1_chk

Check the SSH client configuration for the Tunnel setting. # grep -i Tunnel /etc/ssh/ssh_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or not set to no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24025r1_fix

Edit the SSH client configuration and add or edit the Tunnel setting value to no.

a
The SSH daemon must limit connections to a single session.
AC-10 - Low - CCI-000054 - V-22482 - SV-26776r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-10
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000054
Version
GEN005533
Vuln IDs
  • V-22482
Rule IDs
  • SV-26776r1_rule
The SSH protocol has the ability to provide multiple sessions over a single connection without reauthentication. A compromised client could use this feature to establish additional sessions to a system without consent or knowledge of the user. Alternate per-connection session limits may be documented if needed for a valid mission requirement. Greater limits are expected to be necessary in situations where TCP or X11 forwarding are used.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27784r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the MaxSessions setting. # grep -i MaxSessions /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or not set to 1, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24026r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the MaxSessions setting value to 1.

b
The SSH daemon must perform strict mode checking of home directory configuration files.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22485 - SV-26781r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005536
Vuln IDs
  • V-22485
Rule IDs
  • SV-26781r1_rule
If other users have access to modify user-specific SSH configuration files, they may be able to log into the system as another user.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27787r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the StrictModes setting. # grep -i StrictModes /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or not set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24030r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the StrictModes setting value to yes.

b
The SSH daemon must use privilege separation.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22486 - SV-26782r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005537
Vuln IDs
  • V-22486
Rule IDs
  • SV-26782r1_rule
SSH daemon privilege separation causes the SSH process to drop root privileges when not needed, which would decrease the impact of software vulnerabilities in the unprivileged section.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27788r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the UsePrivilegeSeparation setting. # grep -i UsePrivilegeSeparation /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or not set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24032r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the UsePrivilegeSeparation setting value to yes.

b
The SSH daemon must not allow rhosts RSA authentication.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22487 - SV-26786r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005538
Vuln IDs
  • V-22487
Rule IDs
  • SV-26786r1_rule
If SSH permits rhosts RSA authentication, a user may be able to log in based on the keys of the host originating the request and not any user-specific authentication.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27789r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the RhostsRSAAuthentication setting. # grep -i RhostsRSAAuthentication /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present or not set to no, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24035r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the RhostsRSAAuthentication setting value to no.

b
The SSH daemon must not allow compression or must only allow compression after successful authentication.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22488 - SV-26787r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005539
Vuln IDs
  • V-22488
Rule IDs
  • SV-26787r1_rule
If compression is allowed in an SSH connection prior to authentication, vulnerabilities in the compression software could result in compromise of the system from an unauthenticated connection, potentially with root privileges.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27790r1_chk

Check the SSH daemon configuration for the Compression setting. # grep -i Compression /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' If the setting is not present, or set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24036r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add or edit the Compression setting value to no or delayed.

b
The SSH daemon must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) logon banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-22489 - SV-26802r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN005550
Vuln IDs
  • V-22489
Rule IDs
  • SV-26802r1_rule
Failure to display the DoD logon banner prior to a log in attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. The SSH service must be configured to display the DoD logon warning banner either through the SSH configuration or a wrapper program, such as TCP_WRAPPERS. The SSH daemon may also be used to provide SFTP service. The warning banner configuration for SSH will apply to SFTP.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-27791r1_chk

Verify the SSH daemon is configured for logon warning banners. # grep -i banner /etc/ssh/sshd_config | grep -v '^#' # cat [banner file] Verify the banner configuration line is present and the file it references contains a logon warning banner. Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't." If the SSH daemon is not configured to display the logon warning banner, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24046r1_fix

Edit the SSH daemon configuration and add (or edit) a banner setting referencing a file containing a logon warning banner. DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

b
The system must be configured with a default gateway for IPv6 if the system uses IPv6, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22490 - SV-26165r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22490
Rule IDs
  • SV-26165r1_rule
If a system has no default gateway defined, the system is at increased risk of man-in-the-middle, monitoring, and Denial-of-Service attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29272r1_chk

If the system is a router, this is not applicable. If the system does not use IPv6, this is not applicable. Determine if the system has a default route configured for IPv6. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26299r1_fix

Configure an IPv6 default route on the system.

b
The system must not have IP forwarding for IPv6 enabled, unless the system is an IPv6 router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22491 - SV-26166r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005610
Vuln IDs
  • V-22491
Rule IDs
  • SV-26166r1_rule
If the system is configured for IP forwarding and is not a designated router, it could be used to bypass network security by providing a path for communication not filtered by network devices.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29273r1_chk

If the system is a router, this is not applicable. Determine if the system has IPv6 forwarding enabled. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26300r1_fix

Disable IPv6 forwarding on the system.

b
The NFS export configuration file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22492 - SV-26167r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005750
Vuln IDs
  • V-22492
Rule IDs
  • SV-26167r1_rule
Failure to give group ownership of the NFS export configuration file to root or a system group provides the designated group owner and possible unauthorized users with the potential to change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29274r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the NFS export configuration file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;NFS export configuration file&gt; If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26301r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the NFS export configuration file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root <NFS export file>

a
The NFS exports configuration file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Low - CCI-000225 - V-22493 - SV-26168r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005770
Vuln IDs
  • V-22493
Rule IDs
  • SV-26168r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the NFS export configuration file could allow unauthorized modification of the file, which could result in Denial-of-Service to authorized NFS exports and the creation of additional unauthorized exports.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29275r1_chk

Determine if the NFS exports configuration file has an extended ACL. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26302r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the NFS export configuration file.

b
All NFS-exported system files and system directories must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22496 - SV-26171r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN005810
Vuln IDs
  • V-22496
Rule IDs
  • SV-26171r1_rule
Failure to give group ownership of sensitive files or directories to root provides the members of the owning group with the potential to access sensitive information or change system configuration which could weaken the system's security posture.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29278r1_chk

Determine if the NFS exported directories on the system are group-owned by root. If any are not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26305r1_fix

Change the group owner of NFS exported directories to root.

b
The /etc/smb.conf file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22497 - SV-26172r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006150
Vuln IDs
  • V-22497
Rule IDs
  • SV-26172r1_rule
Excessive permissions could endanger the security of the Samba configuration file and, ultimately, the system and network.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27808r3_chk

Check the group ownership of the Samba configuration file. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26306r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/smb.conf file.

b
The /etc/smbpasswd file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22498 - SV-26173r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006210
Vuln IDs
  • V-22498
Rule IDs
  • SV-26173r1_rule
If the permissions of the smbpasswd file are too permissive, the smbpasswd file may be maliciously accessed or modified, potentially resulting in the compromise of Samba accounts.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27809r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the Samba configuration file. # ls -lL /etc/smbpasswd If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26307r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/smbpasswd file.

b
Samba must be configured to use an authentication mechanism other than share.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22499 - SV-26830r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006225
Vuln IDs
  • V-22499
Rule IDs
  • SV-26830r2_rule
Samba share authentication does not provide for individual user identification and must not be used.System Administrator
Checks: C-27812r3_chk

Check the security mode of the Samba configuration. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. Procedure: # grep -i security /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If the security mode is share, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24073r3_fix

Edit the smb.conf file and change the security setting to user or another valid setting other than share.

b
Samba must be configured to use encrypted passwords.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22500 - SV-26831r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006230
Vuln IDs
  • V-22500
Rule IDs
  • SV-26831r2_rule
Samba must be configured to protect authenticators. If Samba passwords are not encrypted for storage, plain-text user passwords may be read by those with access to the Samba password file.System Administrator
Checks: C-27814r3_chk

Check the encryption setting of the Samba configuration. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. Procedure: # grep -i 'encrypt passwords' /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If the setting is not present, or not set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24074r3_fix

Edit the smb.conf file and change the encrypt passwords setting to yes.

b
Samba must be configured to not allow guest access to shares.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22501 - SV-26832r2_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006235
Vuln IDs
  • V-22501
Rule IDs
  • SV-26832r2_rule
Guest access to shares permits anonymous access and is not permitted.System Administrator
Checks: C-27815r3_chk

Check the encryption setting for the Samba configuration. Default locations for this file include /etc, /etc/sfw, /etc/samba, and /etc/sfw/samba. If the system has Samba installed in non-standard locations, also check the smb.conf in those locations. Procedure: # grep -i 'guest ok' /etc/smb.conf /etc/sfw/smb.conf /etc/samba/smb.conf /etc/sfw/samba/smb.conf If the setting exists and is set to yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24075r2_fix

Edit the /etc/smb.conf file and change the guest ok setting to no.

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22502 - SV-26177r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006270
Vuln IDs
  • V-22502
Rule IDs
  • SV-26177r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27816r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /etc/news/hosts.nntp If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26308r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/news/hosts.nntp file.

b
The /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22503 - SV-26178r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006290
Vuln IDs
  • V-22503
Rule IDs
  • SV-26178r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the hosts.nntp.nolimit file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27817r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26309r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/news/hosts.nntp.nolimit file.

b
The /etc/news/nnrp.access file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22504 - SV-26179r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006310
Vuln IDs
  • V-22504
Rule IDs
  • SV-26179r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. Excessive permissions on the nnrp.access file may allow unauthorized modification which could lead to Denial-of-Service to authorized users or provide access to unauthorized users.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27819r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /etc/news/nnrp.access If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26310r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/news/nnrp.access file.

b
The /etc/news/passwd.nntp file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22505 - SV-26180r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN006330
Vuln IDs
  • V-22505
Rule IDs
  • SV-26180r1_rule
Extended ACLs may provide excessive permissions on the /etc/news/passwd.nntp file, which may permit unauthorized access or modification to the NNTP configuration.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27820r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /etc/news/passwd.nntp If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26311r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/news/passwd.nntp file.

b
The system package management tool must be used to verify system software periodically.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22506 - SV-26181r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN006565
Vuln IDs
  • V-22506
Rule IDs
  • SV-26181r1_rule
Verification using the system package management tool can be used to determine that system software has not been tampered with. This requirement is not applicable to systems that do not use package management tools.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-29280r1_chk

Check the root crontab for a job invoking the system package management tool to verify the integrity of installed packages. If no such job exists, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26312r1_fix

Add a job to the root crontab that invokes the system package management tool to verify the integrity of installed packages.

a
The file integrity tool must be configured to verify ACLs.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22507 - SV-26858r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006570
Vuln IDs
  • V-22507
Rule IDs
  • SV-26858r1_rule
ACLs can provide permissions beyond those permitted through the file mode and must be verified by file integrity tools.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-27829r2_chk

If using AIDE, verify the configuration contains the acl option for all monitored files and directories. Here is an example AIDE configuration fragment. SampleRule = p+i+l+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+xattrs+sha256 /bin SampleRule If the acl option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per tool documentation.

Fix: F-24101r1_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the acl option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure ACL checking per the tool's documentation.

a
The file integrity tool must be configured to verify extended attributes.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22508 - SV-26860r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006571
Vuln IDs
  • V-22508
Rule IDs
  • SV-26860r1_rule
Extended attributes in file systems are used to contain arbitrary data and file metadata with security implications.System AdministratorECAT-1
Checks: C-27830r2_chk

If using AIDE, verify the configuration contains the xattrs option for all monitored files and directories. Here is an example AIDE configuration fragment. SampleRule = p+i+l+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+xattrs+sha256 /bin SampleRule If the xattrs option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per tool documentation.

Fix: F-24102r1_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the xattrs option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure extended attributes checking per the tool's documentation.

a
The file integrity tool must use FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashes for validating file contents.
SI-7 - Low - CCI-001297 - V-22509 - SV-26861r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-7
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001297
Version
GEN006575
Vuln IDs
  • V-22509
Rule IDs
  • SV-26861r1_rule
File integrity tools often use cryptographic hashes for verifying that file contents have not been altered. These hashes must be FIPS 140-2 approved.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27831r2_chk

If using AIDE, verify the configuration contains the sha256 or sha512 options for all monitored files and directories. Here is an example AIDE configuration fragment. SampleRule = p+i+l+n+u+g+s+m+c+acl+xattrs+sha256 /bin SampleRule If either the sha256 or sha512 option is not present, this is a finding. If using a different file integrity tool, check the configuration per tool documentation.

Fix: F-24103r2_fix

If using AIDE, edit the configuration and add the sha256 or sha512 option for all monitored files and directories. If using a different file integrity tool, configure FIPS 140-2 approved cryptographic hashes per the tool's documentation.

b
The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22511 - SV-26186r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007020
Vuln IDs
  • V-22511
Rule IDs
  • SV-26186r1_rule
The Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is an IETF-standardized transport layer protocol. This protocol is not yet widely used. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29281r1_chk

If there is no SCTP protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the system is configured to prevent the dynamic loading of the SCTP protocol handler. If not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26313r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the SCTP protocol handler.

b
The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22514 - SV-26189r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007080
Vuln IDs
  • V-22514
Rule IDs
  • SV-26189r1_rule
The Datagram Congestion Control Protocol (DCCP) is a proposed transport layer protocol. This protocol is not yet widely used. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29118r1_chk

If there is no DCCP protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the DCCP protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26124r1_fix

Configure the system to not load the DCCP protocol handler dynamically.

b
The Lightweight User Datagram Protocol (UDP-Lite) must be disabled unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22517 - SV-26192r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007140
Vuln IDs
  • V-22517
Rule IDs
  • SV-26192r1_rule
The Lightweight User Datagram Protocol (UDP-Lite) is a proposed transport layer protocol. This protocol is not yet widely used. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29285r1_chk

If there is no UDP-Lite protocol handler available for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the UDP-Lite protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26317r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the UDP-Lite protocol handler.

b
The Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) protocol must be disabled or not installed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22520 - SV-26195r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007200
Vuln IDs
  • V-22520
Rule IDs
  • SV-26195r1_rule
The Internetwork Packet Exchange (IPX) protocol is a network-layer protocol that is no longer in common use. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29123r1_chk

If there is no IPX protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the IPX protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26129r1_fix

Configure the system to not dynamically load the IPX protocol handler.

b
The AppleTalk protocol must be disabled or not installed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22524 - SV-26199r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007260
Vuln IDs
  • V-22524
Rule IDs
  • SV-26199r1_rule
The AppleTalk suite of protocols is no longer in common use. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29126r1_chk

If there is no AppleTalk protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the AppleTalk protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26133r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the AppleTalk protocol handler.

b
The DECnet protocol must be disabled or not installed.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22527 - SV-26202r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007320
Vuln IDs
  • V-22527
Rule IDs
  • SV-26202r1_rule
The DECnet suite of protocols is no longer in common use. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29128r1_chk

If there is no DECnet protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the DECnet protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26135r1_fix

Configure the system to not dynamically load the DECnet protocol handler.

b
The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol must be disabled or not installed unless required.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22530 - SV-26205r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007480
Vuln IDs
  • V-22530
Rule IDs
  • SV-26205r1_rule
The Reliable Datagram Sockets (RDS) protocol is a relatively new protocol developed by Oracle for communication between the nodes of a cluster. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29131r1_chk

If there is no RDS protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Ask the SA if RDS is required by application software running on the system. If so, this is not applicable. Determine if the RDS protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26137r1_fix

Configure the system to not dynamically load the RDS protocol handler.

b
The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol must be disabled or uninstalled.
CM-7 - Medium - CCI-000382 - V-22533 - SV-26208r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000382
Version
GEN007540
Vuln IDs
  • V-22533
Rule IDs
  • SV-26208r1_rule
The Transparent Inter-Process Communication (TIPC) protocol is a relatively new cluster communications protocol developed by Ericsson. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29133r1_chk

If there is no TIPC protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the TIPC protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26139r1_fix

Configure the system to not dynamically load the TIPC protocol handler.

b
The PF_LLC protocol handler must not be bound to the network stack.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-000032 - V-22535 - SV-26210r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN000000-LNX007580
Vuln IDs
  • V-22535
Rule IDs
  • SV-26210r1_rule
The Packet Family - Logical Link Control (PF_LLC) protocol handler provides a sockets interface for applications to communicate over the LLC sublayer. This interface is not commonly used and may increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29134r1_chk

If the system does not have a PF_LLC protocol handler, this is not applicable. Determine if the PF_LLC protocol handler is bound to the network stack. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26140r1_fix

Unbind the PF_LLC protocol handler from the network stack.

b
The PF_LLC protocol handler must not be installed.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-000032 - V-22537 - SV-26212r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000032
Version
GEN000000-LNX007620
Vuln IDs
  • V-22537
Rule IDs
  • SV-26212r1_rule
The Packet Family - Logical Link Control (PF_LLC) protocol handler provides a sockets interface for applications to communicate over the LLC sublayer. This interface is not commonly used and may increase the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29292r1_chk

If the PF_LLC protocol handler is not available as an optional software package for the system, this is not applicable. If the PF_LLC protocol handler is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26324r1_fix

Uninstall the PF_LLC protocol handler.

b
The Bluetooth protocol handler must be disabled or not installed.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22539 - SV-26214r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007660
Vuln IDs
  • V-22539
Rule IDs
  • SV-26214r1_rule
Bluetooth is a Personal Area Network (PAN) technology. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the kernel to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29137r1_chk

If there is no Bluetooth protocol handler for the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the system prevents the dynamic loading of the Bluetooth protocol handler. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26143r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the Bluetooth protocol handler.

b
The IPv6 protocol handler must not be bound to the network stack unless needed.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22541 - SV-26216r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007700
Vuln IDs
  • V-22541
Rule IDs
  • SV-26216r1_rule
IPv6 is the next version of the Internet protocol. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29296r1_chk

If the IPv6 protocol handler is bound to the network stack, and the system does not need IPv6, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26328r1_fix

Unbind the IPv6 protocol handler from the network stack.

b
The IPv6 protocol handler must be prevented from dynamic loading unless needed.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22542 - SV-26217r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007720
Vuln IDs
  • V-22542
Rule IDs
  • SV-26217r1_rule
IPv6 is the next generation of the Internet protocol. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the system to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29297r1_chk

If the system uses IPv6, this is not applicable. Determine if the IPv6 protocol handler is prevented from dynamic loading. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26329r1_fix

Configure the system to prevent the dynamic loading of the IPv6 protocol handler.

b
The IPv6 protocol handler must not be installed unless needed.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22543 - SV-26218r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007740
Vuln IDs
  • V-22543
Rule IDs
  • SV-26218r2_rule
IPv6 is the next generation of the Internet protocol. Binding this protocol to the network stack increases the attack surface of the host. Unprivileged local processes may be able to cause the kernel to dynamically load a protocol handler by opening a socket using the protocol.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29298r1_chk

If the IPv6 protocol handler is not available as an optional software package for the system, this is not applicable. If the system uses IPv6, this is not applicable. If the IPv6 protocol handler is installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26330r1_fix

Uninstall the IPv6 protocol handler from the system.

b
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) must not be enabled on the system.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22544 - SV-26219r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007760
Vuln IDs
  • V-22544
Rule IDs
  • SV-26219r1_rule
Proxy Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) allows a system to respond to NDP requests on one interface on behalf of hosts connected to another interface. If this function is enabled when not required, addressing information may be leaked between the attached network segments.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29300r1_chk

If the system does not support proxy NDP, this is not applicable. Determine if the system has proxy NDP enabled. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26332r1_fix

Disable proxy NDP on the system.

b
The system must not have 6to4 enabled.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22545 - SV-26220r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007780
Vuln IDs
  • V-22545
Rule IDs
  • SV-26220r1_rule
6to4 is an IPv6 transition mechanism that involves tunneling IPv6 packets encapsulated in IPv4 packets on an ad-hoc basis. This is not a preferred transition strategy and increases the attack surface of the system.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29301r1_chk

Determine if there are any 6to4 tunnels configured on the system. If any exist, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26333r1_fix

Remove the configuration for any 6to4 tunnels on the system.

b
The system must not have Teredo enabled.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22546 - SV-26221r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007800
Vuln IDs
  • V-22546
Rule IDs
  • SV-26221r1_rule
Teredo is an IPv6 transition mechanism involving tunneling IPv6 packets encapsulated in IPv4 packets. Unauthorized tunneling may circumvent network security.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29302r1_chk

Determine if any software providing Teredo is installed on the system. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26334r1_fix

Uninstall the Teredo software from the system.

b
The system must not have IP tunnels configured.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22547 - SV-26222r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007820
Vuln IDs
  • V-22547
Rule IDs
  • SV-26222r1_rule
IP tunneling mechanisms can be used to bypass network filtering.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29303r1_chk

Determine if any IP tunnels are configured on the system. If any are found, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26335r1_fix

Remove the configuration for any IP tunnels from the system.

b
The DHCP client must be disabled if not needed.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22548 - SV-26223r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN007840
Vuln IDs
  • V-22548
Rule IDs
  • SV-26223r1_rule
DHCP allows for the unauthenticated configuration of network parameters on the system by exchanging information with a DHCP server.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29304r1_chk

If the DHCP client is needed by the system, this is not applicable. Determine if the DHCP client is disabled. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26336r1_fix

Disable the system's DHCP client.

b
The DHCP client must not send dynamic DNS updates.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22549 - SV-26224r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN007850
Vuln IDs
  • V-22549
Rule IDs
  • SV-26224r1_rule
Dynamic DNS updates transmit unencrypted information about a system including its name and address and should not be used unless needed.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29305r1_chk

Determine if the system's DHCP client is configured to send dynamic DNS updates. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26337r1_fix

Configure the system's DHCP client to not send dynamic DNS updates.

b
The system must ignore IPv6 ICMP redirect messages.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22550 - SV-26225r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007860
Vuln IDs
  • V-22550
Rule IDs
  • SV-26225r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages modify the host's route table and are unauthenticated. An illicit ICMP redirect message could result in a man-in-the-middle attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29306r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to ignore IPv6 ICMP redirect messages. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26338r1_fix

Configure the system to ignore IPv6 ICMP redirect messages.

b
The system must not send IPv6 ICMP redirects.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22551 - SV-26226r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007880
Vuln IDs
  • V-22551
Rule IDs
  • SV-26226r1_rule
ICMP redirect messages are used by routers to inform hosts that a more direct route exists for a particular destination. These messages contain information from the system's route table that could reveal portions of the network topology.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29307r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to send IPv6 ICMP redirects. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26339r1_fix

Configure the system to not send IPv6 ICMP redirects.

b
The system must use an appropriate reverse-path filter for IPv6 network traffic, if the system uses IPv6.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22552 - SV-26227r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007900
Vuln IDs
  • V-22552
Rule IDs
  • SV-26227r1_rule
Reverse-path filtering provides protection against spoofed source addresses by causing the system to discard packets with source addresses for which the system has no route or if the route does not point towards the interface on which the packet arrived. Depending on the role of the system, reverse-path filtering may cause legitimate traffic to be discarded and, therefore, should be used with a more permissive mode or filter, or not at all. Whenever possible, reverse-path filtering should be used.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29310r4_chk

Determine if the system uses a reverse-path filter for IPv6 network traffic. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26342r3_fix

Configure the system to use a reverse-path filter for IPv6 network traffic.

b
The system must not forward IPv6 source-routed packets.
AC-4 - Medium - CCI-001551 - V-22553 - SV-26228r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001551
Version
GEN007920
Vuln IDs
  • V-22553
Rule IDs
  • SV-26228r1_rule
Source-routed packets allow the source of the packet to suggest that routers forward the packet along a different path than configured on the router, which can be used to bypass network security measures. This requirement applies only to the forwarding of source-routed traffic, such as when IPv6 forwarding is enabled and the system is functioning as a router. System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29311r1_chk

Determine if the system is configured to forward IPv6 source-routed packets. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26343r1_fix

Configure the system to not forward IPv6 source-routed packets.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, certificates used to authenticate to the LDAP server must be provided from DoD PKI or a DoD-approved external PKI.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-22556 - SV-26942r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
GEN008000
Vuln IDs
  • V-22556
Rule IDs
  • SV-26942r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP requires authentication.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-27890r1_chk

Check if the system is using NSS LDAP. # grep -v '^#' /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep ldap If no lines are returned, this vulnerability is not applicable. Verify a certificate is used for client authentication to the server. # grep -i '^tls_cert' /etc/ldap.conf If no line is found, this is a finding. List the certificate issuer. # open_ssl x509 -text -in &lt;cert&gt; If the certificate is not issued by DoD PKI or a DoD-approved external PKI, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24204r1_fix

Edit /etc/ldap.conf and add (or edit) the tls_cert setting to reference a file containing a client certificate issued by DoD PKI or a DoD-approved external PKI.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS connection must require the server provides a certificate and this certificate has a valid trust path to a trusted CA.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-22557 - SV-26943r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
GEN008020
Vuln IDs
  • V-22557
Rule IDs
  • SV-26943r1_rule
The NSS LDAP service provides user mappings which are a vital component of system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP for NSS require authentication.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-27891r1_chk

Check if the system is using NSS LDAP. # grep -v '^#' /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep ldap If no lines are returned, this vulnerability is not applicable. Verify a server certificate is required and verified by the NSS LDAP configuration. # grep -i '^tls_checkpeer' /etc/ldap.conf If no line is returned, or the value is not yes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24205r1_fix

Edit /etc/ldap.conf and add or set the tls_checkpeer setting to yes.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the system must check that the LDAP server's certificate has not been revoked.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000185 - V-22558 - SV-26945r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000185
Version
GEN008040
Vuln IDs
  • V-22558
Rule IDs
  • SV-26945r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. Communication between an LDAP server and a host using LDAP requires authentication.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-27892r1_chk

Check if the system is using NSS LDAP. # grep -v '^#' /etc/nsswitch.conf | grep ldap If no lines are returned, this vulnerability is not applicable. Verify the NSS LDAP client is configured to check certificates against a certificate revocation list. # grep -i '^tls_crlcheck' /etc/ldap.conf If the setting does not exist, or the value is not all, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24206r1_fix

Edit /etc/ldap.conf and add (or set) the tls_crlcheck setting to all.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22559 - SV-26946r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008060
Vuln IDs
  • V-22559
Rule IDs
  • SV-26946r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27893r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. # ls -lL /etc/ldap.conf If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24207r1_fix

Change the permissions of the file. # chmod 0644 <LDAP configuration file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22560 - SV-26947r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008080
Vuln IDs
  • V-22560
Rule IDs
  • SV-26947r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27894r1_chk

Check the ownership of the file. # ls -lL /etc/ldap.conf If the file is not owned by root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24208r1_fix

Change the owner of the file. # chown root /etc/ldap.conf

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22561 - SV-26948r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008100
Vuln IDs
  • V-22561
Rule IDs
  • SV-26948r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27895r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the file. Procedure: # ls -lL /etc/ldap.conf If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24209r1_fix

Change the group owner of the file to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root /etc/ldap.conf

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf (or equivalent) file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22562 - SV-26237r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008120
Vuln IDs
  • V-22562
Rule IDs
  • SV-26237r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30038r1_chk

Check the permissions of the file. Procedure: # ls -l /etc/ldap.conf If the permissions include a "+", the file has an extended ACL, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24210r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the /etc/ldap.conf file.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22563 - SV-26950r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008140
Vuln IDs
  • V-22563
Rule IDs
  • SV-26950r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27897r1_chk

Determine the certificate authority file and/or directory. # grep -i '^tls_cacert' /etc/ldap.conf For each file or directory returned, check the ownership. # ls -lLd &lt;certpath&gt; If the owner of any file or directory is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24212r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file or directory. # chown root <certpath>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22564 - SV-26239r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008160
Vuln IDs
  • V-22564
Rule IDs
  • SV-26239r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modificationSystem AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30357r1_chk

Consult system documentation to determine where the LDAP client certificate files are stored. Check their group ownership. Procedure: # ls -lLa &lt;ldap certificate file(s) or directories&gt; If a certificate file or directory is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27121r1_fix

Change the group ownership of LDAP client certificate files to root, bin, sys, or system. Procedure: # chgrp root <certificate file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must have mode 0644 (0755 for directories) or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22565 - SV-26952r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008180
Vuln IDs
  • V-22565
Rule IDs
  • SV-26952r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27899r1_chk

Determine the certificate authority file and/or directory. Procedure: # grep -i '^tls_cacert' /etc/ldap.conf For each file or directory returned, check the permissions. Procedure: # ls -lLd &lt;certpath&gt; If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0644 (or 0755 for directories), this is a finding.

Fix: F-24214r1_fix

Change the mode of the file or directory. File Procedure: # chmod 0644 <certpath> Directory Procedure: # chmod 0755 <certpath>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate authority file and/or directory (as appropriate) must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22566 - SV-26953r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008200
Vuln IDs
  • V-22566
Rule IDs
  • SV-26953r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27900r1_chk

Determine the certificate authority file and/or directory. # grep -i '^tls_cacert' /etc/ldap.conf For each file or directory returned, check the permissions. # ls -lLd &lt;certpath&gt; If the permissions of the file or directory contains a "+", an extended ACL is present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24215r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the certificate file.

b
For systems using NSS LDAP, the TLS certificate file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22567 - SV-26954r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008220
Vuln IDs
  • V-22567
Rule IDs
  • SV-26954r1_rule
The NSS LDAP service provides user mappings which are a vital component of system security. Its configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27901r1_chk

Determine the certificate file. # grep -i '^tls_cert' /etc/ldap.conf Check the ownership. # ls -lL &lt;certpath&gt; If the owner of the file is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24216r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file. # chown root <certpath>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22568 - SV-26243r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008240
Vuln IDs
  • V-22568
Rule IDs
  • SV-26243r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30358r1_chk

Check system documentation to determine the location of the LDAP client certificate file. Check the group ownership of the certificate file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;certificate file&gt; If the file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27122r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the LDAP client certificate file. Procedure: # chgrp root <certificate file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must have mode 0644 or less permissive.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22569 - SV-26956r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008260
Vuln IDs
  • V-22569
Rule IDs
  • SV-26956r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27903r1_chk

Determine the certificate file. # grep -i '^tls_cacert' /etc/ldap.conf Check the permissions. # ls -lL &lt;certpath&gt; If the mode of the file is more permissive than 0644, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24218r1_fix

Change the mode of the file. # chmod 0644 <certpath>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS certificate file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22570 - SV-26957r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008280
Vuln IDs
  • V-22570
Rule IDs
  • SV-26957r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27904r1_chk

Determine the certificate file. # grep -i '^tls_cacert' /etc/ldap.conf Check the permissions. # ls -lL &lt;certpath&gt; If the permissions of the file contains a "+", an extended ACL is present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24219r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the certificate file.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22571 - SV-26958r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008300
Vuln IDs
  • V-22571
Rule IDs
  • SV-26958r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27905r1_chk

Determine the key file. # grep -i '^tls_key' /etc/ldap.conf Check the ownership. # ls -lL &lt;keypath&gt; If the owner of the file is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24220r1_fix

Change the ownership of the file. # chown root <key file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22572 - SV-26247r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008320
Vuln IDs
  • V-22572
Rule IDs
  • SV-26247r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-30359r1_chk

Check the system documentation to determine the location of the LDAP client certificate key file. Check the group owner of this file. Procedure: # ls -lL &lt;key file&gt; If the file is not owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27123r1_fix

Change the group owner of the LDAP client key file. Procedure: # chgrp root <key file>

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the LDAP TLS key file must not have an extended ACL.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22574 - SV-26961r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008360
Vuln IDs
  • V-22574
Rule IDs
  • SV-26961r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. The LDAP client configuration must be protected from unauthorized modification.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-27908r1_chk

Determine the key file. # grep -i '^tls_key' /etc/ldap.conf Check the permissions. # ls -lL &lt;keypath&gt; If the permissions of the file contains a "+", an extended ACL is present, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24223r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the key file.

b
A root kit check tool must be run on the system at least weekly.
SC-28 - Medium - CCI-001199 - V-22575 - SV-26250r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-28
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001199
Version
GEN008380
Vuln IDs
  • V-22575
Rule IDs
  • SV-26250r1_rule
Root kits are software packages designed to conceal the compromise of a system from the SA. Root kit checking tools examine a system for evidence that a root kit is installed. Dedicated root kit detection software or root kit detection capabilities included in anti-virus packages may be used to satisfy this requirement.System AdministratorDCSL-1
Checks: C-29315r1_chk

Ask the SA if a root kit check tool is run on the system weekly. If this is not performed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26347r1_fix

Create an automated job or establish a site-defined procedure to check the system weekly with a root kit check tool.

a
Automated file system mounting tools must not be enabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22577 - SV-26252r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008440
Vuln IDs
  • V-22577
Rule IDs
  • SV-26252r1_rule
Automated file system mounting tools may provide unprivileged users with the ability to access local media and network shares. If this access is not necessary for the system’s operation, it must be disabled to reduce the risk of unauthorized access to these resources.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29138r1_chk

Determine if the system uses automated file system mounting tools (such as autofs or automount). If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26145r1_fix

Disable the automated file system mounting tools.

a
The system must have USB disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22578 - SV-26253r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008460
Vuln IDs
  • V-22578
Rule IDs
  • SV-26253r1_rule
USB is a common computer peripheral interface. USB devices may include storage devices that could be used to install malicious software on a system or exfiltrate data.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29139r1_chk

If the system uses USB, this is not applicable. Determine if the system has USB enabled. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26146r1_fix

Disable USB on the system.

a
The system must have USB Mass Storage disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22579 - SV-26254r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008480
Vuln IDs
  • V-22579
Rule IDs
  • SV-26254r1_rule
USB is a common computer peripheral interface. USB devices may include storage devices that could be used to install malicious software on a system or exfiltrate data.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29140r1_chk

If the system uses USB mass storage, this is not applicable. Determine if the system has USB mass storage enabled. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26147r1_fix

Disable USB mass storage on the system.

a
The system must have IEEE 1394 (Firewire) disabled unless needed.
CM-6 - Low - CCI-000366 - V-22580 - SV-26255r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN008500
Vuln IDs
  • V-22580
Rule IDs
  • SV-26255r1_rule
Firewire is a common computer peripheral interface. Firewire devices may include storage devices that could be used to install malicious software on a system or exfiltrate data.trueSystem AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29141r1_chk

If the system needs IEEE 1394, this is not applicable. Determine if IEEE 1394 is enabled on the system. If so, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26148r1_fix

Disable IEEE 1394 on the system.

b
The system must employ a local firewall.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001118 - V-22582 - SV-26257r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001118
Version
GEN008520
Vuln IDs
  • V-22582
Rule IDs
  • SV-26257r1_rule
A local firewall protects the system from exposing unnecessary or undocumented network services to the local enclave. If a system within the enclave is compromised, firewall protection on an individual system continues to protect it from attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29317r1_chk

Determine if the system is using a local firewall. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26349r1_fix

Configure the system to use a local firewall.

b
The system's local firewall must implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001109 - V-22583 - SV-26258r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001109
Version
GEN008540
Vuln IDs
  • V-22583
Rule IDs
  • SV-26258r1_rule
A local firewall protects the system from exposing unnecessary or undocumented network services to the local enclave. If a system within the enclave is compromised, firewall protection on an individual system continues to protect it from attack.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29318r1_chk

Determine if the system's local firewall implements a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26350r1_fix

Configure the system's local firewall to implement a deny-all, allow-by-exception policy.

b
The system's boot loader configuration file(s) must not have extended ACLs.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22585 - SV-26260r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008740
Vuln IDs
  • V-22585
Rule IDs
  • SV-26260r1_rule
File system extended ACLs provide access to files beyond what is allowed by the mode numbers of the files. If extended ACLs are present on the system's boot loader configuration file(s), these files may be vulnerable to unauthorized access or modification, which could compromise the system's boot process.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29320r1_chk

If the system does not use GRUB, this is not applicable. Check the grub.conf file for an extended ACL. # ls -lL grub.conf If the listed permissions contain a "+", this file has an extended ACL, and this is a finding.

Fix: F-26352r1_fix

Remove the extended ACL from the grub.conf file.

b
The system's boot loader configuration files must be owned by root.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22586 - SV-26261r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008760
Vuln IDs
  • V-22586
Rule IDs
  • SV-26261r1_rule
The system's boot loader configuration files are critical to the integrity of the system and must be protected. Unauthorized modification of these files resulting from improper ownership could compromise the system's boot loader configuration.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29321r1_chk

If the system does not use GRUB, this is not applicable. Check the owner of the grub.conf file. # ls -lL grub.conf If the owner is not root, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26353r1_fix

Change the owner of the grub.conf file to root. # chown root grub.conf

b
The system's boot loader configuration file(s) must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AC-6 - Medium - CCI-000225 - V-22587 - SV-26262r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000225
Version
GEN008780
Vuln IDs
  • V-22587
Rule IDs
  • SV-26262r1_rule
The system's boot loader configuration files are critical to the integrity of the system and must be protected. Unauthorized modifications resulting from improper group ownership may compromise the boot loader configuration.System AdministratorECLP-1
Checks: C-29322r1_chk

For GRUB: Check the group owner of the grub.conf file. Procedure: # ls -lL grub.conf If the group owner is not root or sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26354r1_fix

Change the group owner of the grub.conf file to root or sys. Procedure: # chgrp root grub.conf

a
The system package management tool must cryptographically verify the authenticity of software packages during installation.
CM-5 - Low - CCI-000351 - V-22588 - SV-26263r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-5
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000351
Version
GEN008800
Vuln IDs
  • V-22588
Rule IDs
  • SV-26263r1_rule
To prevent the installation of software from unauthorized sources, the system package management tool must use cryptographic algorithms to verify the packages are authentic.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29323r1_chk

Determine if the system package management tool cryptographically verifies the authenticity of packages during installation. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26355r1_fix

If possible, configure the system package management tool to cryptographically verify the authenticity of packages during installation.

a
The system package management tool must not automatically obtain updates.
SI-2 - Low - CCI-001233 - V-22589 - SV-26264r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-2
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001233
Version
GEN008820
Vuln IDs
  • V-22589
Rule IDs
  • SV-26264r1_rule
System package management tools can obtain a list of updates and patches from a package repository and make this information available to the SA for review and action. Using a package repository outside of the organization's control, presents a risk that malicious packages could be introduced.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-29324r1_chk

Determine if the system package management tool is configured to automatically obtain updated packages. If it is, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26356r1_fix

Configure the system package management tool not to automatically obtain updates.

b
The system must not be running any routing protocol daemons, unless the system is a router.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-22665 - SV-26808r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN005590
Vuln IDs
  • V-22665
Rule IDs
  • SV-26808r1_rule
Routing protocol daemons are typically used on routers to exchange network topology information with other routers. If this software is used when not required, system network information may be unnecessarily transmitted across the network.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-27796r1_chk

Check for any running routing protocol daemons. # ps -ef | egrep '(ospf|route|bgp|zebra|quagga)' If any routing protocol daemons are listed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24051r1_fix

Disable any routing protocol daemons.

b
System audit logs must be group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system.
AU-9 - Medium - CCI-000162 - V-22702 - SV-27276r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-9
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000162
Version
GEN002690
Vuln IDs
  • V-22702
Rule IDs
  • SV-27276r1_rule
Sensitive system and user information could provide a malicious user with enough information to penetrate further into the system.System AdministratorECLP-1, ECTP-1
Checks: C-28374r1_chk

Check the group ownership of the audit log file(s). Procedure: # ls -l &lt;audit log file&gt; If any audit log file is not group-owned by root, bin, sys, or system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24520r1_fix

Change the group ownership of the audit log file(s). Procedure: # chgrp root <audit log file>

b
The FTPS/FTP service on the system must be configured with the Department of Defense (DoD) login banner.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-23732 - SV-28604r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000410
Vuln IDs
  • V-23732
Rule IDs
  • SV-28604r1_rule
Failure to display the login banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. NOTE: SFTP and FTPS are encrypted alternatives to FTP that should be used in place of FTP. SFTP is implemented by the SSH service and uses its banner configuration. System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-28848r1_chk

FTP to the system. # ftp localhost Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. If the system does not run the FTP service, this is not applicable. DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-25877r1_fix

Configure the system to display one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system) prior to any FTP login attempt. DoD Login Banners: You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details. OR I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't.

a
The system must use a separate file system for /var.
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23736 - SV-28620r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003621
Vuln IDs
  • V-23736
Rule IDs
  • SV-28620r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-28868r1_chk

Determine if the /var path is a separate file system. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-25899r1_fix

Migrate the /var path onto a separate file system.

a
The system must use a separate file system for the system audit data path.
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23738 - SV-28627r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003623
Vuln IDs
  • V-23738
Rule IDs
  • SV-28627r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-28876r1_chk

Determine if the system audit data path is a separate file system. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-25904r1_fix

Migrate the system audit data path onto a separate file system.

a
The system must use a separate file system for /tmp (or equivalent).
SC-32 - Low - CCI-001208 - V-23739 - SV-28631r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-32
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-001208
Version
GEN003624
Vuln IDs
  • V-23739
Rule IDs
  • SV-28631r1_rule
The use of separate file systems for different paths can protect the system from failures resulting from a file system becoming full or failing.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-39581r1_chk

Determine if /tmp is located on a separate file system.

Fix: F-33126r1_fix

Migrate the /tmp path onto a separate file system.

b
TCP backlog queue sizes must be set appropriately.
Medium - V-23741 - SV-28638r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
Medium
CCI
Version
GEN003601
Vuln IDs
  • V-23741
Rule IDs
  • SV-28638r1_rule
To provide some mitigation to TCP DoS attacks, the TCP backlog queue sizes must be set to at least 1280 or in accordance with product-specific guidelines.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-28893r1_chk

Determine if the system's TCP backlog queue size is set to 1280 or higher. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-25915r1_fix

Set the system's TCP backlog queue size to 1280 or greater.

b
The system must use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for generating system password hashes.
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001145 - V-23825 - SV-28761r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001145
Version
GEN000588
Vuln IDs
  • V-23825
Rule IDs
  • SV-28761r1_rule
Cryptographic modules used by the system must be validated by the NIST CVMP as compliant with FIPS 140-2. Cryptography performed by modules not validated is viewed by NIST as providing no protection for the data.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29148r1_chk

Determine if the system uses a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for generating system password hashes. The NIST CVMP web site provides a list of validated modules and the required security policies for the compliant use of such modules. Verify the module is on this list and configured in accordance with the validated security policy. If the system does not use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for generating system password hashes, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26159r1_fix

Configure the system to use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for generating system password hashes.

b
The SSH daemon must use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode).
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001145 - V-23826 - SV-28762r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001145
Version
GEN005490
Vuln IDs
  • V-23826
Rule IDs
  • SV-28762r1_rule
Cryptographic modules used by the system must be validated by the NIST CVMP as compliant with FIPS 140-2. Cryptography performed by modules not validated is viewed by NIST as providing no protection for the data.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29150r1_chk

Determine if the SSH daemon uses a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode). If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26161r1_fix

Configure the SSH daemon to use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode).

b
The SSH client must use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode).
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001145 - V-23827 - SV-28763r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001145
Version
GEN005495
Vuln IDs
  • V-23827
Rule IDs
  • SV-28763r1_rule
Cryptographic modules used by the system must be validated by the NIST CVMP as compliant with FIPS 140-2. Cryptography performed by modules not validated is viewed by NIST as providing no protection for the data.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29152r1_chk

Determine if the SSH client uses a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode). If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26163r1_fix

Configure the SSH client to use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode).

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the system must use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for protecting the LDAP connection.
SC-13 - Medium - CCI-001145 - V-23828 - SV-28764r1_rule
RMF Control
SC-13
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001145
Version
GEN007970
Vuln IDs
  • V-23828
Rule IDs
  • SV-28764r1_rule
LDAP can be used to provide user authentication and account information, which are vital to system security. Cryptographic modules used by the system must be validated by the NIST CVMP as compliant with FIPS 140-2. Cryptography performed by modules not validated is viewed by NIST as providing no protection for the data.System AdministratorDCNR-1
Checks: C-29155r1_chk

Determine if the system uses NSS LDAP. If it does not, this is not applicable. Determine if the system uses a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for protecting the NSS LDAP connection. If it does not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26166r1_fix

Configure the system to use a FIPS 140-2 validated cryptographic module (operating in FIPS mode) for protecting the NSS LDAP connection.

b
Mail relaying must be restricted.
SI-8 - Medium - CCI-001305 - V-23952 - SV-28908r1_rule
RMF Control
SI-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001305
Version
GEN004710
Vuln IDs
  • V-23952
Rule IDs
  • SV-28908r1_rule
If unrestricted mail relaying is permitted, unauthorized senders could use this host as a mail relay for the purpose of sending SPAM or other unauthorized activity.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30013r1_chk

If the system uses Sendmail, locate the sendmail.cf file. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail.cf Determine if Sendmail only binds to loopback addresses by examining the DaemonPortOptions configuration options. Procedure: # grep -i "O DaemonPortOptions" &lt;/path/to/sendmail.cf&gt; If there are uncommented DaemonPortOptions lines, and all such lines specify system loopback addresses, this is not a finding. Otherwise, determine if Sendmail is configured to allow open relay operation. Procedure: # find / -name sendmail.mc # grep -i promiscuous_relay &lt;/path/to/sendmail.mc&gt; If the promiscuous relay feature is enabled, this is a finding. If the system uses Postfix, locate the main.cf file. Procedure: # find / -name main.cf Determine if Postfix only binds to loopback addresses by examining the inet_interfaces line. Procedure: # grep inet_interfaces &lt;/path/to/main.cf&gt; If inet_interfaces is set to loopback-only or contains only loopback addresses, such as 127.0.0.1 and [::1], Postfix is not listening on external network interfaces, this is not a finding. Otherwise, determine if Postfix is configured to restrict clients permitted to relay mail by examining the smtpd_client_restrictions line. Procedure: # grep smtpd_client_restrictions &lt;/path/to/main.cf&gt; If the smtpd_client_restrictions line is missing, or does not contain reject, this is a finding. If the line contains permit before reject, this is a finding. If the system is using other SMTP software, consult the software's documentation for procedures to verify mail relaying is restricted.

Fix: F-26860r1_fix

If the system uses Sendmail, edit the sendmail.mc file and remove the promiscuous_relay configuration. Rebuild the sendmail.cf file from the modified sendmail.mc and restart the service. If the system does not need to receive mail from external hosts, add one or more DaemonPortOptions lines referencing system loopback addresses (such as "O DaemonPortOptions=Addr=127.0.0.1,Port=smtp,Name=MTA") and remove lines containing non-loopback addresses. Restart the service. If the system uses Postfix, edit the main.cf file and add or edit the smtpd_client_restrictions line to have contents permit mynetworks, reject or a similarly restrictive rule. If the system does not need to receive mail from external hosts, add or edit the inet_interfaces line to have contents loopback-only or a set of loopback addresses for the system. Restart the service. If the system is using other SMTP software, consult the software's documentation for procedures to restrict mail relaying.

b
The ldd command must be disabled unless it protects against the execution of untrusted files.
CM-2 - Medium - CCI-000305 - V-23953 - SV-28909r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000305
Version
GEN007960
Vuln IDs
  • V-23953
Rule IDs
  • SV-28909r1_rule
The ldd command provides a list of dependent libraries needed by a given binary, which is useful for troubleshooting software. Instead of parsing the binary file, some ldd implementations invoke the program with a special environment variable set, which causes the system dynamic linker to display the list of libraries. Specially crafted binaries can specify an alternate dynamic linker which may cause a program to be executed instead of examined. If the program is from an untrusted source, such as in a user home directory, or a file suspected of involvement in a system compromise, unauthorized software may be executed with the rights of the user running ldd. Some ldd implementations include protections preventing the execution of untrusted files. If such protections exist, this requirement is not applicable. An acceptable method of disabling ldd is changing its mode to 0000. The SA may conduct troubleshooting by temporarily changing the mode to allow execution and running the ldd command as an unprivileged user upon trusted system binaries.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30816r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation concerning the ldd command. If the command provides protection from the execution of untrusted executables, this is not a finding. Determine the location of the system's ldd command. Procedure: # find / -name ldd If no file exists, this is not a finding. Check the permissions of the found ldd file. # ls -lL &lt;path to ldd&gt; If the file mode of the file is more permissive than 0000, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27397r1_fix

Disable the ldd command by removing its permissions. Procedure: # chmod 0000 <path to ldd>

b
The system must not respond to ICMPv6 echo requests sent to a broadcast address.
CM-6 - Medium - CCI-000366 - V-23972 - SV-28928r1_rule
RMF Control
CM-6
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000366
Version
GEN007950
Vuln IDs
  • V-23972
Rule IDs
  • SV-28928r1_rule
Responding to broadcast ICMP echo requests facilitates network mapping and provides a vector for amplification attacks.System AdministratorECSC-1
Checks: C-30066r1_chk

Determine if the system responds to IPv6 multicast ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-26897r1_fix

Configure the system to not respond to IPv6 multicast ICMP ECHO_REQUESTs.

b
The Department of Defense (DoD) login banner must be displayed immediately prior to, or as part of, graphical desktop environment login prompts.
AC-8 - Medium - CCI-000048 - V-24331 - SV-29977r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-8
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000048
Version
GEN000402
Vuln IDs
  • V-24331
Rule IDs
  • SV-29977r1_rule
Failure to display the login banner prior to a logon attempt will negate legal proceedings resulting from unauthorized access to system resources. This requirement applies to graphical desktop environments provided by the system to locally attached displays and input devices as well as to graphical desktop environments provided to remote systems, including thin clients.System AdministratorECWM-1
Checks: C-30811r1_chk

Access the graphical desktop environment(s) provided by the system and attempt to logon. Check for either of the following login banners based on the character limitations imposed by the system. An exact match is required. If one of these banners is not displayed, this is a finding. "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details. " OR "I've read &amp; consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

Fix: F-27373r1_fix

Configure the system to display one of the DoD login banners (based on the character limitations imposed by the system) prior to, or as part of, the graphical desktop environment logon process. DoD Login Banners: "You are accessing a U.S. Government (USG) Information System (IS) that is provided for USG-authorized use only. By using this IS (which includes any device attached to this IS), you consent to the following conditions: -The USG routinely intercepts and monitors communications on this IS for purposes including, but not limited to, penetration testing, COMSEC monitoring, network operations and defense, personnel misconduct (PM), law enforcement (LE), and counterintelligence (CI) investigations. -At any time, the USG may inspect and seize data stored on this IS. -Communications using, or data stored on, this IS are not private, are subject to routine monitoring, interception, and search, and may be disclosed or used for any USG-authorized purpose. -This IS includes security measures (e.g., authentication and access controls) to protect USG interests--not for your personal benefit or privacy. -Notwithstanding the above, using this IS does not constitute consent to PM, LE or CI investigative searching or monitoring of the content of privileged communications, or work product, related to personal representation or services by attorneys, psychotherapists, or clergy, and their assistants. Such communications and work product are private and confidential. See User Agreement for details." OR "I've read & consent to terms in IS user agreem't."

b
The system, if capable, must be configured to require the use of a CAC, PIV compliant hardware token, or Alternate Logon Token (ALT) for authentication.
IA-2 - Medium - CCI-000768 - V-24347 - SV-30004r2_rule
RMF Control
IA-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000768
Version
GEN009120
Vuln IDs
  • V-24347
Rule IDs
  • SV-30004r2_rule
In accordance with CTO 07-015 PKI authentication is required. This provides stronger, two-factor authentication than using a username/password. NOTE: The following are exempt from this, however, they must meet all password requirements and must be documented with the IAO: - Stand-alone systems. - Application Accounts. - Students or unpaid employees (such as, interns) who are not eligible to receive or not in receipt of a CAC, PIV, or ALT. - Warfighters and support personnel located at operational tactical locations conducting wartime operations that are not collocated with RAPIDS workstations to issue CAC; are not eligible for CAC or do not have the capability to use ALT. - Test systems that have an Interim Approval to Test (IATT) and provide protection via separate VPN, firewall, or security measures preventing access to network and system components from outside the protection boundary documented in the IATT.System Administrator
Checks: C-30833r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation to determine if the system is capable of CAC authentication. If it is not, this is not applicable. Interview the SA to determine if all accounts not exempted by policy are using CAC authentication. If non-exempt accounts are not using CAC authentication, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27447r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation to determine the procedures necessary for configuring CAC authentication. Configure all accounts required by policy to use CAC authentication.

a
The system must be configured to send audit records to a remote audit server.
AU-3 - Low - CCI-000136 - V-24357 - SV-30025r1_rule
RMF Control
AU-3
Severity
Low
CCI
CCI-000136
Version
GEN002870
Vuln IDs
  • V-24357
Rule IDs
  • SV-30025r1_rule
Audit records contain evidence that can be used in the investigation of compromised systems. To prevent this evidence from compromise, it must be sent to a separate system continuously. Methods for sending audit records include, but are not limited to, system audit tools used to send logs directly to another host or through the system's syslog service to another host. System AdministratorECTB-1
Checks: C-30814r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation to determine the settings required for the audit system for sending audit records to a remote system or via syslog. If the system is not configured to provide this function, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27394r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for the settings required to configure the system to send audit records to a remote system. Implement the configuration settings.

b
If the system is using LDAP for authentication or account information, the /etc/ldap.conf file (or equivalent) must not contain passwords.
IA-5 - Medium - CCI-000196 - V-24384 - SV-30059r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000196
Version
GEN008050
Vuln IDs
  • V-24384
Rule IDs
  • SV-30059r1_rule
The authentication of automated LDAP connections between systems must not use passwords since more secure methods are available, such as PKI and Kerberos. Additionally, the storage of unencrypted passwords on the system is not permitted.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-30832r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation for the procedures concerning the configuration of LDAP for providing authentication and account information. Examine the LDAP configuration file(s). If the LDAP configuration file contains an unencrypted password, this is a finding. If the LDAP configuration file contains an encrypted password accessible by regular users on the system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27446r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for the procedures for configuring LDAP for authentication and account information. Remove any passwords from LDAP configuration files.

c
The telnet daemon must not be running.
IA-5 - High - CCI-000197 - V-24386 - SV-30063r1_rule
RMF Control
IA-5
Severity
High
CCI
CCI-000197
Version
GEN003850
Vuln IDs
  • V-24386
Rule IDs
  • SV-30063r1_rule
The telnet daemon provides a typically unencrypted remote access service which does not provide for the confidentiality and integrity of user passwords or the remote session. If a privileged user were to log on using this service, the privileged user password could be compromised.GEN003850If an enabled telnet daemon is configured to only allow encrypted sessions, such as with Kerberos or the use of encrypted network tunnels, the risk of exposing sensitive information is mitigated, and this is not a finding.System AdministratorDCPP-1
Checks: C-30815r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation to determine the method for determining if the telnet daemon is running. If the system uses inetd, use the following procedure. # grep -v '^#' /etc/inetd.conf | grep telnet If an entry is returned, the telnet daemon is running. If the telnet daemon is running, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27396r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation to determine the procedure to disable the telnet daemon. If the system uses inetd, use the following procedure. Edit the /etc/inetd.conf file and comment out the telnetd line. Restart or reload the inetd process.

b
The system boot loader must protect passwords using an MD5 or stronger cryptographic hash.
AC-3 - Medium - CCI-000213 - V-24624 - SV-30313r1_rule
RMF Control
AC-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000213
Version
GEN008710
Vuln IDs
  • V-24624
Rule IDs
  • SV-30313r1_rule
If system boot loader passwords are compromised, users with console access to the system may be able to alter the system boot configuration or boot the system into single user or maintenance mode, which could result in Denial-of-Service or unauthorized privileged access to the system.System AdministratorIAIA-1, IAIA-2
Checks: C-30914r1_chk

Consult vendor documentation for procedures concerning the system's boot loader. If the boot loader passwords are not protected using an MD5 hash or stronger, this is a finding.

Fix: F-27516r1_fix

Consult vendor documentation for procedures concerning the system's boot loader. Configure the boot loader to hash boot loader passwords using MD5 or a stronger hash.

b
System security patches and updates must be installed and up-to-date.
SC-7 - Medium - CCI-001098 - V-27056 - SV-783r3_rule
RMF Control
SC-7
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001098
Version
GEN000120
Vuln IDs
  • V-27056
Rule IDs
  • SV-783r3_rule
Timely patching is critical for maintaining the operational availability, confidentiality, and integrity of Information Technology (IT) systems. However, failure to keep operating system and application software patched is a common mistake made by IT professionals. New patches are released daily, and it is often difficult for even experienced system administrators to keep abreast of all the new patches. When new weaknesses in an operating system exist, patches are usually made available by the vendor to resolve the problems. If the most recent security patches and updates are not installed, unauthorized users may take advantage of weaknesses present in the unpatched software. The lack of prompt attention to patching could result in a system compromise.System Administrator
Checks: C-35106r3_chk

Obtain the list of available security patches or updated packages from the operating system vendor. Check that the patches or updates have been installed on the system. If there are patches or updates that have not been installed, this is a finding.

Fix: F-31409r2_fix

Install the security patches or updated packages available from the vendor.

b
Successful and unsuccessful logins and logouts must be logged.
SI-3 - Medium - CCI-001668 - V-27079 - SV-765r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001668
Version
GEN000440
Vuln IDs
  • V-27079
Rule IDs
  • SV-765r2_rule
Monitoring and recording successful and unsuccessful logins assists in tracking unauthorized access to the system. Without this logging, the ability to track unauthorized activity to specific user accounts may be diminished.System Administrator
Checks: C-27993r1_chk

Check the system logs for successful and unsuccessful logins. If these events are not present in the logs, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24352r1_fix

Verify the login logs are handled correctly in the /etc/syslog.conf file. Verify the service startup scripts for syslog and utmp (if present) are enabled.

b
Users must not be able to change passwords more than once every 24 hours.
SI-4 - Medium - CCI-001266 - V-27103 - SV-1032r2_rule
RMF Control
SI-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001266
Version
GEN000540
Vuln IDs
  • V-27103
Rule IDs
  • SV-1032r2_rule
The ability to change passwords frequently facilitates users reusing the same password. This can result in users effectively never changing their passwords. This would be accomplished by users changing their passwords when required and then immediately changing it to the original value.System Administrator
Checks: C-28013r1_chk

Check the system's configuration to determine if user password changes are permitted more than once every 24 hours. If this is permitted, this is a finding.

Fix: F-24364r1_fix

Configure the system to not allow users to change their passwords more than once every 24 hours.

b
Default system accounts must be disabled or removed.
AU-14 - Medium - CCI-001463 - V-27263 - SV-810r2_rule
RMF Control
AU-14
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001463
Version
GEN002640
Vuln IDs
  • V-27263
Rule IDs
  • SV-810r2_rule
Vendor accounts and software may contain backdoors allowing unauthorized access to the system. These backdoors are common knowledge and present a threat to system security if the account is not disabled.System Administrator
Checks: C-552r2_chk

Determine if default system accounts (such as those for sys, bin, uucp, nuucp, daemon, smtp, gdm, lp, nobody) have been disabled. # cat /etc/shadow If an account's password field is "*", "*LK*", or is prefixed with a "!", the account is locked or disabled. If there is any default system accounts not locked, this is a finding.

Fix: F-964r2_fix

Lock the default system account(s). # passwd -l <user>

b
Cron logging must be implemented.
MA-3 - Medium - CCI-000872 - V-27353 - SV-982r2_rule
RMF Control
MA-3
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000872
Version
GEN003160
Vuln IDs
  • V-27353
Rule IDs
  • SV-982r2_rule
Cron logging can be used to trace the successful or unsuccessful execution of cron jobs. It can also be used to spot intrusions into the use of the cron facility by unauthorized and malicious users.System Administrator
Checks: C-791r2_chk

Determine if cron logging is enabled on the system. If cron logging is not enabled, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1136r2_fix

Enable cron logging on the system.

b
The cron.allow file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
MA-4 - Medium - CCI-000888 - V-27370 - SV-4361r2_rule
RMF Control
MA-4
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000888
Version
GEN003240
Vuln IDs
  • V-27370
Rule IDs
  • SV-4361r2_rule
If the owner of the cron.allow file is not set to root, bin, or sys, the possibility exists for an unauthorized user to view or to edit sensitive information.System Administrator
Checks: C-8223r2_chk

Check the owner of the cron.allow file. If the owner is not root, bin, or sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4272r2_fix

Change the owner of the cron.allow file to root, bin, or sys.

b
The cron.deny file must be owned by root, bin, or sys.
MP-2 - Medium - CCI-001009 - V-27375 - SV-4430r2_rule
RMF Control
MP-2
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001009
Version
GEN003260
Vuln IDs
  • V-27375
Rule IDs
  • SV-4430r2_rule
Cron daemon control files restrict the scheduling of automated tasks and must be protected.System Administrator
Checks: C-8224r2_chk

Check the owner of the cron.deny file. If the owner is not root, bin, or sys, this is a finding.

Fix: F-4329r2_fix

Change the owner of the cron.deny file to root, bin, or sys.

b
NFS servers must only accept NFS requests from privileged ports on client systems.
AC-20 - Medium - CCI-001465 - V-28440 - SV-927r2_rule
RMF Control
AC-20
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-001465
Version
GEN005720
Vuln IDs
  • V-28440
Rule IDs
  • SV-927r2_rule
If clients are not required to use privileged ports to get NFS services, then exported file systems may be in danger of mounting by malicious users and intruders that do not have access to privileged ports.System Administrator
Checks: C-854r2_chk

Determine if the NFS service accepts requests from unprivileged ports. If it does, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1081r2_fix

Configure the system to not accept NFS requests from unprivileged ports.

b
The system must use an access control program.
AT-1 - Medium - CCI-000104 - V-28457 - SV-940r2_rule
RMF Control
AT-1
Severity
Medium
CCI
CCI-000104
Version
GEN006580
Vuln IDs
  • V-28457
Rule IDs
  • SV-940r2_rule
Access control programs (such as TCP_WRAPPERS) provide the ability to enhance system security posture.System Administrator
Checks: C-887r2_chk

Determine if TCP_WRAPPERS is installed and used. If it is not, this is a finding.

Fix: F-1094r2_fix

Install and configure the TCP_WRAPPERS software.

c
VMware ESX operating systems that are no longer supported by the vendor for security updates must not be installed on a system.
High - V-68723 - SV-83301r1_rule
RMF Control
Severity
High
CCI
Version
ESX0005
Vuln IDs
  • V-68723
Rule IDs
  • SV-83301r1_rule
VMware ESX operating systems, virtual machines, and associated management software that are no longer supported by VMware for security updates are not evaluated or updated for vulnerabilities leaving them open to potential attack. Organizations must transition to a supported ESXi operating system, virtual machines, and associated management software to ensure continued support.
Checks: C-69215r1_chk

VMware support for ESX versions 3 and 4 ended 21 May 2016. If ESX version 3 or 4 is installed on a system, this is a finding.

Fix: F-74845r1_fix

Upgrade ESX version 3 and 4 systems to supported versions.